Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL SCIENCES
Qualifications and Regulations
2017 The right to add withdraw or in any way change any part or any regulation without
prior notification, remains vested in the University.
1
SECTION A: GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................... 8
PERSONNEL IN THE EXECUTIVE DEAN’S OFFICE ........................................8 PERSONNEL PER DEPARTMENT .................................................................. 11 DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY ............................................................... 11 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCIAL ACCOUNTING ......................................... 13 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS .............................. 15 DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ................ 17 IMPORTANT CONTACT INFORMATION (FEES, BURSARIES, LOANS,
STUDENT SERVICES, ACCOMMODATION) ................................. 18 REQUIRED DOCUMENTS FOR ADMISSION / REGISTRATION .................... 18 FEFS VISION AND MISSION ........................................................................... 20 UJ VALUES....................................................................................................... 20
SECTION B: SPECIFIC REGULATIONS FOR THE FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL SCIENCES ................ 21
SECTION B.1: KEY INFORMATION .......................................... 21
EF.1 QUALIFICATIONS AWARDED ........................................................ 21 EF.2 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ............................................................ 21 EF.3 ADMISSION ..................................................................................... 21 EF.4 REGISTRATION .............................................................................. 25 EF.5 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUATION OF DIPLOMA AND
DEGREE STUDIES.......................................................................... 26 EF.6 PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS FOR DIPLOMA AND DEGREE
STUDIES .......................................................................................... 26 EF.7 LAST ASSESSMENT AND PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS ......... 28 EF.8 REQUIREMENTS FOR AWARDING OR CONFERRING A
QUALIFICATION WITH DISTINCTION ............................................ 40 EF.9 APPEALS AGAINST ACADEMIC EXCLUSION (BF & DF – AFTER
SEMESTER 1) (F7 AND 7F AFTER SEMESTER 2) ........................ 41
SECTION B.2: FIELDS OF STUDY .............................................. 42
DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES .................................................................. 42
EF.10 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES ............................................................................... 42
EF.11 DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTANCY (D3A15Q) ....................................... 44 EF.12 DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATION (D3F15Q) ....... 46 EF.13 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION,
PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR DIPLOMAS .......... 48 EF.14 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES,
DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR DIPLOMAS IN OTHER FACULTIES ..................................................................................... 50
ADVANCED DIPLOMAS ...................................................................... 51
EF.15 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTANCY (ADIA01) ................... 51 EF.16 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS (ADIE01) ......................... 52 EF.17 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (ADFM01) 53 EF.18 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MARKETS (A3F15Q) ......... 53 EF.19 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN PROPERTY VALUATION AND
MANAGEMENT (ADPVM1) ............................................................. 55 EF.20 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION,
PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR ADVANCED DIPLOMAS ....................................................................................... 56
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (EXTENDED DEGREES) ................... 57
EF.21 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTENDED DEGREE PROGRAMMES .......................................... 57
EF.22 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR EXTENDED BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES ....................................... 59
EF.23 FOUNDATION YEAR CURRICULUM, PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS AND PREREQUISITES ...................................... 59
EF.24 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR FOUNDATION YEAR ............................................................................................... 61
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (REGULAR DEGREES) ..................... 62
EF.25 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE PROGRAMMES .............. 62
EF.26 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE ACCOUNTING (B3A17Q) ............... 63 EF.27 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS
(B3N14Q) ......................................................................................... 65 EF.28 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE FINANCE (B3F17Q) ........................ 67 EF.29 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION,
PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES ........ 70
EF. 30 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITE AND MODULE CODES FOR FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES IN OTHER FACULTIES ........................................................................ 74
BACHELORS DEGREES (REGULAR DEGREES) ............................ 74
EF.31 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMMES .......................................... 74
EF.32 BACHELOR OF ACCOUNTING (BCA012) ...................................... 75 EF.33 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULE, DESCRIPTIONS,
PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES ........ 77
3
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS ............................................................ 78
EF.34 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING (E3AC7Q) .......... 78 EF.35 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING SCIENCE
(E3AS7Q) ......................................................................................... 79 EF.36 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ESTATE PLANNING (E3EP6Q) .. 80 EF.37 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
(E3FM7Q) ........................................................................................ 81 EF.38 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MARKETS (E3FM6Q)
......................................................................................................... 82 EF.39 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION,
PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS ....................................................................................... 85
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS .......................................... 87
EF.40 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN ACCOUNTING (H3AC7Q) ........................................................................................ 87
EF.41 BACHELOR OF ACCOUNTING HONOURS (H3BA7Q) .................. 88 EF.42 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN INTERNAL AUDITING
......................................................................................................... 89 EF.43 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN TAXATION ............... 90 EF.44 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN ECONOMETRICS ... 91 EF.45 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN ECONOMICS .......... 92 EF.46 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT (H3AC7Q) .............................................................. 94 EF.47 BACHeLOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN FINANCIAL
PLANNING ....................................................................................... 95 EF.48 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT ............................................................................... 97 EF.49 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN PROPERTY
VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT .................................................. 98 EF.50 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN QUANTITATIVE
FINANCE ......................................................................................... 99 EF.51 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN TREASURY
MANAGEMENT ............................................................................. 100 EF.52 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION,
PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS ............................................................... 103
MASTER OF COMMERCE OR MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY QUALIFICATIONS ............................................................................. 106
EF.53 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN COMPETITION AND ECONOMIC REGULATION ................................................................................ 107
EF.54 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN COMPUTER AUDITING ................ 109 EF.55 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS .... 111 EF.56 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN FINANCIAL ECONOMICS ............. 112 EF.57 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN FINANCE ....................................... 113 EF.58 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING . 115
4
EF.59 PROFESSIONAL MASTER OF COMMERCE IN LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................ 116
EF.60 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN SOUTH AFRICAN AND INTERNATIONAL TAXATION ........................................................ 118
MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSE WORK – PHILOSOPHY ............................................................................................................ 119
EF.61 MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY ................. 119 EF.62 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION,
PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSEWORK – COMMERCE OR PHILOSOPHY ................................................................................ 121
MASTER OF COMMERCE QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH ..... 123
EF.63 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ACCOUNTING .............................. 123 EF.64 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN AUDITING ..................................... 124 EF.65 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMETRICS ......................... 124 EF.66 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS ................................ 125 EF.67 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT ......... 126 EF.68 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ..... 127 EF.69 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN QUANTITATIVE FINANCE ............ 128 EF.70 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN SOUTH AFRICAN AND
INTERNATIONAL TAXATION ........................................................ 129 EF.71 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION,
PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH ............................................... 131
DOCTORAL QUALIFICATIONS ........................................................ 132
EF.72 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN ACCOUNTING ..................... 132 EF.73 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN AUDITING ............................ 133 EF.74 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN ECONOMETRICS ................ 134 EF.75 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN economics ............................ 135 EF.76 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN FINANCE ............................. 136 EF.77 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN TAXATION ........................... 137 EF.78 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION,
PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR DOCTORAL QUALIFICATIONS ......................................................................... 138
SECTION C: PURPOSE AND OUTCOMES .................................. 139
DIPLOMA MODULES ........................................................................ 139
EF.79 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL ........................................ 139 EF.80 BANKING OPERATIONS ............................................................... 140 EF.81 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT ...................................... 141 EF.82 ECONOMICS ................................................................................. 144 EF.83 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING ........................................................... 145 EF.84 FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT ................ 149 EF.85 FINANCIAL PLANNING OPERATIONS ......................................... 150
5
EF.86 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS ......................................... 150 EF.87 FINANCIAL SERVICES PERPARATIONS .................................... 152 EF.88 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL SERVICES ............................. 153 EF.89 RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES ................................................... 153 EF.90 TAXATION ..................................................................................... 154
FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR DIPLOMAS IN OTHER FACULTIES ............................................................................................................ 156
EF.91 APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS .............................................. 156 EF.92 COST ACCOUNTING .................................................................... 157 EF.93 COSTING AND ESTIMATING ....................................................... 158 EF.94 CREDIT CONTROL ....................................................................... 158 EF.95 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT .......................................................... 159 EF.96 FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN OPERATIONS ................................. 160
OTHER FACULTIES’ SERVICE MODULES FOR FEFS DIPLOMAS ............................................................................................................ 162
EF.97 ACTIVE CITIZENSHIP ................................................................... 162 EF.98 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION ..................................................... 163 EF.99 BUSINESS LAW ............................................................................ 163 EF.100 END USER COMPUTING .............................................................. 164 EF.101 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT ........................ 165 EF.102 MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS ........................ 166
ADVANCED DIPLOMA MODULES ................................................... 167
EF.103 ACCOUNTING ............................................................................... 167 EF.104 APPLICATION OF CORPORATE EVENTS ................................... 167 EF.105 APPLIED FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS ......................................... 168 EF.106 APPLIED TIME VALUE OF MONEY .............................................. 168 EF.107 AUDITING ...................................................................................... 169 EF.108 BUSINESS ETHICS AND CITIZENSHIP ....................................... 169 EF.109 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS .......................................................... 170 EF.110 CLIENT SERVICE AND FINANCIAL ADVICE ............................... 170 EF.111 DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS ....................................... 171 EF.112 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT .......................................................... 171 EF.113 FINANCIAL MARKETS TRANSACTIONS ..................................... 172 EF.114 FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS ......................................................... 173 EF.115 FINANCIAL OPERATIONS ............................................................ 173 EF.116 INTERMEDIATE FINANCE ............................................................ 174 EF.117 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MARKETS ................................ 175 EF.118 MACROECONOMICS .................................................................... 176 EF.119 MACROECONOMICS RESEARCH ............................................... 176 EF.120 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS .................................................... 177 EF.121 MATHEMATICS ............................................................................. 177 EF.122 MICROECONOMICS ..................................................................... 177 EF.123 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT ................................................. 178 EF.124 PERFORMANCE OPERATIONS ................................................... 178 EF.125 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT ........................... 179
6
EF.126 TAXATION ..................................................................................... 180 EF.127 TRADING IN FINANCIAL MARKETS ............................................. 180
FOUNDATION MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE EXTENDED DEGREES .................... 182
EF.128 BASIC MATHEMATICS AND APPLICATION IN ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS ..................................................................................... 182
EF.129 FINANCIAL RECORDING, ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT ....... 183 EF.130 LANGUAGE FOR ECONOMIC SCIENCES ................................... 184 EF.131 MASTERING OF ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS ...... 185 EF.132 ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT ............................ 185
UNDERGRADUATE MODULES FOR THE BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE REGULAR DEGREES AND BACHELOR DEGREES ......................................... 187
EF.133 ACCOUNTING ............................................................................... 187 EF.134 ACCOUNTING STUDIES ............................................................... 195 EF.135 AUDITING ...................................................................................... 196 EF.136 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS ......................................... 198 EF.137 ECONOMETRICS .......................................................................... 199 EF.138 ECONOMICS ................................................................................. 201 EF.139 ETHICAL FOUNDATION TO COMMERCE ................................... 208 EF.140 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT .......................................................... 208 EF.141 FINANCIAL PLANNING ................................................................. 214 EF.142 GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL ................................................... 215 EF.143 GOVERNANCE AND CITIZENSHIP .............................................. 217 EF.144 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ..................................................... 218 EF.145 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT ........................... 220 EF.146 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS ...................................................... 221 EF.147 TAXATION ..................................................................................... 224 EF.148 TAXATION PLANNING .................................................................. 228
FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN OTHER FACULTIES ........... 231
EF.149 ACCOUNTING ............................................................................... 231 EF.150 COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS ....................................... 233 EF.151 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT .......................................................... 234
OTHER FACULTIES’ SERVICE MODULES FOR FEFS BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND BACHELOR DEGREES ............................................................ 235
EF.152 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT .......................................................... 235 EF.153 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS .......................................................... 241 EF.154 COMMERCE .................................................................................. 242 EF.155 COMMERCIAL LAW ...................................................................... 243 EF.156 INFORMATICS .............................................................................. 245 EF.157 INTRODUCTION TO LAW ............................................................. 245 EF.158 INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS ........................... 246
7
EF.159 MARKETING MANAGEMENT ....................................................... 247 EF.160 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS ......................................................... 251
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA MODULES ......................................... 252
EF.161 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY ............. 252 EF.162 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ..................................................... 257
POSTGRADUATE HONOURS MODULES ....................................... 269
EF.163 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY ............. 269 EF.164 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND
ECONOMETRICS .......................................................................... 276 EF.165 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ..................................................... 286
POSTGRADUATE MASTER’S MODULES FOR COMMERCE AND PHILISOPHY ...................................................................................... 306
EF.166 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS) ........................................... 306
EF.167 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS) FOR MASTER OF COMMERCE OR PHILOSOPHY ..................... 315
EF.168 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS) ..................................................................................... 332
POSTGRADUATE DOCTORAL MODULES ..................................... 337
EF.169 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY ............. 337 EF.170 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND
ECONOMETRICS .......................................................................... 338 EF.171 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ..................................................... 339
8
SECTION A: GENERAL INFORMATION
PERSONNEL IN THE EXECUTIVE DEAN’S OFFICE EXECUTIVE DEAN Prof A Dempsey (Amanda) A Ring 210 011 559 3159 [email protected] DEAN'S SECRETARY Nicolette Hayes A Ring 209 011 559 3652 [email protected] VICE-DEAN Prof S Chetty (Sivan) A Ring 213 011 559 3089 [email protected]
AUCKLAND PARK: KINGSWAY CAMPUS Mrs LOU Nuku (Lucretia) General Enquiries A Ring 2 011 559 2492 [email protected] Mrs KF Pitamber (Karin) General Enquiries A Ring 2 011 559 3861 [email protected] Ms MN Manyane (Maria) (Head: Faculty Administration) A Ring 219 011 559 3959 [email protected] Ms D Kruger (Dalene) (Administrative Assistant) A Ring 218 011 559 4683 [email protected] Mrs R Block (Rochelle) (Faculty Officer III) Student surnames: A - LE A Ring 230 011 559 4138 [email protected]
9
Ms CL Dikgang (Cindy) (Faculty Officer I) Student surnames: LF - MOA A Ring 229 011 559 4630 [email protected] Ms L Moemi (Lebogang) (Administrative Assistant) Student surnames: MOB - PE A Ring 221 011 559 4091 [email protected] Ms F Wessels (Frances) (Faculty Officer I) Student surnames: PF - Z A Ring 220 011 559 2565 [email protected] Mr TN Mudzunga (Nathaniel) (Faculty Officer III) Postgraduate students: M and D’s A Ring 207 011 559 4630 [email protected]
Ms L Bobi (Lungiswa) (Faculty Officer III) Postgraduate Diplomas and Honours Students A-Ring 217 011 559 2362 [email protected]
Mrs G Khumalo (Gugu) (Faculty Officer I) Advanced Diplomas and Continuing Education Programmes A Ring 228 011 559 3445 [email protected] Mrs Elmarie Vermeulen Faculty Coordinator A Ring 214 011 559 2521 [email protected] Mr Muziwakhe Fakude Marketing Coordinator A Ring 216 011 559 3965 [email protected] Prof ME Pietersen (Marita) Quality Coordinator A Ring 204 011 559 3270 [email protected]
10
SOWETO CAMPUS Dr C Ackermann (Christo) Faculty Coordinator on SWC Robert Sobukwe GNA276 011 559 5590 [email protected] Mr LJ Baloyi (Languta) (Faculty Officer I) Academic Block C 118 011 559 1406 [email protected] Ms ZM Ntozini (Zoleka) (Administrative Assistant) Academic Block C 116 011 559 5592 [email protected] Mrs J Smit (Jackie) (Faculty Officer III) SWC Academic Block C 123 011 559 5656 [email protected]
POSTAL ADDRESS ALL CAMPUSSES University of Johannesburg PO Box 524 Auckland Park 2006
STREET ADDRESS KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS University of Johannesburg University of Johannesburg Cnr Kingsway Avenue and University Road Potchefstroom Road Auckland Park Power Park 2006 Soweto 6201
UJ WEB ADDRESS www.uj.ac.za
11
PERSONNEL PER DEPARTMENT
* Programme Advisor # Programme Manager/Coordinator
DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY Secretary: Charmaine Viljoen Tel: 011 559 3086 [email protected] Secretary: Brenda Booyens Tel: 011 559-3154 [email protected] Admin officer: Nicolene du Plooy Tel: 011 559-3059 [email protected] Accountant: Alain Kolver Tel: 011-559-3952 [email protected] Marketing management: Andre van Wyk Tel: 011-559-4642 [email protected] Head of Department (Acting) # B (Ben) Marx, MCompt (UOVS), DCom (UJ), CA (SA), FCCA (UK), FCIS Deputy Head of Department # V (Vanessa) van Dyk, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) Professors # D (Danie) Coetsee, MCom (RAU), CA (SA) T (Tankiso) Moloi, PhD (UCN, NI), MCom (UNISA), MSc (London, UK), HonsBCom (UNISA),
BCom (UNISA), Programme for Management Excellence (GIBS) # G (Grietjie) Verhoef, BA (RAU), BAHons (Cum laude) (RAU), BAHons (Cum laude) (RAU), MA
(Cum laude) (RAU), D.Litt et Phil (RAU) Associate Professors
A (Ahmed) Mohammadali-Haji, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) N (Nerine) Stegmann, DCom (RAU)
Senior Lecturers
L (Lizanne) Barnard, MCom (NWU), CA (SA) G (Garth) Barnes, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) M (Marina) Bornman, BComHons (RAU), MCom (NWU), PhD (UJ) K (Karlien) Dempsey, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) SJ (Jelvin) Griffioen, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) M (Muneer) Hassan, BComHons (UNISA), Certificate in Capital Gains Tax (RAU), Certificate in Advanced Taxation (UNISA), CA (SA) K (Krysta) Heathcote, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) C (Covanni) Hohls-du Preez, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA), CFE DH (Dewald) Joubert, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA)
# K (Karabo) Kekana, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) E (Elmaré) Kocks, BCom (US), HDE (US), CTA (UCT), CA (SA) Y (Yvette) Kulik, BComHons (UKZN), CA (SA) M (Mafusi) Lephoto, BCom (UP), BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) T (Thabiso) Madiba, BCom (UCT), PGDA (UCT), MCom (NWU), CA (SA) B (Boniswa) Madikizela, BCom (WITS), BComHons (RAU), CA (SA) T (Tasneem) Mahmood, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) SN (Siphamandla) Makhaya, BComHons (WITS), MCom (UJ), CA (SA)
* M (Marelize) Malan, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) * D (Denise) Mare, BComHons (RAU), CIMA, CA (SA)
M (Melanie) Marchbank, BComHons (UKZN), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) L (Lyndsay) Maseko, BComHons (RAU), CA (SA)
12
M (Mariska) McKenzie, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) M (Monique) Keevy, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) B (Busisane) Mhlambi, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) T (Tsepiso) Moholo, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) S (Seabi) Mokoena, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) S (Sarina) Mostert, MCom (RAU), CA (SA) T (Tendani) Mutshutshu, MCom (UP), CA (SA) Z (Zafeer) Nagdee, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) D (Dieketseng) Napo, BComHons (UWC), MSF (Bentley University, USA), LLB (UJ), CA (SA)
* I (Izette) Nel, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) * J (Jacque) Olivier, BComHons (RAU), HDip (UNISA), CA (SA)
S (Shazia) Osman, BComHons (UKZN), CA (SA) Z (Zaheera) Patel, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) P (Pranisha) Rama, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) M (Marybeth) Rouse, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) M (Monique) Strauss, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) J (Jonathan) Streng, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) M (Michelle) van Heerden, MCom (RAU), CA (SA)
# MH (Milan) van Wyk, BAccHons (UFS), CA (SA) S (Stephanie) Venter, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA)
M (Marianne) Wassermann, MCom (RAU), HDip Int Tax Law (RAU), CA (SA) M (Maria) Weber, MCom (RAU), CA (SA), CFA R (Riaan) Wessels, MCom (NWU), CA (SA)
Lecturers
DP (Philip) Basson, BCom (RAU), BEd Hons (UJ) N (Neville) Dlamini, MCom (UKZN) S (Simone) Halleen, BA (US), MPhil (US), PhD (US) I (Ilse) Karsten, MEd (RAU) B (Belinda) Schutte, BComHons (UJ)
# S (Rozanne) Smith, MCom (UJ), SAIPA #* J (Jurie) Wessels, MCom (UJ) Assistant Lecturers
Z (Zaakir) Ally, BComHons (UJ) C (Caroline) Koto, BComHons (UJ) O (Obekeng) Langana, BComHons (UJ)
Visiting Professor
M (Michael) Honniball, LLM (UJ)
13
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCIAL ACCOUNTING Secretary: Ms Ronel Rossouw Tel: 011 559 5080 [email protected] Admin assistant: Mr Sanele Mjoli Tel: 011 559 5591 [email protected] Head of Department
C (Christo) Ackermann, PhD (UJ), MTech CMA (NMMU), CIA ©, CGAP©, CCSA©
Deputy Heads of Department
Senior Lecturer: L (Lesego) Khumalo, BComptHons (UNISA), CA (SA) Lecturer: V (Vusi) Shandu, BCom (UNISA), MBA (TWR)
Senior Lecturers
S (Saajidah) Adam, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) I (Ingrid) Baigrie, B Prim Ed (UCT), BComHons (UKZN), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) L (Lulama) Boyce, PGDA (UCT), CA (SA) H (Husain) Coovadia, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) D (Deon) De Villiers, BComptHons (UNISA), GCC Mech Eng, MCom (UJ) N (Naeem) Ebrahim, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) K (Kemira) Esterhuizen, BComHons (UKZN), CA (SA) B (Boitumelo) Kuzwayo, PGDA (Wits), CA (SA) ML (Lonah) Mbhalati, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) K (Katlego) Modisagae, BCom (RAU), BComptHons (UNISA), CA (SA) L (Tumi) Mphahlele, PGDA (UCT), CA (SA) Y (Yusuf) Patel, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) AS (Abdool) Peer, BComptHons (UNISA), MCom (UJ) N (Nadia) Rhodes, MEd (RAU), PhD (UJ), ACIS, ACMA, CGMA M (Minnette) Vermaak, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ)
Lecturers
R (Refiloe) Benedict, BComHons (UOFS), MCom (UJ) M (Marike) Carter, MCom (UJ) K (Keith) Daly, BComHons (UNISA), HDE (PG) (Rand), SAIPA D (Darius) du Plessis, BComHons (UJ) TJ (Thabo) Gopane, MCom (Monash) F (Fred) Hemmings, BCom (Wits), MBA (Wits), CAIB (SA), FIBSA M (Marie) Janse van Rensburg, BComHons (UJ) L (Lorindi) Joubert, MCom (UJ) E (Eddie) Kodisang, ND (TUT), BTECH (TWR), Advanced Business Management Programme (TWR), Advanced Project Management (UJ), MBA (University of Wales) M (Mosili) Lepheana, MCom (Rhodes University) JB (John) Mabejane, MCom (UP) M (Morokolo) Mamadi, BComHons (UJ) J (Jacob) Mamaile, BComHons (UNISA), MCom (UJ) KF (Freddy) Masehela, BComHons (University of the North), MCom (Wits) M (Maya) Maselesele, BSc (Monash) K (Kabelo) Morake, BComHons (UNISA) M (Marise) Mouton, BComHons (UP), MCom (UJ) L (Lethiwe) Nzama, MCom (UJ) WH (Werner) Otto, MCom (UFS)
L (Lydia) Pelcher, BComHons (UJ), CFP© P (Pusheletso) Ramutumbu, BComptHons (UNISA), MCom (UJ) RJ (Raymond) Rhodes, MEd (RAU), ACIS JM (Julia) Soobramoney, BComHons (UJ) O (Oliver) Takawira, Business Studies Hons (Zimbabwe), MDevF (US)
14
D (Nisi) Thusi, PhD (Florida, USA) J (Janet) West, MCom (PU for CHE)
Assistant Lecturers
R (Rachel) Khoza, BComHons (UNISA) M (Melusi) Maseko, BComHons (UJ)
15
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS Secretary: Yolandi Brough (APK) Tel: 011 559 2046 [email protected] Secretary: Seli Makofane (APK) Tel: 011 559 4374 [email protected] Secretary: Vatiswa Arosi (SWC) Tel: 011 559 5608 [email protected] Programme Coordinator: MPhil (Industrial Policy) Ms Prashika Panday Tel: 011 559 7451 [email protected] Head of Department Professor: G (Hardus) van Zyl, DCom (RAU) South African Chairs Initiative (SARChI) in Industrial Development
Prof F (Fiona) Tregenna, PhD (University of Cambridge, UK) Assistant: R (Reshmi) Singh Tel: 011 559 7454
Research associates for the SARChI chair KC (Clement) Mulamba, PhD (UJ)
L (Lotta) Takala-Greenish, PhD (University of London, UK) Professors # L (Lumengo) Bonga-Bonga, DCom (UJ)
# L (Lorraine) Greyling, DCom (RAU) J (Joel) Eita, PhD (UP)
S (Simon) Roberts, PhD (University of London, UK) Prof F (Fiona) Tregenna, PhD (University of Cambridge, UK) Associate Professors
# S (Samantha) Ashman, PhD (University of Birmingham, UK) S (Sivan) Chetty, DCom (RAU)
# JW (John) Muteba Mwamba, PhD (UJ) K (Kevin) Nell, PhD (University of Kent, UK)
# N (Nicholas) Ngepah, PhD (UCT) B (Beatrice) Simo-Kengne, PhD (UP)
Senior Lecturers F (Franck) Adekambi, PhD (Laval University, Canada)
# P (Peter) Baur, DCom (UJ) # CT (Talita) Dalton-Greyling, PhD (UJ)
# J (Johane) Dikgang, PhD (UCT) J (Judith) Fessehaie, PhD (UCT)
# MR (Mokgadi) Maleka, PhD (VISTA) S (Sean) Muller, PhD (UCT) K (Kwame) Osei-Assibey, PhD (University of Dundee, UK) A (Alain) Pholo, PhD (Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium) CH (Christie) Schoeman, D.Litt et Phil (RAU)
# J (Josine) Uwilingiye, PhD (UP) # JMM (Kotie) Viljoen, PhD (UJ)
Lecturers
ME (Mdu) Biyase, MCom (UKZN) Q (Queen) Mabe, MCom, (UJ) J (Jugal) Mahabir, MCom (UJ) B (Bulelwa) Maphela, MCom (UJ) S (Sutene) Mwambi, MCom (UJ)
16
A (Abie) Ohonba, MSc (University of Benin, Nigeria) # M (Marinda) Pretorius, MCom (UJ) # N (Naiefa) Rashied, MCom (UJ) # L (Ling) Ting, MCom (Wits) # MK (Magda) Wilson, MA (University of Botswana, Botswana)
TT (Talent) Zwane, MCom (UJ) Assistant Lecturers
JJA (Joel) Kouadio, BComHons (UJ) KPR (Kgotso) Morema, BComHons (UJ) L (Lebogang) Nleya, MCom (UJ) P (Palesa) Phume, BCom Hons (UJ)
Distinguished Visiting Professors
F (Frank) Riedel, PhD (Humboldt–University, Germany)
U (Ulrich) Schmidt, PhD (University of Kiel, Germany) Visiting Professors
A (Alain) Kabundi, DCom (UJ) J (Jo) Seldeslachts, PhD (Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona, Spain) NM (Nachoem) Wijnberg, PhD (Erasmus University, Rotterdam)
Senior Research Associates
M (Matteo) Bonato, PhD (University of Zurich, Switzerland) P (Paolo) Craviolatti, PhD (Sussex University, UK) S (Susan) Newman, PhD (University of London, UK), SOAS
Centre for Local Economic Development (CENLED) Director: M (Marius) Venter, DCom (RAU) Secretary: C (Carlien) Roux (APB)
Senior Research Associate for CENLED Dr P (Patricia) Inman, DEd (Northern Illinois University, USA) Centre for Competition, Regulation and Economic Development (CCRED)
Director: S (Simon) Roberts, PhD (University of London, UK) Director assistant: L (Lauralyn) Kaziboni (2nd floor, 5 Sturdee Ave, Rosebank) Tel: 011 599 7510
Senior Research Fellows for CCRED R (Roderick) Crompton, PhD (University of Natal) RD (Ryan) Hawthorne, MCom (Wits) J (Jonathan) Klaaren, PhD (Yale University, USA) S (Stephen) Labson, PhD (University of California at Berkeley, USA) D (David) Ong’olo, MSc (Lancaster University, UK) G (Genna) Robb, MSc (University of Warwick, UK) Z (Zavareh) Rustomjee, PhD (SOAS London, UK) J (Javier) Tapia, PhD (University College London, UK) Research Fellows for CCRED S (Sha’ista) Goga, MPhil (Oxford University, UK) G (Gertrude) Makhaya, MCom (Wits), MSc (Oxford University, UK) G (Gaylor) Montmasson-Clair, MCom (Grenoble Institute of Political Studies, France) S (Sisa) Njikelana, Diploma in Applied Social Studies (Ruskin College of Oxford, UK) F (Faith) Odhiambo, LLM (University of Kenya, Kenya)
17
DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT Secretary: Jana Botes Tel: 011 559 3305 [email protected] Itumeleng Malefetsa Tel: 011 559 4105 [email protected] Helene Niemann Tel: 011 559 2050 [email protected] Elsie Nuss Tel: 011 559 1764 [email protected] Head of Department Lecturer: N (Niel) Oberholzer, MCom (UJ)
Deputy Head of Department
Senior Lecturer: KC (Kevin) Thomas, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) Professors # CCA (Coenraad) Labuschagne, DSc (PU of CHE)
NJ (Nico) Smith, DCom (PU of CHE) Associate Professors # I (Ilsé) Botha, DCom (RAU)
G (Gideon) Els, DCom (RAU), PG Dip Educ (RAU), DCom (UJ) Senior Lecturers
CD (Carl) Anschutz, BComptHons (UNISA), PGDFP (UFS), CA (SA), CFP® MA (Modi) Dolamo, BComptHons (UNISA), CA (SA)
M (Melany) Lotter, PGDFP (UFS), LLM (UFS), CFP® WM (Wadzanai) Mabuto, BBusSc, PGDA (UCT), CA (SA) LM (Lamet) Maredi, MCom (UP), CA (SA) M (Melissa) McGill, BComptHons (UNISA), CA (SA) SM (Solly) Modiba, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) B (Benjamin) Mogapi, BAcc (Wits), CA (SA) S (Sumaya) Naidu, LLM (UCT), PGDFP (UFS), CFP® A (Adele) Oosthuizen, MCom (RAU), CA (SA), ACMA, CGMA CPP (Paul) Snyman, MCom (UJ), CFP®
# JW (Jean) Struweg, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) # R (Ricky) van der Walt, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) Lecturers # RL (Roxanne) Andrew, MCom (UJ), CFP® JE (Jordy) Bolton, MSc (Tilburg, Netherlands) M (Marno) Booyens, MCom (UJ)
S (Shakeel) Carrim, MCom (UJ) # A (Andre) Kruger, MTech (UNISA) # CL (Corlise) le Roux, MCom (UJ)
Y (Yatish) Singh, BComHons (UJ) R (Reinette) van Gaalen, MCom (UJ) Assistant Lecturers
N (Nompilo) Msibi, BComHons (UJ) T (Trisha) Rowjee, BComHons (UJ) P (Pierre) Venter, BComHons (UJ)
Visiting Distinguished Research Associates A (Antonie) Kotze, PhD (Wits) C (Chad) Hunzinger, MSc (Wits) T (Tom) McWalter, PhD (Wits)
18
IMPORTANT CONTACT INFORMATION (FEES, BURSARIES, LOANS, STUDENT SERVICES, ACCOMMODATION) FEES
STUDENT FINANCES KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS 011 559 3277 011 559 5526
BURSARIES AND LOANS KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS (NSFAS) 011 559 3770/4483 011 559 5508/5507/5702
STUDENT SERVICES BUREAU KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS 011 559 3324/2394 011 559 5752
ACCOMMODATION KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS 011 559 2863/2092 011 559 4477/5015
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS FOR ADMISSION / REGISTRATION At registration, prospective students who register for the first time at the University must submit, together with their registration documents, certified copies of the following: First year students
a) Only if requested: Identity Document or permanent residence permit; b) Only if requested: Grade 12 certificate or equivalent qualification and/or statement of symbols;
and c) National Benchmark Test (NBT) results. Transferring undergraduate students from other higher education institutions
Certified copies of: a) Identity Document or permanent residence permit; b) Academic record from the previous higher education institutions; c) Certificate of conduct, if not included on the academic record; d) Any additional Faculty programme requirements as determined by the Faculty Board; and e) If requested: Grade 12 certificate or equivalent qualification and/or statement of symbols. First registration for advanced diploma, postgraduate diploma, honours, masters and doctoral applicants who completed their previous qualification at another higher education institution
Certified copies of: a) Identity Document or permanent residence permit; b) Diploma, degree, advance diploma, postgraduate diploma, honours or master’s certificate; c) Academic record; d) Certificate of conduct, if not included on the academic record; and e) Additional Faculty or programme requirements as determined by the Faculty Board.
19
International Applicants
• Undergraduate and postgraduate:
Certified copies of: a) Passport; b) Study permit; c) Proof of SA Medical Insurance Cover; and d) Proof of sufficient financial repatriation funds for the purpose of study and related fees. • Undergraduates: e) Universities of South Africa (USAf) evaluation of the school leaving certificate; and f ) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) certificate: English proficiency test or
proof of English passed at school-leaving level. • Postgraduates: g) South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA) evaluation of previous qualification.
20
FEFS VISION AND MISSION
VISION To be a Faculty of academic distinction by internationally recognised standards, embracing the
challenges of complexity and diversity of its African environment, in its endeavour to advance knowledge and skills in the fields of economics finance and accountancy.
MISSION
Constructive engagement with its national and international academic community.
Advancement of quality research through the implementation of innovative measures.
Provision of first-class education through effective and innovative teaching and learning strategies.
Establishment of an academic/working environment, which produces high levels of motivation, encourage scholarship and attract well-qualified staff.
Enhancement of the productive capacity of the country in the fields of economics, finance and accountancy through relevant curricula and programmes that address skills shortages, transformational goals, alternative access and community needs.
UJ VALUES
VALUES
Imagination Conversation Regeneration Ethical foundation
Shaping the future Learning together from our diversity
Developing sustainability through creative contribution
Treasuring academic freedom
Thinking independently Making wise decision collectively
Introspecting for renewal
Seeking balance in the pursuit of knowledge
Developing a cosmopolitan identity
Engaging meaningfully with one another
Innovating for the common good
Facing challenges with courage and earning trust.
Exhibition, ambition and drive
Displaying mutual respect
Making positive change
Acting responsibly by being fair, consistent and transparent
Adopting entrepreneurial approaches
Leading consultatively Taking advantage of overlooked opportunities
Participating in and helping the community (Ubuntu)*
21
SECTION B: SPECIFIC REGULATIONS FOR THE FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL SCIENCES SECTION B.1: KEY INFORMATION EF.1 QUALIFICATIONS AWARDED
NEW NQF LEVEL 6 / OLD NQF LEVEL 6 Diploma NEW NQF LEVEL 7 / OLD /NQF LEVEL (na) Advanced Diploma NEW NQF LEVEL 7 / OLD NQF LEVEL 6 Bachelor of Commerce (BCom)
including extended degrees NEW NQF LEVEL 7 / OLD NQF LEVEL 6 Bachelor of Accounting (BAcc) NEW NQF LEVEL 8 / OLD NQF LEVEL (na) Postgraduate Diploma NEW NQF LEVEL 8 / OLD NQF LEVEL 7 Bachelor of Commerce Honours
(BComHons) NEW NQF LEVEL 9 / OLD NQF LEVEL 8 Master of Commerce (MCom) NEW NQF LEVEL 9 / OLD NQF LEVEL 8 Master of Philosophy (MPhil) NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 Doctor Commercii (DCom) NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 Doctor Philosophiae (PhD)
EF.2 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
The Faculty Regulations must be read together with the Academic Regulations of the University of Johannesburg.
The academic regulations are available online on the UJ website.
EF.3 ADMISSION GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1 GENERAL MINIMUM ADMISSION PRINCIPLES FOR AN UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME
Admission requirements and compliance with the legal endorsement for undergraduate
programmes for study at the University are as follows: (a) A NSC diploma endorsement is a legal requirement for admission into an
undergraduate diploma. (b) A NSC bachelor’s degree endorsement is a legal requirement for admission into an
undergraduate bachelor’s degree. (d) An applicant who has successfully completed a Higher Certificate at an accredited
Higher Education Institution (HEI) may be admitted into an appropriate Advanced Certificate.
(e) An applicant who has successfully completed a Higher Certificate at an accredited HEI and has accumulated relevant credits may be admitted to a related undergraduate diploma programme, subject to the candidate being granted a NSC diploma endorsement by Universities South Africa (USAf) after the successful completion of the Higher Certificate (refer to AR 6 and AR 7 for credit requirements).
(f) An applicant who has successfully completed an undergraduate diploma, may be admitted into an undergraduate bachelor’s degree programme, subject to the candidate being granted a NSC bachelor’s degree endorsement by USAf.
(g) Other progression requirements, as reflected in the Higher Education Qualifications Sub Framework (HEQSF), are applicable.
22
(h) Applicants who have completed their National Senior Certificate (NSC) or Senior Certificate (SC) must comply with the minimum Admission Points Score (APS). All applicants must comply with the language requirements, faculty and qualification or module requirements for admission into each programme as laid down by the relevant faculty.
(i) Other additional admission requirements may be: (i) admission and placement tests as approved by Senate; (ii) personal interviews; (iii) portfolios of evidence; (iv) RPL; (v) SAQA or USAf certification of equivalents; (vi) language proficiency tests; (vii) writing of the National Benchmark Tests (NBTs) prior to registration, is
compulsory for all new first year students. (j) Compliance with the minimum requirements does not guarantee a place, as the
University has a specific number of places as approved by the Department of Higher Education and Training for new undergraduate first years.
(k) Prospective students currently in Grade 12 will be considered for admission to study at the University based on a Grade 11 Score that is calculated in the same way as the APS using the results of the final Grade 11 subjects. Any student who has been admitted on the final Grade 11 results will have to satisfy the minimum admission requirements in Grade 12 for registration for the relevant qualification as laid down by the University. In popular programmes final admission may also be dependent on applicants maintaining their Grade 12 performance at a similar or higher level to which they were conditionally admitted based on their final Grade 11 results.
(m) Prospective students who comply with the minimum legal requirements for admission to a programme, but who do not meet the additional faculty-specific minimum Admission Points Score, may, upon good cause shown, be granted admission to such programme at the discretion of the relevant Executive Dean. If prospective students do not meet faculty-specific admission requirements in respect of a module in such a programme that is taught in a faculty other than the faculty in which the programme is offered, the Executive Dean must consult with the Executive Dean of the faculty within which the module resides before admission to the programme may be granted.
(n) School-leaving certificates not included in the table below are dealt with individually in faculties and departments.
3.2 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS AND APPLICANTS
WHO OBTAINED THE SENIOR CERTIFICATE (SC)
An APS is awarded for the six best symbols (taking faculty- and programme-specific requirements into account) in the SC, HIGCSE, IGCSE, A-levels, AS-Levels, O-levels, IB WAEC, KCSE, Diplome/Exam D’Etat, CHL/EM or the Baccalaureate according to the table above.
A maximum of six subjects will be used to calculate the total APS.
applicants who obtained the SC will be considered for admission to study at the University in accordance with their final Grade 12 results.
3.3 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS WHO OBTAINED THE NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE (NSC) IN 2008 OR LATER
Life Orientation is not counted in the calculation of the total APS nor is it considered as an individual compulsory subject.
23
In total six subjects are used for the calculation of the APS. The total APS of an applicant is the sum of the achievement ratings of the programme compulsory subjects and the remaining NSC subjects of that applicant
If applicants completed more than the minimum number of subjects in their NSC, the compulsory subjects and the best three remaining subjects will be used to calculate the total APS.
Refer to the UJ Prospectus for the requirements per qualification and Faculty.
3.4 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS WHO OBTAINED THE NATIONAL CERTIFICATE VOCATIONAL (NCV)
Only applicable for Diploma and Extended Degree students. Refer to EF.10 and EF.21 for admission requirements.
3.5 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS WHO OBTAINED THE NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE FOR ADULTS (NASCA)
Only applicable for Diploma students. Refer to EF.10 for admission requirements. 3.6 UJ ADMISSION POINT SCORE TABLE TO CALCULATE ADMISSION FOR
INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS, APPLICANTS WITH A SENIOR CERTIFICATE AND APPLICANTS WITH A NATIONAL SENIOR CERTIFICATE:
AP
S
NATIONAL INTERNATIONAL
NS
C/IE
B
SC
HG
(M
-SC
OR
E)
SC
SG
(M
-SC
OR
E)
HIG
CS
E/N
SS
C (
HL
)
IGC
SE
/NS
SC
(O
L)
AS
LE
VE
LS
A L
EV
EL
S
IB (
HL
)
IB (
SL
)
WA
EC
KC
SE
Dip
lom
e/E
xa
m D
’Eta
t
CH
L/E
M
Bac
ca
lau
reate
10 A 7
9 B 6
8 C 5
7 7
(80-100%) A 1 A D 4 7 A
6 6
(70-79%) B A 2 B E 3 6 B
5 5
(60-69%) C B 3 A C 2 5 A C 80-100% 16-20 16-20
4 4
(50-59%) D C 4 B D 1 4 B D 70-79% 14-15 14-15
3 3
(40-49%) E D C E 3 C E 50-69% 10-13 10-13
2 2
(30-39%) F E D/E 2 D/E F 30-49% 8-9 8-9
1 1
(0-29%) G F F/G 1 F/G G 0-29% 0-7 0-7
24
ABBREVIATIONS
NSC: National Senior Certificate (completed Grade 12 since 2008)
SC HG: Senior Certificate Higher Grade (completed Grade 12 before 2008)
SC SG: Senior Certificate Standard Grade (completed Grade 12 before 2008)
IEB: Independent Examination Board
HIGCSE: Higher International General Certificate of Secondary Education
IGCSE: International General Certificate of Secondary Education
NSSC(HL): Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate (Higher Level)
NSSC(OL): Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate (Ordinary Level)
AS Levels: Advanced Subsidiary Level
A Levels: Advanced Level
IB (HL): International Baccalaureate Schools (Higher Levels)
IB (SL): International Baccalaureate Schools (Standard Levels)
WAEC: West African Examination Council
KCSE: Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education
Diplome/Exam D’Etat Diplome-d’Etat or d’Etudes Secondaire du Cycle
CHL/EM: Certificado de Habilitacoes Literarias (Mozambique) / Ensino Medio (Angola)
Baccalaureat: Gabonese School Leaving
3.7 ALTERNATIVE ADMISSIONS Senate Discretionary Conditional Admission
Senate Discretionary Conditional Admission for candidates who have successfully completed the National Senior Certificate or National Certificate or National Certificate (Vocational) or National Senior Certificate for Adults (NASCA) and who have applied for admission to an undergraduate programme at the University may be considered by Senate on recommendation of the relevant Executive Dean, subject to successfully completing a PsyCaD assessment and of the NBT and obtaining at least Higher Intermediate Level.
School of Tomorrow applicants
The Executive Dean, together with the Registrar, may approve admission of School of Tomorrow applicants via the Senate discretional admission process subject to the applicant completing a PsyCaD assessment and the NBT (obtaining at least Higher Intermediate level).
Recognition of prior learning (RPL)
The University may, on the grounds of RPL, and subject to Senate-approved special admission rules, admit students who do not comply with the minimum admission requirements.
Placement in access or alternative programmes
Prospective students who do not meet the general minimum admission requirements for a specific programme may be placed in a Senate-approved access programme, having followed a Senate-approved placement procedure.
3.8 RIGHT OF ADMISSION
The Vice-Chancellor and the Council of the University determine the admission of a student to the University. Applicants who have applied for admission and satisfy the minimum rules of access, but who have been refused, may request written reasons for such refusal from the Executive Dean.
25
The University of Johannesburg and its faculties have the right to change the admission requirements of a specific field of study.
EF.4 REGISTRATION 1. Student submits themselves to the Rules and Regulations of the University and undertake to
pay the prescribed fees by electronically signing the agreement with the University upon registration.
2. Students may not register simultaneously for two programmes at the University or for a programme or module at another university concurrently without prior written consent of the executive deans of the relevant faculties and the relevant authority of the other university.
3. Students may not register for more than the prescribed number of modules per academic year/semester as: a) approved by Faculty Board and Senate; b) reflected in the Faculty Rules and Regulations and curriculum; and c) specified per year level. The Executive Dean of the Faculty may approve a maximum of two additional semester modules or one year module per academic year.
4. Students must inform the University of any changes in their names and surname and must update any other changes of personal details on uLink.
5. Students will only be permitted to register for the higher level of a module or a higher qualification if they have passed the prerequisite module(s) of a module or the prerequisite qualification for another qualification.
6. Upon total cancellation of studies or cancellation of certain modules, the rebate on residence fees is calculated according to a sliding scale based on the actual days in residence.
7. Upon total cancellation of studies or cancellation of certain modules, students are not entitled to reimbursement of the registration fee and remain liable for the tuition fee in accordance with the Student Fees Policy of which the following rules are applicable:
a) Total cancellation of studies
Students must complete a cancellation form at the faculty concerned before leaving the University. Students wanting to cancel their studies after having left the University must notify the University of such cancellation in writing. If the date of the cancellation is not officially confirmed, students will be liable for the full payment of fees and no credits will be considered.
Cancellation on or before 17 February:
Total remission of tuition fees with the exception of the registration fee and ICT levy.
Cancellation after 17 February:
Rebate is calculated as mentioned in 7(b).
b) Cancellation of modules Students wishing to cancel a module must do so in writing at the faculty concerned. (Please consult the UJ Fees booklet for the exact date of cancellation). First semester modules:
Cancellation on or before 17 February: No fees payable.
26
Cancellation on or before the last day of March: 50% credit is granted.
Cancellation after the last day of March: No credit.
Second semester modules:
Cancellation on or before 4 August: No fees payable.
Cancellation after 4 August: No credit is granted.
Year modules:
Cancellation on or before 17 February: No fees payable.
Cancellation on or before the last day of March: 75% credit is granted.
Cancellation on or before 4 August: 50% credit is granted.
Cancellation after 4 August: No credit is granted.
8. Cancellation of studies in a semester module(s) or a year module(s) within the 21-calender day period before the beginning of the assessment opportunity will be regarded as absent from the assessment opportunity. Cancellation of studies in a continuous evaluation year module within the 42-calendar day period before the beginning of the assessment opportunities will be regarded as absence from the assessment opportunity.
EF.5 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUATION OF DIPLOMA AND DEGREE STUDIES
1. First year of study:
For continuation of studies a student should pass the equivalent of at least 60% of the semester modules during the first year of study. (A year module counts as two semester modules).
2. Second year of study:
For re-admission to the next year of studies a student should pass the equivalent of at least 12 semester modules or 40% of enrolled modules (which ever the highest) during the second year of study.
3. Third year of study: In order to qualify to graduate a student has to pass all prescribed modules of a particular
curriculum. NOTES (i) Requirements for continuation of Extended Degree studies refer to EF.23. (ii) Degree/Diploma and/or module changes must be made within 10 (working) days after the
beginning of the classes for the relevant semester.
EF.6 PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS FOR DIPLOMA AND DEGREE STUDIES
1. A student in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences who has diploma endorsement
but does not meet the Faculty-specific diploma entry requirements may obtain access to diploma studies through the Programme in Commercial Accounting and must complete all prescribed modules of the latter programme within the first year of registration.
2. A student in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences who has obtained access to degree studies through the extended programme must complete all foundation modules within
27
the first two years of study. A student, with any foundation module outstanding, will not be allowed to enrol for any of the regular degree modules that are offered at second year level.
3. A student in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences shall be allowed to register for the second year of a regular programme if he/she passes at least 60% of the first year modules (year modules count as two semester modules). At least two of these modules must be in the same study field (e.g. Semester 1 & 2 in the same subject).
4. To be admitted to any module in the second or third academic year of study, and progress to the following year of study, students must have passed at least 60% of the modules (year modules count as two semester modules) in the previous year of study. The responsibility rest upon the student to ensure that he/she register for any outstanding modules before registering for new modules in a particular programme.
5. A student who has not been promoted to the following year of study for any two years of study will not be permitted to continue with that programme and will be academically excluded except if they are allowed to continue after obtaining special permission of the Executive Dean. The Executive Dean may stipulate conditions for a student to continue with her/his studies.
6. A student who has failed a module twice will not be allowed to continue her/his studies in the same module at the UJ except with the special permission of the Executive Dean on recommendation of the relevant Head of Department after consultation with the lecturer, or on recommendation of the Faculty’s Assessment Committee.
7. A student who is registered for a three- or four- year programme and fails to complete the programme within a further period of two years will only be allowed to continue with the programme if granted special permission by the Executive Dean on recommendation of the relevant Head of Department or the Faculty’s Assessment Committee.
8. If a student has been granted special permission to continue with studies following regulations 5. to 7. above, the Executive Dean may refuse continuation of studies if her/his work in the first semester is unsatisfactory. A student may also be refused further admission if he/she continues to perform unsatisfactorily at the end of the relevant academic year and will be academically excluded.
9. The formal time during which a student was registered for a particular programme at another higher education institution and her/his results at such institution may be considered in applying regulations 3. to 7.
10. Attendance of lectures or (where applicable) participation in other learning activities (e.g. assignment submission and tutorial attendance) is taken into consideration when determining whether progress in a student’s studies is satisfactory or not and also when decisions are made regarding the academic exclusion of students.
11. Students retain credit for exemption and/or renewal of registration purposes for a module passed for a period not exceeding seven years, provided that there are no material changes to the curriculum content in this period and provided further that there has been no change in the statutory body regulation the relevant qualification. This retention is also subject to the programme-specific requirements contained in the Faculty Rules and Regulations. Exceptions may be allowed by the Executive Dean in consultation with the Head of Department.
NOTE (i) If a student has two semester modules or one year module outstanding for the completion of
an undergraduate degree or diploma in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences, then in exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may grant permission for the student to
28
complete those modules at another traditional University or University of Technology, provided that the corresponding modules at the other university are recognised by the relevant department at the University of Johannesburg. If permission is granted, it would be effective for one year, and the student would be required to register at both the University of Johannesburg and the other traditional University or University of Technology. This permission is at the discretion of the Executive Dean and other conditions/requirements may also apply.
EF.7 LAST ASSESSMENT AND PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS 7.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MODULES 1. A minimum final period/semester/year mark of 40% is required for undergraduate (diploma,
degree and advanced diploma), postgraduate (postgraduate diploma, honours and coursework master’s) students to gain access to the last assessment opportunity (exam). Each assessment opportunity carries a predetermined weight in accordance with the module outcomes. The uniqueness of the subject is taken into account in determining the weighting. This predetermined weighting will be communicated to students.
2. When a traditional examination is used as a last assessment opportunity (exam), a minimum final period/semester or year mark of 40%, submission of a minimum of 80% of all assignments (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide) and attendance of a minimum of 80% of tutorial classes (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide) is required for undergraduate and postgraduate and coursework master’s students to gain access to the last assessment opportunity (exam). Each assessment opportunity carries a predetermined weight in accordance with the module outcomes. The uniqueness of the subject is taken into account in determining the weighting. This predetermined weighting will be communicated to students.
3. The final period/semester/year mark and the mark of the last assessment opportunity (exam) constitute 50% each towards the calculation of the final mark. Any deviation from this must be approved by the Faculty Board and will be communicated to the students in the relevant study guides.
4. A sub-minimum of 40% for the last assessment opportunity examination (EM) and a final mark (FM) of 50% is required to pass a module.
5. A student passes a module with distinction if the final mark (FM) is 75% or more.
6. The scheduling of the last assessment opportunities (exam) occurs according to the fixed timetable for last assessment opportunities (exam). The onus is on the student to complete the last assessment (exam) on the date, at the time and in the venue specified.
7. Requests for the explanation of the award of final marks in the final summative assessment opportunity must be made within 10 days after classes commenced for the second semester for first semester assessments. In the case of a second semester assessment opportunity requests must be made three days prior to commencement of classes. No assessment material (for example answer scripts or portfolios) or copies of it may be provided to students after such explanatory discussion if such material would not otherwise have been returned to the student.
7.2 SEMESTER MODULE(S)
1. A semester module is a module that extends over one semester (approximately 14 academic
weeks) as reflected in the academic calendar of a particular year as approved by Senate.
29
7.3 COUPLET MODULE(S) 1. “Couplet module” is a first-semester module followed by the second-semester module where
the content of the second-semester module is dependent on the content of the first-semester module, subject to a minimum of 40% obtained for the first-semester module to progress to the second-semester module. Couplet modules is two modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module.
2. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required
50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own.
3. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment on a couplet module (FM = 40%) and
obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (EM) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary assessment or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment (FM = 40%) but does not have a subminimum EM of at least 40%, does not have a choice but has to write the supplementary assessment.
7.4 SEMESTER MODULE SPREAD OVER A YEAR 1. A semester module spread over a year is equivalent to half the credits of a year module, but is
presented over a year. For a semester module spread over a year a minimum half year mark of 40% is required (in June) in order to continue with the module in the second semester. If a student does not meet this minimum requirement then his/her registration for that module will automatically be cancelled for the second semester. In order to gain access to the last assessment opportunity (exam) the following requirements must be met: a final period/semester/year mark of 40%, submission of a minimum of 80% of all assignments (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide) and attendance of a minimum of 80% of tutorial classes (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide).
7.5 YEAR MODULE(S) 1. A year module is a module that extends over two semesters (approximately 28 academic
weeks) as reflected in the academic calendar of a particular calendar year as approved by Senate. For a year module a minimum half year mark (also referred to as a progress mark) of 40% is required (in June) in order to continue with the module in the second semester. If a student does not meet this minimum requirement then his/her registration for that module will automatically be cancelled for the second semester.
2. In order to gain access to the last assessment opportunity (exam) in November, the following
requirements must be met: a final period/semester/year mark of 40%, submission of a minimum of 80% of all assignments (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide) and attendance of a minimum of 80% of tutorial classes (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide).
7.6 APPEALS
1. After the final mark (FM) for a module is made known, students:
a) who failed the module with a final mark of at least 40%; or
30
b) whose last assessment opportunity (exam) mark is at least 15% lower than their final period/semester/year mark; or
c) who passed a module without distinction, but whose final period/semester/year mark or last assessment opportunity (exam) mark was a distinction mark;
d) may apply to the lecturer who awarded marks in the final period/semester/year mark or last assessment opportunity (exam) for an explanation of the final mark obtained.
2. Requests for the explanation of the award of final marks in the final summative assessment
opportunity must be made within 10 days after classes commenced for the second semester for first semester assessments. In the case of a second semester assessment opportunity requests must be made three days prior to commencement of classes. No assessment material (for example answer scripts or portfolios) or copies of it may be provided to students after such explanatory discussion if such material would not otherwise have been returned to the student.
3. If, after the explanation has been provided as described in 2. above, students are still dissatisfied with the award of marks, they may appeal to the Executive Dean. Executive deans may, at their own discretion decide to appoint an external arbiter to re-assess the final and/or last assessment opportunity’s answer script of the student. A fee, as determined by the University, is payable for the assessment by arbitration. The decision of the Executive Dean is final.
4. The fee is refunded if the arbiter alters results from a fail to a pass or from a pass without
distinction to a pass with distinction. In all other cases the fee is forfeited to the University. 7.7 SUPPLEMENTARY SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT OPPORTUNITIES
1. Supplementary summative assessment opportunities are automatically granted to a student for
those modules where: a) the final mark ranges from 40% to 49% and the student had attempted the last assessment
opportunity (exam) for the module; or b) the final period/semester/year mark is at least 60% but the student failed the module having
attempted the assessment opportunity for the module. 2. Supplementary summative assessment opportunity for advanced diplomas, postgraduate
diplomas, honours and master’s coursework modules is granted by the programme manager, in consultation with the Head of Department, and the assessors.
3. The scheduling of supplementary summative assessment opportunities occurs according to the
fixed timetable for supplementary summative assessment opportunities. The onus is on the student to complete the supplementary summative assessment on the date, at the time and in the venue specified.
4. The supplementary summative assessment opportunity is based on all the outcomes of the
specific module and the duration must be the same as that of the last assessment opportunity except in the case of an oral assessment.
5. When a supplementary summative assessment is written the final period/semester/year mark is taken into account when calculating the final mark for the module. Any deviation from this must be approved by the Faculty Board.
6. When a supplementary summative assessment is written, the final mark is capped at 50%.
7. Students are personally responsible for ascertaining whether they qualify for a supplementary summative assessment opportunity and for acquainting themselves with the details of the timetable and venue.
31
8. Students’ entitlement to a supplementary summative assessment opportunity lapses if they fail to use the opportunity.
9. Students may not be granted another supplementary summative assessment opportunity if they have used and failed a previous one except if the Executive Dean of the faculty in which the qualification resides and in consultation with the Executive Dean of the Faculty in which the particular modules reside, waive on or more of the conditions (d) or (e) under point 1 of 7.10 below.
7.8 SUPPLEMENTARY SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT MODULES
are scheduled as part of the assessment plan for a particular module. The following applies:
(a) A minimum of 40% final mark (FM) in the predetermined assessment is required to gain access to a supplementary assessment.
(b) Supplementary assessments are limited to a minimum of one scheduled assessment per semester module, or two scheduled assessments per year module, or according to each faculty’s internal assessment policy.
(c) A maximum of no more than a final pass mark of 50% is awarded for the supplementary assessment.
7.9 SPECIAL SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT OPPORTUNITIES
1. Special summative assessment opportunities are considered by the Faculty in which the
programme/qualification resides, for students who, in the event of illness, for compassionate reasons, on religious grounds or for similar legitimate reasons, were prevented from attending an assessment opportunity. Students may be granted a special assessment opportunity if they apply for it within seven calendar days after the original date of the relevant assessment opportunity. The Executive Dean or the Vice Dean, in consultation with the relevant head of department, considers all applications and decides whether or not to grant the special assessment opportunity.
Valid reasons include the following: b) acceptable medical certificates; or c) prior application (with confirmation from the Sports Bureau or Cultural Office) for
participating in provincial, national or international sports or cultural events; or d) Compassionate reasons such as the death or serious illness of a close family member or
friend (documentary evidence is required and must be submitted); or e) prior application in respect of assessments conducted on dates and times that clash with
religious obligations as certified by the responsible authorities of the religion indicated on the particular student’s registration form for that particular year; or
f) other excuses deemed acceptable by the Executive Dean in consultation with the Head of Department.
2. The scheduling of special summative assessment opportunities occurs according to the fixed timetable for supplementary summative assessment opportunities. The onus is on the student to complete the special assessment on the date, at the time and in the venue specified.
3. Students’ entitlement to a supplementary summative assessment opportunity lapses if they fail to use the opportunity.
4. No capping of a final mark is applicable in the case of a special summative assessment opportunity.
7.10 SPECIAL SUPPLEMENTARY SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT OPPORTUNITIES
1. The Assessment Committee or a senior administrative officer of a Faculty in which the qualification resides may grant a student a special supplementary assessment opportunity
32
(exam) if the student requires not more than the equivalent of two semester modules or one year module for the completion of the relevant qualification, provided that the student: a) was registered for the relevant module in the current academic year; and b) was admitted to, and participated in the last assessment opportunity (exam) in the relevant
module; and c) has complied with all the experiential or practical requirements prescribed for the
qualification (where applicable); and d) was not granted a supplementary last assessment opportunity (exam) in the relevant
module during the current academic year.
The Executive Dean of the Faculty in which the qualification resides may, in exceptional circumstances and in consultation with the Executive Dean of the Faculty in which the particular modules reside, waive one or more of the conditions specified in (c) or (d).
2. The scheduling of a special supplementary summative assessment opportunities occurs
according to the fixed timetable for supplementary summative assessment opportunities. The onus is on the student to complete the supplementary summative assessment on the date, at the time and in the venue specified.
3. The special supplementary summative assessment opportunity is based on all the outcomes of
the specific module and the duration must be the same as that of the last assessment opportunity except in the case of an oral assessment.
4. When a special supplementary summative assessment is written the final period/semester/year
mark is taken into account when calculating the final mark for the module. Any deviation from this must be approved by the Faculty Board.
5. When a special supplementary summative assessment is written, the final mark is capped at
50%.
6. Students are personally responsible for ascertaining whether they qualify for a special supplementary summative assessment opportunity and for acquainting themselves with the details of the timetable and venue.
7. Students’ entitlement to a special supplementary summative assessment opportunity lapses if they fail to use the opportunity.
7.11 EXPLANATION OF GLOBAL RESULT CODES
1. After completion of the last assessment opportunity (exam) session, students will receive a global result code regarding the overall performance for the semester/year. The following table explains the result codes given to students after the last assessment (exams).
CODE MEANING
0F
APPEAL UNSUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 2 (POSTGRADUATE) Postgraduate student was awarded a DF (academic exclusion) code, appealed the exclusion and the appeal was unsuccessful. The student cannot continue with studies in the Faculty. A student can only appeal once.
1F
APPEAL SUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 1 (UNDERGRADUATE) Undergraduate student was awarded a F7, appealed and the appeal was successful. The student can continue with studies in semester 1. Such a student cannot cancel any of the registered modules and have to pass all modules registered for in semester 1.
33
CODE MEANING
2F RE-ADMIN REFUSED, REFFERED TO DIPLOMA/ALTERNATIVE PROGRAMME The student may not continue with the Degree programme. The Faculty recommend switching to one of the Diploma programmes.
3F
APPEAL UNSUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 1 (UNDERGRADUATE) Undergraduate student was awarded a F7, appealed the exclusion and the appeal was unsuccessful. The student cannot continue with studies in the Faculty. A student can only appeal once.
4F
APPEAL SUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 2 (UNDERGRADUATE) Undergraduate student was awarded a BF code, appealed the exclusion and the appeal was successful. The student can continue with studies in semester 2. Such a student cannot cancel any of the modules registered for and have to pass all modules at the end of the year.
5F
APPEAL UNSUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 2 (UNDERGRADUATE) Undergraduate student was awarded a BF (academic exclusion) code, appealed the exclusion and the appeal was unsuccessful. The student cannot continue with studies in the Faculty. A student can only appeal once.
6F
APPEAL SUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 1 (POSTGRADUATE) Postgraduate student was awarded a 7F, appealed and the appeal was successful. The student can continue with studies in semester 1. Such a student cannot cancel any of the registered modules and have to pass all modules registered for in semester 1.
7F
NO RE-ADMISSION SEMESTER 1 (POSTGRADUATE) Postgraduate students – the student is academically excluded from the Faculty due to poor academic performance in semester 2. (The student can lodge an appeal for an academic exclusion once).
8F
APPEAL UNSUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 1 (POSTGRADUATE) Postgraduate student was awarded a 7F at the end of the year, appealed the exclusion and the appeal was unsuccessful. The student cannot continue with studies in the Faculty. A student can only appeal once.
9F
APPEAL SUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 2 (POSTGRADUATE) Postgraduate student was awarded a DF (academic exclusion) code, appealed the exclusion and the appeal was successful. The student can continue with studies in semester 2. Such a student cannot cancel any of the modules registered for and have to pass all modules at the end of the year.
BF
NO RE-ADMISSION SEMESTER 2 (UNDERGRADUATE) Undergraduate students – the student is academically excluded from the Faculty due to poor academic performance in semester 1. (The student can lodge an appeal for an academic exclusion once).
DF
NO RE-ADMISSION SEMESTER 2 (POSTGRADUATE) Postgraduate students – the student is academically excluded from the Faculty due to poor academic performance in semester 1. (The student can lodge an appeal for an academic exclusion once).
E1
PROCEED: PASS ALL MODULES NOV (UNDERGRADUATE) Warning to undergraduate students: Allocated at the end of the first semester to a student whose academic progress was not satisfactory. The student is warned that all modules the student is registered for in the second semester, must be passed or the student might face academic exclusion at the end of the year.
E2
PROCEED: PASS ALL MODULES JUNE (UNDERGRADUATE) Warning to undergraduate students: Allocated at the end of the second semester to a student whose academic progress was not satisfactory. The student is warned that all modules the student is
34
CODE MEANING
registered for in the first semester of the next year, must be passed or the student might face academic exclusion in the middle of the year.
E4
PROCEED: PASS ALL MODULES NOV (POSTGRADUATE) Warning to postgraduate students: Allocated at the end of the first semester to a student whose academic progress was not satisfactory. The student is warned that all modules the student is registered for in the second semester, must be passed or the student might face academic exclusion at the end of the year.
E5
PROCEED: PASS ALL MODULES JUNE (POSTGRADUATE) Warning to postgraduate students: Allocated at the end of the second semester to a student whose academic progress was not satisfactory. The student is warned that all modules the student is registered for in the first semester of the next year, must be passed or the student might face academic exclusion in the middle of the year.
E6
UNSATISFACTORY PROGRESS MINOR DISSERTATION/ DISSERTATION/THESIS Warning to postgraduate students: Students have to complete their studies within the next year. Failure to progress may lead to academic exclusion from the Faculty.
E7
MINOR DISSERTAION/DISSERTATION/THESIS NOT COMPLETE IN TIME Postgraduate students have used maximum time allowed to complete. To proceed students have to apply for study extension. They urgently need to contact their supervisor.
F2 FORFEIT CREDIT (POSTGRADUATE) Students have to pass all modules in one assessment session but failed one or more modules, credit is forfeited for the modules passed.
F4 FAILED ALL SUBJECTS Student failed all modules and is excluded from the qualification.
F5 CONTINUATION CONDITIONAL: DEAN Is a final warning for postgraduate students. They have to complete their studies within the next 6 months or might be academically excluded.
F7
NO RE-ADMISSION SEMESTER 1 (UNDERGRADUATE) Undergraduate students – the student is academically excluded from the Faculty due to poor academic performance in semester 2. (The student can lodge an appeal for an academic exclusion once).
FT RESULTS NOT FINALIZED A decision regarding the allocation of a qualification result code could not be made due to outstanding results.
L1
CONTINUATION DETERMINED NOV The decision whether a student should be refused continuation of studies cannot be finalised at the end of the first semester and will be determined at the end of the second semester.
L2
CONDITIONS NOT MET – NO READMISSION When a student appealed an academic exclusion and the appeal was successful, there are conditions that the student has to meet such as that the student have to pass all modules registered for in the next semester and the student is not allowed to cancel any modules. If the student did not meet these conditions an L2 will be allocated and the student will be excluded academically. The student cannot appeal again.
L3 FAILED MODULE TWICE
35
CODE MEANING
Warning: A module has been failed twice and cannot be registered for again. In terms of the Academic Regulation, the Executive Dean may grant the student another opportunity to register for and pass the module but no further concessions will be considered.
ND PROPOSAL NOT YET APPROVED The proposal for dissertation/thesis has not yet been approved.
P0
ALL REQUIREMENTS MET: PENDING UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH AFRICA CERTIFICATE The code is allocated when a student qualify to graduate, has a HESA/Universities South Africa exemption but the HESA/Universities South Africa complete exemption certificate was not submitted to UJ. The student cannot graduate until UJ receives the complete exemption certificate.
P4 PROMOTED The student is promoted to the next year of studies for the same qualification and may register for modules of the next study year.
P5
CONTINUE STUDIES Awarded in the middle of the year means the student can proceed with studies in the second semester. Awarded at the end of the year means the student may reregister the next year for the same qualification, only for modules failed in the previous year. The student can contact the Faculty office of the possible adding of modules.
P6 DEGREE/DIPL/CERT COND SSA EXAMS The student has a supplementary assessment(s) and if the student pass the supplementary assessment(s) he/she will graduate.
P7 OBTAINED DEGREE/DIP/CERT The student has completed the qualification and will graduate.
P8 DEGREE/DIP/CERT WITH DISTINCTION The student has completed the qualification and will graduate with distinction.
PH POTENTIAL GRADUANDUS The Faculty has identified the student as a potential graduate and just need to do the final checks and balances before allocating the P7 or P8.
R1
RE-ADMISSION DEPENDS ON SUPPL Re-admission to the following year depends on the results of the December / January SSA assessments. If for example the student does not pass an allocated supplementary assessment, a F7/7F (academic exclusion code) might be allocated.
R2
CONTINUATION DEPENDING ON SSA Continuation in the following semester depends on the results of the July Supplementary, special or aegrotat assessments. If for example the student does not pass an allocated supplementary assessment, a DF (academic exclusion code) might be allocated.
SR
STUDY INTERRUPTED-NO APPROVAL Studies have been interrupted without notifying the University or applying for a study break. If the minimum study time for the qualification was exceeded, re-admission might be declined.
WD WELL DONE To congratulate students who passed all modules well.
XA EXTENSION OF STUDIES APPROVED The student applied for an extension of studies and it was approved.
36
7.12 CALCULATION OF FINAL MARK The calculation criteria for undergraduate and postgraduate modules are as follows unless stated otherwise: 1. A student needs a final period/semester/year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last
assessment opportunity. The semester and last assessment mark weight is 50:50. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module.
2. When a supplementary assessment is written, the final period/semester/year mark contributes
to the final mark, and the final mark is capped at 50%. When a special assessment is written, the final period/semester/year mark contributes to the final mark and the final mark is not capped at 50%.
NOTE: The following modules deviate from the 50:50 mark/weighting rule above: A. Year modules in the Advanced Diploma in Accountancy
ADIA001
ADIA002
ADIA003
A student needs a cumulative year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity in November. The year mark and last assessment mark weight is 60:40. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark, and the latter is capped at 50%.
B. Year modules in the BCom (Accounting) degree
ACC3AB0
GAC3AB0
A student needs a cumulative year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity in November. The year mark and last assessment mark weight is 60:40. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark, and the latter is capped at 50%.
C. Year modules in the BCom (Finance) degree
ACC3AB0
A student needs a cumulative year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity in November. The year mark and last assessment mark weight is 60:40. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark, and the latter is capped at 50%.
D. Year modules in the Bachelor of Accounting degree
ACC100
COM100
INL100
ECO100
ACC200
FMA200
37
TAX2AB0
ACC300
AUD300
FMA300
TAX300
A student needs a cumulative year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity in November. The year mark and last assessment mark weight is 60:40. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark, and the latter is capped at 50%.
E. Year modules in the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Science
AUC8X00
FAC8X00
MAF8X00
TAX8X00
A student does not need a specific year mark to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity. The year mark and last assessment mark weight is 40:60. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. All four modules must be passed in the same assessment session. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark and the latter is capped at 50%.
F. Year modules in the Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Management
FST8X00
MAS8X00
PRS8X00
A student needs a cumulative year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity. The year mark and last assessment mark weight is 60:40. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark and the latter is capped at 50%.
G. Year modules in the Bachelor of Accounting Honours
ADA8X00
AFA8X00
AFM8X00
ATA8X00
ARC8X00
A student does not need a specific year mark to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity. The year mark and last assessment mark weight is 40:60. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. All four modules must be passed in the same assessment session. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark and the latter is capped at 50%.
H. Year modules in the BComHons (Financial Management)
FST8X00
MAS8X00
PRS8X00
38
A student needs a cumulative year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity. The year mark and last assessment mark weight is 60:40. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark and the latter is capped at 50%.
I. Continuous assessment modules in the Foundation Year (Extended Degrees)
APS0X00
LES0X00
These modules will be assessed using continuous assessment consisting of summative assessments during the year. Students will not write a formal final summative assessment. Therefore the year mark will also be the final mark with a year mark and last assessment mark weight contribution of 100:0.
J. Continuous assessment modules in the Bachelor of Accounting
AST1B01
AST2A01
Accounting Studies will be assessed using continuous assessment consisting of summative assessments. The final summative assessment will be in the form of a project. The assessment during the semester and the final project contribute 50:50 towards the final mark.
K. Continuous assessment modules in the Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Markets
EIA8X01
The Equity Investment Analysis module will be assessed using continuous assessment. The equity valuation process (CFA Challenge) and the group work assessments will only be completed after the final assessment. Supplementary assessments will be awarded to students that obtain a final mark between 40 and 49%.
L. Continuous assessment module in the BComHons (Econometrics)
RPN8X00
The year mark and the final submission of the research essay weight is 30:70. A student needs a final mark of 50% to pass the module. There will not be any supplementary assessments for this module.
M. Continuous assessment module in the BComHons (Economics)
RPN8X00
The year mark and the final submission of the research essay weight is 30:70. A student needs a final mark of 50% to pass the module. There will not be any supplementary assessments for this module.
N. Continuous assessment modules in the BComHons (Financial Management)
RPM8X00
The supervised research project will be assessed using continuous assessment consisting of summative assessments. The half-year mark, contributing 50% of the overall mark will be made up of a formal assessment and various assignments. The final summative assessment will be the submission of the final research project of limited scope. In line with the philosophy of continuous assessment, no supplementary assessment opportunities will be granted for this module.
39
O. Continuous assessment modules in the BComHons (Financial Planning)
RFP8X00
The supervised research project will be assessed using continuous assessment consisting of summative assessments. The half-year mark, contributing 50% of the overall mark will be made up of a formal assessment and various assignments. The final summative assessment will be the submission of the final research project of limited scope. In line with the philosophy of continuous assessment, no supplementary assessment opportunities will be granted for this module.
P. Continuous assessment modules in the BComHons (Investment Management)
RPI8X00
The supervised research project will be assessed using continuous assessment consisting of summative assessments. The half-year mark, contributing 50% of the overall mark will be made up of a formal assessment and various assignments. The final summative assessment will be the submission of the final research project of limited scope. In line with the philosophy of continuous assessment, no supplementary assessment opportunities will be granted for this module.
Q. Continuous assessment modules in the BComHons (Property Valuation and
Management)
RPP8X00
The supervised research project will be assessed using continuous assessment consisting of summative assessments. The half-year mark, contributing 50% of the overall mark will be made up of a formal assessment and various assignments. The final summative assessment will be the submission of the final research project of limited scope. In line with the philosophy of continuous assessment, no supplementary assessment opportunities will be granted for this module.
40
EF.8 REQUIREMENTS FOR AWARDING OR CONFERRING A QUALIFICATION WITH DISTINCTION
1. A student obtains a qualification with distinction if:
A. Duration:
(i) Students must complete an undergraduate programme (diploma or degree) in the minimum period of study specified for the programme, unless the Executive Dean has approved a longer period of study for legitimate reasons.
(ii) Students must complete an advanced diploma, a postgraduate diploma or an honours qualification within one year if registered full-time and within two years if registered part-time.
(iii) Students must complete a master’s qualification within two years full-time or three years part-time.
B. Average final mark for the qualification:
(i) Students must achieve a weighted and/or proportional calculated average final mark for an undergraduate qualification of at least 75% as determined by the Faculty Board, approved by Senate and contained in the Faculty Rules and Regulations.
(ii) Students must achieve an average final mark for an advanced diploma, a postgraduate diploma or an honours qualification, of at least 75% calculated by weighting the final marks for all the modules comprising the qualification in accordance with the NQF credit values allocated to the modules.
(iii) Students for a master’s qualification by dissertation must achieve a final mark of at least 75% for the dissertation.
(iv) Students for a master’s qualification by coursework must achieve an average final mark for the qualification of at least 75% calculated by weighting the average final marks for all the coursework modules and the final mark for the limited scope/minor dissertation in accordance with the credit values allocated to all the coursework modules and the limited scope/minor dissertation respectively (for example, if the credit value of the minor dissertation represents 40% of the total credit value of the qualification, the average final mark for the qualification will be weighted in the proportion of 40 for the minor dissertation and 60 for all the coursework modules).
(v) Decimal marks may be rounded upwards or downwards in accordance with the decision taken by the Faculty Assessment Committee concerned.
NOTES
(i) A student must never have failed a module as a first attempt in the relevant programme. (ii) A student must have obtained a minimum mark of 65% in every prescribed module at NQF
level 6 for Diplomas, NQF level 7 for Advanced Diplomas and Degrees, NQF level 8 for Bachelor Degrees, Postgraduate Diplomas and Honours Degrees and NQF level 9 for Master’s Degrees and in the case of a master’s qualification by coursework, in the limited scope/minor dissertation as well.
(iii) Students must have been registered for the full curriculum as prescribed for each academic year on a full-time or part-time basis, as the case may be.
(iv) If students are transferred from another Higher Education Institution in the same qualification to UJ the same requirements as stated shall apply, subject to the necessary changes having been made.
(iv) If students change programmes within the UJ only the modules related to the new programme will be taken into consideration in calculating whether the qualification is obtained with distinction.
41
2. When determining the weighted average mark the weighing for equivalent undergraduate semester modules are as follows: a) A first-year module 1 b) A second-year module 2 c) A third-year module 3 d) A fourth-year module 4
3. The weight is linked to a module and year level and is independent of the year of study.
EF.9 APPEALS AGAINST ACADEMIC EXCLUSION (BF & DF – AFTER SEMESTER 1) (F7 AND 7F AFTER SEMESTER 2)
1. Students may lodge an appeal against an academic exclusion (i.e. receiving an F7, 7F or BF,
DF global result code) at the Faculty where the student is registered. Faculty-specific arrangements will be made and dates published by the Faculty concerned, to facilitate the appeals process.
2. Applicants who want to appeal must follow the prescribed administrative procedure by submitting their motivation online by completing the appeals template. If any supporting documents or other substantiating documents are required, it will be requested by the appeals committee.
3. The Faculty Appeals Committee will consider appeals and may refuse or allow re-admission.
4. The student will be notified in writing of the outcome of the appeal.
5. The decision of the Faculty Appeals Committee is final.
6. Students who transfer to another Faculty retain their academic record related to their previous registration for any other programme/s.
42
SECTION B.2: FIELDS OF STUDY
DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE SOWETO CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH ONLY): Accountancy
Financial Services Operations
EF.10 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
1. National Senior Certificate (NSC) – 2008 and after or Senior Certificate (SC) – before
2008
The minimum admission requirements for a diploma are in accordance with the requirements as defined in the Government Gazette July 2008. This implies the following: a) NSC endorsed with diploma admission; b) SC-based complete/conditional exemption; c) language requirements; d) admission/placement tests as approved by Senate; e) Faculty- and programme-specific requirements as determined by the relevant Faculty
Board, approved by Senate and contained in the relevant Faculty Rules and Regulations. The following are specific minimum admission requirements in respect of diploma studies in the Faculty.
DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
Minimum APS*
English
Mathematics
Mathematical Literacy
20 with Mathematics 3 (40%+) 3 (40%+)
22 with Mathematical Literacy 3 (40%+) 5 (60%+)
* Please note that Life Orientation (LO) is not used when calculating the APS.
NOTES
(i) Meeting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not
necessarily guarantee admission to that programme. Specific selection criteria may be applied within the required Enrolment Management Plan as the University has a specific number of places available as approved by the Department of Higher Education and Training for new undergraduate first year students.
(ii) It is compulsory for applicants to have completed the NBT prior to registration.
43
2. National Certificate (Vocational) NC(V) – From 2007
In the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences, NC(V) candidates are only considered for Diploma and Extended Degree Programmes. Admission requirements for candidates who completed the National Certificate (Vocational):
Programme
Fundamental Component
Vocational Component English
Mathematics OR Mathematical Literacy
Mathematics Mathematical
Literacy
Diploma Programmes
(3 years) 60% 60% 70%
60% in 3 compulsory vocational subjects
NOTES
(i) Meeting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not
necessarily guarantee admission to that programme. Specific selection criteria may be applied within the required Enrolment Management Plan as the University has a specific number of places available as approved by the Department of Higher Education and Training for new undergraduate first year students.
(ii) It is compulsory for applicants to have completed the National Benchmark Test (NBT) prior to registration.
3. National Senior Certificate for Adults (NASCA)
In the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences, NASCA candidates are only considered for Diploma programmes.
3.1Selection criteria
Senate Discretionary Conditional Admission for candidates who have successfully completed the NASCA and who have applied for admission to an undergraduate diploma in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences may be considered by Senate o on recommendation of the relevant Executive Dean; o subject to completing a PsyCaD assessment and obtaining an unconditional
recommendation; and o subject to completing the NBT and obtaining a result on at least Higher Intermediate
Level.
Applicants may also be required to write a placement/aptitude test to evaluate their learning potential for the relevant programme/s.
Selection is based on academic merit and the availability of places. Hence specific selection criteria may be applied within the required Enrolment Management Plan as the University has a specific number of places available for new undergraduate first year students as approved by the Department of Higher Education and Training.
44
EF.11 DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTANCY (D3A15Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 368
SAQA NUMBER: 90506 PURPOSE The purpose of this diploma is to provide accountancy knowledge and skills to ensure competence in performing reporting functions, rendering taxation services and management advisory services on an accounting technician level, and to convert this embedded knowledge practically into an accounting software programme. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
Cost and Financial Management 1A
CFM11A1 12
Cost and Financial Management 1B
CFM11B1 12
Economics 1A ECO11A1 12 Economics 1B ECO11B1 12
End User Computing 1A*&**
OR
Introduction to Business Management 1B*
EUC01A1*&**
IBM01B1*
12
End User Computing 1A*&**
OR
Introduction to Business Management 1B*
EUC01A1*&**
IBM01B1*
12
Financial Accounting 1A
FAC11A1 12 Financial Accounting 1B
FAC11B1 12
Mathematics for Finance and Business 1A
MATDCA1 12
Mathematics for Finance and Business 1B
MATDCB1 12
* Due to logistical constraints (of computer labs) and the size of classes, End User Computing 1A and Introduction to Business Management 1B will be offered in both semesters to cater for the large group size.
** The Faculty of Management allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for End User Computing 1A (EUC01A1 (new code).On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise needed for EUC01A1 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.
If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both EUC01A1 (the academic module) as well as EUC01AR, (the RPL exam). On passing the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will be granted a credit for EUC01A1. If a student fails the RPL exam
45
(EUC01AR) (s)he will remain registered for EUC01A1. No exam fee is attached to the RPL exam (EUC01AR). If a student passes the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will still have to pay the full amount for the module EUC01A1 but the student will be exempted from the module EUC01A1. Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (EUC01AR) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Auditing and Internal Control 2A
AIC22A2 12 Auditing and Internal Control 2B
AIC22B2 12
Communication 1 Module 1
COS1AA1 12 Active Citizenship 1A
ACS1AA1 12
Business Law 1A BUL41A1 12 Business Law 1B BUL41B1 12
Cost and Financial Management 2A
CFM22A2 12 Cost and Financial Management 2B
CFM22B2 12
Financial Accounting 2A
FAC22A2 12 Financial Accounting 2B
FAC22B2 12
THIRD YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Auditing and Internal Control 3A
AIC33A3 16 Auditing and Internal Control 3B
AIC33B3 16
Cost and Financial Management 3A
CFM33A3 16 Cost and Financial Management 3B
CFM33B3 16
Financial Accounting 3A
FAC33A3 16 Financial Accounting 3B
FAC33B3 16
Taxation 3A TAX33A3 16 Taxation 3B TAX33B3 16
46
EF.12 DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATION (D3F15Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 368
SAQA NUMBER: 94699 PURPOSE The purpose of the Diploma in Financial Services Operations is to develop the student’s knowledge in the area of financial services and its operations. The programme is comprised of a focused curriculum to prepare the student for a career in the financial services industry. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to synthesise financial services operations principles in a professional manner. Fundamental knowledge of global financial services relevant to the financial services industry will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s world of the professional financial services operations industry. The programme emphasises competence, integrity, and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a global and South African financial market perspective and an in-depth understanding of the environment which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Mathematics for Finance and Business 1A
MATDCA1 12
Mathematics for
Finance and
Business 1B MATDCB1 12
Financial Accounting 1A FAC11A1 12
Financial
Accounting 1B FAC11B1 12
End User
Computing 1A* EUC01A1* 12
Introduction to Business Management 1B
IBM01B1 12
Economics 1A ECO11A1 12 Economics 1B ECO11B1 12
Fundamentals of Financial Services 1A
FFS11A1 12 Cost and Financial
Management 1B CFM11B1 12
* The Faculty of Management allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for End User Computing 1A (EUC01A1 (new code). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise needed for EUC01A1 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.
If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both EUC01A1 (the academic module) as well as EUC01AR, (the RPL exam). On passing the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will be granted a credit for EUC01A1. If a student fails the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will remain registered for EUC01A1. No exam fee is attached to the RPL exam (EUC01AR). If a student passes the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will still have to pay the full amount for the module EUC01A1 but the student will be exempted from the module EUC01A1. Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (EUC01AR) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.
47
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Financial
Accounting 2A FAC22A2 12 Financial
Accounting 2B FAC22B2 12
Risk in Financial
Services 2A RFS22A2 12 Risk in Financial
Services 2B RFS22B2 12
Communication 1
Module 1 COS1AA1 12 Active Citizenship
1A ACS1AA1 12
Banking
Operations 2A BOP22A2 12 Banking
Operations 2B BOP22B2 12
Financial Services
Operations 2A FSO22A2 12 Financial Services
Operations 2B FSO22B2 12
THIRD YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Financial
Accounting 3A FAC33A3 16 Financial
Accounting 3B FAC33B3 16
Financial Market
Regulatory
Environment 3A FMR33A3 16
Financial Market
Regulatory
Environment 3B FMR33B3 16
Financial Services
Operations 3A FSO33A3 16 Financial Services
Operations 3B FSO33B3 16
Financial Services Preparations 3A FSP33A3 16
Financial Planning
Operations 3B FPO33B3 16
48
EF.13 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR DIPLOMAS
MODULE CODE
DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
ACS1AA1 or ACS11A1
ACTIVE CITIZENSHIP 1A
AIC22A2 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 2A
AIC22B2 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 2B
AIC33A3 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 3A AIC22A2, AIC22B2
AIC33B3 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 3B AIC22A2, AIC22B2
BOP22A2 BANKING OPERATIONS 2A
BOP22B2 BANKING OPERATIONS 2B BOP22A2
BUL41A1 BUSINESS LAW 1A
BUL41B1 BUSINESS LAW 1B
CFM11A1 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1A
CFM11B1 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1B
CFM22A2 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2A CFM11B1
CFM22B2 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2B CFM11A1
CFM33A3 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3A CFM22B2
CFM33B3 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3B CFM22B2
COS1AA1 or COS1A11
COMMUNICATION 1 MODULE 1
ECO11A1 or
BED1-1 ECONOMICS 1A
ECO11B1 or
BED1-2 ECONOMICS 1B
EUC01A1 or EUC11A1
END USER COMPUTING 1A
FAC11A1 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1A
FAC11B1 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1B FAC11A1 – 40%
FAC22A2 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 2A FAC11A1, FAC11B1
FAC22B2 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 2B FAC11A1, FAC11B1, FAC22A2 – 40%
FAC33A3 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3A FAC22A2, FAC22B2
FAC33B3 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3B FAC22A2, FAC22B2, FAC33A3 – 40%
FMR33A3 FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT 3A
FMR33B3 FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT 3B
49
MODULE CODE
DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
FPO33B3 FINANCIAL PLANNING OPERATIONS 3B
FSO22A2 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 2A
FSO22B2 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 2B FSO22A2 – 40%
FSO33A3 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 3A FS022B2
FSO33B3 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 3B
FSP33A3 FINANCIAL SERVICES PREPARATIONS 3A
FFS11A1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL SERVICES 1A
IBM01B1 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1B1
MATDCA1 MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS 1A
MATDCB1 MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS 1B
MATDCA1
RFS22A2 RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES 2A
RFS22B2 RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES 2B RFS22A2
TAX33A3 TAXATION 3A
TAX33B3 TAXATION 3B
50
EF.14 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR DIPLOMAS IN OTHER FACULTIES
MODULE CODE
DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
AAS1A00 APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS 1A
AAS1B00 APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS 1B
CRC11A1 or BCC11A1
CREDIT CONTROL 1A
CRC11B1 or BCC11B1
CREDIT CONTROL 1B
FMA22A2 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2A
FMA33B3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3B FMA22A2
BKM11A1 or
BKM1AA1 or
CAE01A1
COSTING AND ESTIMATING 1A
BKM11B1 or CAE01B1
COSTING AND ESTIMATING 1B
CAC11A1 or CCZ1-1
COST ACCOUNTING 1
CAC22B2 or
CCZ2-2 COST ACCOUNTING 2A CAC11A1/CCZ1-1
FPP11A1 or FPO0AA1
FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN OPERATIONS 1A
FPP11B1 or FPO0BB1
FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN OPERATIONS 1B
51
ADVANCED DIPLOMAS
THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH ONLY) Accountancy
Economics
Financial Management
Financial Markets
Property Valuation and Management CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS 31 October annually for study in the following year. Information is obtainable from the relevant department. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the relevant department.
EF.15 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTANCY (ADIA01) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 SAQA NUMBER: 90562
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The entry requirements for the Advanced Diploma in Accountancy are a Diploma or National Diploma with Financial Accounting, Auditing or Internal Auditing and Taxation at a 3rd year level and Grade 12 Mathematics with minimum APS score of 4. Students with an APS score below 4 for Mathematics or with Grade 12 Mathematic Literacy will only be considered after completion of the Mathematics for Diploma students module offered by the Faculty of Science at the University of Johannesburg to all second and third year Diploma students interested in pursuing further studies at the University of Johannesburg. PURPOSE The purpose of the Advanced Diploma is to prepare the student for further learning in the fields of Accounting, Auditing and Taxation. The programme will also prepare the student for the job market by enabling a student to apply integrated knowledge and advanced conceptual thinking skills to complex problems in Accounting, Auditing and Taxation. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Accounting ADIA001 30
Taxation ADIA002 30
Auditing ADIA003 30
52
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Mathematics ADIA004 15 Business Ethics and Citizenship ADIA005 15
EF.16 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS (ADIE01)
FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 SAQA NUMBER: 90502
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The entry requirements for the Advance Diploma in Economies are a Diploma, National Diploma or BTech with Economics as a major up to 3rd year level (with an average of 55% for Economics 3 AND an overall average of 55% for the relevant qualification AND a minimum APS score of 4 for Mathematics). Students with an APS score below 4 for Mathematics or with Grade 12 Mathematic Literacy will only be considered after successful completion of the Mathematics for Diploma students module offered by the Faculty of Science to all second and third year National Diploma students interested in pursuing further studies at the University of Johannesburg. PURPOSE The purpose of the Advance Diploma is to broaden and deepen the knowledge, understanding, insight and skills with the aim of further learning in Economics. The programme is designed to prepare the student for the job market by providing them with the tools for the correct interpretation and understanding of the economy on a microeconomic and macroeconomic level, within a framework of the business environment. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME
SEMESTER MODLES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Microeconomics ADIE001 30 Macroeconomics ADIE003 30
Mathematical Economics ADIE002 30
Macroeconomic
Research ADIE004 30
53
EF.17 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (ADFM01) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 90507 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The entry requirements for the Advanced Diploma in Financial Management are a Diploma or National Diploma with Financial Accounting and Management Accounting at a 3rd year level and Grade 12 Mathematics with minimum APS score of 4. Students with an APS score below 4 for Mathematics or with Grade 12 Mathematic Literacy will only be considered after completion of the Mathematics for Diploma students module offered by the Faculty of Science at the University of Johannesburg to all second and third year Diploma students interested in pursuing further studies at the University of Johannesburg. PURPOSE The purpose of the Advanced Diploma is to prepare Diploma or National Diploma students for further learning in the fields of Financial Management and Management Accounting. The programme will prepare the student for the job market by enabling them to apply integrated knowledge and advanced conceptual thinking skills to innovatively solve complex problems in Financial Management. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME / PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Financial Mathematics ADFM001 15
Performance
Management ADFM005 20
Performance Operations ADFM002 15
Financial
Management ADFM006 20
Financial Operations ADFM003 15 Intermediate
Finance B ADFM007 20
Intermediate Finance A ADFM004 15
EF.18 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MARKETS (A3F15Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 130
SAQA NUMBER: 94059 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The admission requirements for this programme will adhere to the University of Johannesburg’s Policy for Admission and Selection which is current at the time of the registration for this programme. A student should have one of the following:
54
New/Old NQF level 6 qualification with 3 years’ relevant work experience in financial markets; or
New/Old NQF level 6 qualification in Finance; or
5 years’ relevant work experience in financial markets. PURPOSE The purpose of the Advanced Diploma in Financial Markets is to develop the student’s knowledge of the discipline of financial markets and trading. The programme is comprised of a focused curriculum to prepare the student for a career in financial markets. The curriculum includes ten topic areas ranging from Introduction to Financial Markets to Theory of Corporate Events to Trading in Financial Markets and Concluding Financial Market Transactions. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to synthesise financial market principles and apply financial instruments in a professional manner. Fundamental knowledge of global investments relevant to the financial market industry will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s world of professional financial markets industry. The programme emphasises competence, integrity, and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a global and South African financial market perspective and an in-depth understanding of the marketplace which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Applied Financial Mathematics AFM7X01 10
Application of
Corporate Events ACE7X02 20
Client Service and Financial Advice CSF7X01 25
Financial Markets
Transactions FMA7X01 25
Introduction to Financial Markets IFM7X01 25
Trading in
Financial Markets TFM7X01 25
PART TIME
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Introduction to Financial Markets IFM7X01 25
Trading in
Financial Markets TFM7X01 25
Applied Financial Mathematics AFM7X01 10
Application of
Corporate Events ACE7X02 20
55
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Client Service and Financial Advice CSF7X01 25
Financial Markets
Transactions FMA7X01 25
EF.19 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT (ADPVM1) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 90505 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The entrance requirements for the Advanced Diploma in Property Valuation and Management are a Diploma or National Diploma with specialisation in property management or equivalent and Grade 12 Mathematics with a minimum APS score of 4. Students with an APS score below 4 for Mathematics or with Grade 12 Mathematic Literacy will only be considered after completion of the Maths for Diploma students module offered by the Faculty of Science at the University of Johannesburg to all second and third year Diploma students interested in pursuing further studies at the University of Johannesburg. PURPOSE The purpose of the Advance Diploma is to prepare Diploma or National Diploma students in the field of Property Valuation and Management. It will also provide an opportunity for students to become professional property valuers after successfully completing the requirements of the South-African Council for the Property Valuers Profession (SACPVP). CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Property Valuation and Management A
ADPVM01 24
Property Valuation
and Management
B ADPVM03 24
Applied Time Value of Money ADPVM02 24
Business
Mathematics ADPVM04 24
Discounted Cash Flow Analysis ADPVM05 24
56
EF.20 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR ADVANCED DIPLOMAS
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
ADIA001 Accounting
ACE7X02 Application of Corporate Events
AFM7X01 Applied Financial Mathematics
ADPVM02 Applied Time Value of Money
ADIA003 Auditing
ADIA005 Business ethics and Citizenship
ADPVM04 Business Mathematics
CSF7X01 Client Service and Financial Advice
ADPVM05 Discounted Cash Flow Analysis ADPVM02
ADFM006 Financial Management
FMA7X01 Financial Markets Transactions
ADFM001 Financial Mathematics
ADFM003 Financial Operations
ADFM004 Intermediate Finance A
ADFM007 Intermediate Finance B
IFM7X01 Introduction to Financial Markets
ADIE003 Macroeconomics
ADIE004 Macroeconomic Research
ADIE002 Mathematical Economics
ADIA004 Mathematics
ADIE001 Microeconomics
ADFM005 Performance Management
ADFM002 Performance Operations
ADPVM01 Property Valuation and Management A
ADPVM03 Property Valuation and Management B ADPVM01
ADIA002 Taxation
TFM7X01 Trading in Financial Markets
57
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (EXTENDED DEGREES)
THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (EXTENDED YEAR IS ONLY OFFERED IN ENGLISH) Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting Extended Degree (B3AE7Q)
Bachelor of Commerce in Economics and Econometrics Extended Degree (B3NE4Q)
Bachelor of Commerce in Finance Extended Degree (B3FE7Q) NOTE: The BCom (Accounting) Extended students do not follow the Chartered
Accountancy (CA) stream curriculum.
EF.21 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTENDED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
1. National Senior Certificate (NSC) – 2008 and after or Senior Certificate (SC) – before
2008
The minimum admission requirements for a degree are in accordance with the requirements as defined in the Government Gazette July 2008. This implies the following: a) NSC endorsed with degree admission; b) SC-based complete/conditional exemption; c) language requirements; d) admission/placement tests as approved by Senate; e) Faculty- and programme-specific requirements as determined by the relevant Faculty
Board, approved by Senate and contained in the relevant Faculty Rules and Regulations.
The following are specific minimum admission requirements in respect of extended Bachelor of Commerce degree studies in the Faculty.
EXTENDED DEGREES
Minimum APS* English Mathematics Mathematical Literacy
25 with Mathematics 4 (50%+) 3 (40%+)
28 with Mathematical Literacy 4 (50%+)
* Please note that Life Orientation (LO) is not used when calculating the APS.
NOTES:
(i) Meeting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not
necessarily guarantee admission to that programme. Specific selection criteria may be applied within the required Enrolment Management Plan as the University has a specific number of places available as approved by the Department of Higher Education and Training for new undergraduate first year students.
(ii) The first year of study comprises foundational modules. The second, third and fourth years are the same as the first, second and third years of study of the regular degree.
(iii) The Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting Extended degree, BCom (Accounting) Extended, programme does not provide direct access to the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Science (the Chartered Accountancy (CA) stream). However, students who complete the BCom (Accounting) Extended degree, may enrol for a bridging programme (subject to space, admission requirements and the continued future offering of this programme). Upon
58
completion of this bridging programme and compliance with specific performance requirements, candidates may then apply for the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Science.
(iv) It is compulsory for applicants to have completed the NBT prior to registration. 2. National Certificate (Vocational) NC(V) – From 2007
Admission requirements for candidates who completed the National Certificate (Vocational):
Programme
Fundamental Component
Vocational Component English
Mathematics OR Mathematical Literacy
Mathematics Mathematical
Literacy
BCom Extended Degree
Programmes (4 years)
70% 70% 80%
70% in 3 compulsory vocational subjects
NOTES
(i) Meeting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not
necessarily guarantee admission to that programme. Specific selection criteria may be applied within the required Enrolment Management Plan as the University has a specific number of places available as approved by the Department of Higher Education and Training for new undergraduate first year students.
(ii) It is compulsory for applicants to have completed the National Benchmark Test (NBT) prior to registration.
3. Additional selection criteria
Applicants may also be required to write a placement/aptitude test to evaluate their learning potential for the relevant extended curriculum programme/s.
Due to enrolment constraints only a predetermined number of students will be admitted to an Extended Bachelor of Commerce programme. Hence other selection criteria may be applied.
59
EF.22 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR EXTENDED BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES
MODULE CODE
DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
MAEB0A1 or MAEB311
Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business A
MAEB0B1 or MAEB322
Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business B
MAEB311 or MAEB0A1
FRAM0A1 or
FRAM311 Financial Recording, Analysis and Management A
FRAM0B1 or FRAM322
Financial Recording, Analysis and Management B
LES0X00 or
LES3000 Language for the Economic Sciences
APS0X00 or
APS3000 Mastering of Academic and Professional Skills
EBE00A1 or
EBE3111 The Economic and Business Environment A
EBE00B1 or
EBE3222 The Economic and Business Environment B
EF.23 FOUNDATION YEAR CURRICULUM, PROMOTION
REQUIREMENTS AND PREREQUISITES THESE QUALIFICATION ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH ONLY) BCom extended degrees provide alternative access for applicants who do not meet the minimum requirements to enter a regular BCom programme at the University of Johannesburg. The minimum study period for each of the above extended programme is four years. The foundation (first) year of study comprises foundational modules (New / Old NQF level 5), whilst the remaining three years are the same as that of the corresponding regular degree programme. PURPOSE The three Bachelor of Commerce Extended Degrees (in Accounting, Economics and Econometrics as well as Finance) are aimed at access for success in terms of their foundational provision, i.e. in providing alternative access in the fields of Accounting, Economics and Econometrics as well as Finance. Students are given foundational provision covering relevant academic skills together with subject-related themes, required to facilitate learning in the regular modules of Bachelor of Commerce degree programmes. The combination of foundational modules enables students to develop a comprehensive perspective and effective strategies for adjusting to, and meeting the demands of, the higher education environment with the aim of being successful in the chosen Bachelor of Commerce programme.
60
FOUNDATION YEAR FULL TIME NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 128 CURRICULUM
FOUNDATION YEAR
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Mastering of Academic and Professional Skills APS0X00 16
Language for the Economic Sciences LES0X00 16
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business A*
MAEB0A1* 16
Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business B*
MAEB0B1* 16
The Economic and Business Environment A
EBE00A1 16
The Economic and Business Environment B
EBE00B1 16
Financial Recording, Analysis and Management A
FRAM0A1 16
Financial Recording, Analysis and Management B
FRAM0B1 16
* MAEB0A1 and MAEB0B1 are couplet modules. NOTES:
(i) The 2nd, 3rd and 4th years of study in the extended degree will be the same as the 1st, 2nd and 3rd years of study in the relevant regular degree. Refer to EF.26, 27 and 28.
(ii) The qualification is only offered in English. PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS AND PREREQUISITES The promotion of extended degree students, to each subsequent academic year of an extended Bachelor of Commerce degree follows generally the same rules pertaining to students of a regular Bachelor of Commerce degree. However, all foundational modules must be completed within the first 2 years of study, failing which; a student will not be permitted to proceed any further in the programme. A student, with any foundational module outstanding will not be allowed to enrol for 2nd year regular degree modules.
61
EF.24 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR FOUNDATION YEAR
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
ACC0AA1 or REK0A01
ACCOUNTING A FRAM311 or FRAM0A1
ACC0BB1 or REK0B01
ACCOUNTING B FRAM311 or FRAM0A1
ACC01A1 or REK1A01
ACCOUNTING 1A FRAM311 or FRAM0A1
ACC01B1 or REK1B01
ACCOUNTING 1B FRAM311 or FRAM0A1
BMA11A1 or BMA1A01
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1A
BMA21B1 or BMA1B01
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1B
ECO01A1 or EKN1A01
ECONOMICS 1A EBE3111 or EBE00A1
ECO01B1 or EKN1B01
ECONOMICS 1B EBE3111 or EBE00A1
FNM1B01 or BSR1B01
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1B FRAM322 or FRAM0B1
MAA00A1 or
MAT00A1
INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS A
MAEB311 or MAEB0A1, MAEB322 or MAEB0B1
MAA00B1 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS B MAEB311 or MAEB0A1, MAEB322 or MAEB0B1
62
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (REGULAR DEGREES) THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARKING, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH ONLY)
Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting
Bachelor of Commerce In Economics And Econometrics
Bachelor of Commerce in Finance
EF.25 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE PROGRAMMES
1. National Senior Certificate (NSC) – 2008 and after or Senior Certificate (SC) – before
2008 The minimum admission requirements for a degree are in accordance with the requirements as defined in the Government Gazette July 2008. This implies the following: a) NSC endorsed with degree admission; b) SC-based complete/conditional exemption; c) language requirements; d) admission/placement tests as approved by Senate; e) Faculty- and programme-specific requirements as determined by the relevant Faculty
Board, approved by Senate and contained in the relevant Faculty Rules and Regulations.
The following are specific minimum admission requirements in respect of Bachelor of Commerce degree studies in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences.
Bachelor of Commerce Degree Minimum APS * English Mathematics
Accounting 28 4 (50%+) 4 (50%+)
Economics and Econometrics 28 4 (50%+) 4 (50%+)
Finance 28 4 (50%+) 4 (50%+)
* Please note that Life Orientation (LO) is not used when calculating the APS.
NOTES: (i) Meeting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not
necessarily guarantee admission to that programme. Specific selection criteria may be applied within the required Enrolment Management Plan as the University has a specific number of places available as approved by the Department of Higher Education and Training for new undergraduate first years.
(ii) It is compulsory for applicants to have completed the NBT prior to registration.
2. Selection criteria
Selection is based on academic merit and availability of places, and hence may entail the use of additional criteria/requirements.
63
EF.26 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE ACCOUNTING (B3A17Q) PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANCY STREAM FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 7/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS 386 SAQA NUMBER: 73772
PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to provide students with a comprehensive knowledge base for identifying, analysing, evaluating and solving problems in the following underlying core modules: accounting; auditing; taxation and financial management. Students should be able to reflect on their decisions and applications in these fields to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of accounting as a practice. The curriculum below allows admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting and to the BComHons (Accounting or Internal Auditing or Taxation) programme. It is recommended for students who want to specialise in Accounting, Internal Auditing or Taxation. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Accounting 1A ACC01A1 12 Accounting 1B ACC01B1 12
Introductory Mathematical Analysis A
MAA00A1 12 Financial Management 1B
FNM1B01 12
Business Management 1A
BMA11A1 12 Business Management 1B
BMA21B1 12
Commercial Law COL41A1 12 Commercial Law 1B
COL41B1 12
Economics 1A ECO01A1 12 Economics 1B ECO01B1 12
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Accounting 2A ACC02A2 16 Accounting 2B ACC02B2 16
Ethical Foundation to Commerce 2A
EFC02A2 12 Governance and Control 2B
GAC02B2 12
64
Business Information Systems 2A*
BIS02A2* 12 Business Information Systems 2B
BIS02B2 12
Commercial Law 2C
COL41C2 12 Taxation 2A TAX02A2 12
Financial Management 2A
FNM02A2 16 Financial Management 2B
FNM02B2 16
* The Faculty allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for Business Information Systems 2A (BIS02A2). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise for BIS02A2 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.
If a student wishes to write the RPL exam, (s)he needs to register for both BIS02A2 (the academic module) as well as for BIS2AA2 (the RPL exam) and will be debited for the relevant fees for both. On passing BIS2AA2 (s)he will be granted a credit for BIS02A2 and will be credited with the relevant fee for BIS02A2. If a student fails the RPL exam (BIS2AA2) (s)he will be remain registered for BIS02A2 and will not be refunded the fee for the RPL exam (BIS2AA2). Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (BIS2AA2) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.
THIRD YEAR
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Accounting 3AB ACC3AB0 32
Governance and Control 3AB GAC3AB0 32
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Financial Management 3A
FNM03A3 16 Financial Management 3B
FNM03B3 16
Taxation 3A TAX03A3 16 Taxation 3B TAX03B3 16
65
EF.27 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS (B3N14Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS 408
SAQA NUMBER: 73773 PURPOSE The purpose of the programme is to equip students with the necessary theoretical and quantitative economic and econometric knowledge and skills in order to effectively perform their duties as economists/ econometricians in the private and public sectors of the economy. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Introductory Mathematical Analysis A
MAA00A1 12 Mathematical Analysis B
MAA00B1 12
Commercial Law 1A
COL41A1 12 Financial Management 1B
FNM1B01 12
Economics 1A ECO01A1 12 Economics 1B ECO01B1 12
Electives - choose ONE of the following Electives - choose ONE of the following
Accounting 1A ACC01A1 12 Accounting 1B ACC01B1 12
Accounting A ACC0AA1 12 Accounting B ACC0BB1 12
Electives - choose ONE of the following Electives - choose ONE of the following
Business Management 1A
BMA11A1 12 Business Management 1B
BMA21B1 12
Marketing Management 1A
MMA11A1 12 Marketing Management 1B
MMA21B1 12
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Economics 2A ECO2AA2 16 Economics 2B ECO2BB2 16
Economics 2C ECO2CA2 16 Economics 2D ECO2DB2 16
Economics 2F ECO2FA2 16 Economics 2E ECO2EB2 16
66
Econometrics 2A ECM02A2 16 Econometrics 2B ECM02B2 16
Electives - choose ONE of the following* Electives - choose ONE of the following*
Business Management 2A
BMA12A2 16 Business Management 2B
BMA22B2 16
Investment Management 2A
IVM02A2 16 Investment Management 2B
IVM02B2 16
Quantitative Economics 2A*
QTE2AA2* 16 Quantitative Economics 2B*
QTE2BB2* 16
Marketing Management 2A
MMA12A2 14 Marketing Management 2B
MMA22B2 14
* Students that want to specialise in Postgraduate Econometrics must choose Quantitative Economics 2A (QTE2AA2) and Quantitative Economics 2B (QTE2BB2).
THIRD YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Economics 3A ECO3AA3 16 Economics 3B ECO3BB3 16
Economics 3C ECO3CA3 16 Economics 3D ECO3DB3 16
Econometrics 3A ECM03A3 16 Econometrics 3B ECM03B3 16
Electives - choose ONE of the following* Electives - choose ONE of the following*
Business Management 3A
BMA13A3 16 Business Management 3B
BMA23B3 16
Quantitative Economics 3A*
QTE3AA3* 16 Quantitative Economics 3B*
QTE3BB3* 16
Investment Management 3A
IVM03A3 16 Investment Management 3B
IVM03B3 16
Marketing Management 3A
MMA13A3 16 Marketing Management 3B
MMA23B3 16
* Students that want to specialise in postgraduate Econometrics must choose Quantitative Economics 3A (QTE3AA3) and Quantitative Economics 3B (QTE3BB3).
67
EF.28 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE FINANCE (B3F17Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 7/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS 408
SAQA NUMBER: 73774 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to provide students with applied competencies in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of financial management, investment management, financial planning and accounting principles in preparation for a career in the financial management, investment management, financial planning and accounting fields as well as to provide a basis for further learning. The students should be able to reflect on their financial management, investment management, financial planning and accounting decisions and applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of finance as a practice. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Accounting 1A ACC01A1 12 Accounting 1B ACC01B1 12
Introductory Mathematical Analysis A
MAA001A 12 Financial Management 1B
FNM1B01 12
Business Management 1A
BMA11A1 12 Business Management 1B
BMA21B1 12
Commercial Law 1A
COL41A1 12 Commercial Law 1B
COL41B1 12
Economics 1A ECO01A1 12 Economics 1B ECO01B1 12
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Accounting 2A ACC02A2 16 Accounting 2B ACC02B2 16
Business Information Systems 2A*
BIS02A2* 12 Financial Management 2B
FNM02B2 16
Investment Management 2A
IVM02A2 16 Investment Management 2B
IVM02B2 16
68
Taxation Planning 2A
TXP02A2 16 Taxation Planning 2B
TXP02B2 16
Electives - choose ONE of the following Electives - choose ONE of the following
Economics 2A ECO2AA2 16 Economics 2D ECO2DB2 16
Property Valuation and Management 2A
PVM02A2 16 Property Valuation and Management 2B
PVM02B2 16
* The Faculty allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for Business Information Systems 2A (BIS02A2). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise for BIS02A2 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.
If a student wishes to write the RPL exam, (s)he needs to register for both BIS02A2 (the academic module) as well as for BIS2AA2 (the RPL exam) and will be debited for the relevant fees for both. On passing BIS2AA2 (s)he will be granted a credit for BIS02A2 and will be credited with the relevant fee for BIS02A2. If a student fails the RPL exam (BIS2AA2) (s)he will be remain registered for BIS02A2 and will not be refunded the fee for the RPL exam (BIS2AA2). Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (BIS2AA2) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.
THIRD YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Financial Management 3A*
FNM03A3* 16 Financial Management 3B*
FNM03B3* 16
Financial Planning 3A
FPL03A3 16 Financial Planning 3B
FPL03B3 16
Investment Management 3A
IVM03A3 16 Investment Management 3B
IVM03B3 16
Electives - choose ONE of the following Electives - choose ONE of the following
Property Valuation and Management 3A**
PVM03A3** 16 Property Valuation and Management 3B**
PVM03B3** 16
Accounting 3AB ACC3AB0 32
* Accounting 3AB, as well as Financial Management 3A and 3B are prerequisites for the Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Management and the Bachelor of Commerce Honours in Financial Management.
** Property Valuation and Management 3A and 3B are prerequisites for the Bachelor of Commerce Honours in Property Valuation and Management.
69
Further stipulations: The above curriculum is recommended for students who intend to apply for one of the following honours degrees or postgraduate diploma, and subsequently, on completion, want to write the qualifying exam for the corresponding professional designation: Honours Degree and Postgraduate Diploma linked to Professional bodies: Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Management Chartered Management Accountant (ACMA) - CIMA BComHons (Financial Management) Chartered Management Accountant (ACMA) - CIMA BComHons (Financial Planning) Certified Financial Planner® (CFP®) - FPI BComHons (Investment Management) Chartered Financial Analyst® CFA®) - CFA Institute BComHons (Property Valuation and Management) Professional Valuer - SACPVP
70
EF.29 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
ACC01A1 or REK1A01
ACCOUNTING 1A MATHS APS Rating 4
ACC01B1 or REK1B01
ACCOUNTING 1B ACC01A1 or REK1A01 – 40%
ACC02A2 or REK2A01
ACCOUNTING 2A ACC01A1, ACC01B1 or REK1A01, REK1B01
ACC02B2 or REK2B01
ACCOUNTING 2B
ACC01A1, ACC01B1, ACC02A2 or
REK1A01, REK1B01, REK2A01
ACC3AB0 or
REK3AB0 ACCOUNTING 3AB ACC02B2 or REK2B01
ACC0AA1 or REK0A01
ACCOUNTING A MATHS APS Rating 4
ACC0BB1 or REK0B01
ACCOUNTING B ACC0AA1 or REK0A01 – 40%
BIS02A2 or
BIS2A01
BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2A
BIS02B2 or BIS2B01
BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2B
BMA11A1 or BMA1A01
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1A
BMA21B1 or BMA1B01
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1B
BMA12A2 or
BMA2A01 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2A BMA11A1 or BMA1A01
BMA22B2 or
BMA2B01 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2B BMA21B1 or BMA1B01
BMA13A3 or
BMA3A01 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 3A BMA12A2 or BMA2A01
BMA23B3 or
BMA3B01 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 3B BMA22B2 or BMA2B01
CCS22B2 or KRS2001
COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS
COL41A1 or KMR1A11
COMMERCIAL LAW 1A
COL41B1 or
KMR1B21 COMMERCIAL LAW 1B
COL41C2 or KMR2C21
COMMERCIAL LAW 2C COL41A1 or KMR1A11
ECM02A2 or ECONOMETRICS 2A MAA00A1, MAA00B1
71
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
EKM2A01
ECM02B2 or
EKM2B01 ECONOMETRICS 2B
MAT00A1, MAT01A1,
MAA00B1, MAT01B1
ECM03A3 or
EKM3A01 ECONOMETRICS 3A
ECM03B3 or
EKM3B01 ECONOMETRICS 3B ECM02B2 or EKM2B01
ECO01A1 or EKN1A01
ECONOMICS 1A MATHS APS Rating 4
ECO01B1 or EKN1B01
ECONOMICS 1B
ECO2AA2 or EKN2A01
ECONOMICS 2A
ECO2BB2 or
EKN2B01 ECONOMICS 2B ECO01A1
ECO2CA2 or
EKN2C01 ECONOMICS 2C
ECO2DB2 or EKN2D01
ECONOMICS 2D
ECO2EB2 or
EKN2E01 ECONOMICS 2E ECO01A1
ECO2FA2 or
EKN2F01 ECONOMICS 2F
ECO3AA3 or
EKN3A01 ECONOMICS 3A ECO01A1, ECO01B1
ECO3BB3 or
EKN3B01 ECONOMICS 3B
ECO01A1, ECO01B1, ECO2AA2
ECO3CA3 or
EKN3C01 ECONOMICS 3C
ECO3DB3 or
EKN3D01 ECONOMICS 3D
EFC02A2 ETHICAL FOUNDATION TO COMMERCE 2A
FNM1B01 or BSR1B01
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1B MATHS APS Rating 4
FNM02A2 or
BSR2A01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2A BSR1B01 or FNM1B01
FNM02B2 or
BSR2B01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2B
FNM03A3 or
BSR3A01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3A
FNM02B2 – 40% or
BSR2B01 – 40%*
FNM03B3 or
BSR3B01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3B
FNM02A2 or BSR2A01
IVM02A2 or BLB2A01
FPL03A3 or
FPL3A01 FINANCIAL PLANNING 3A
FNM02A2 or BSR2A01
IVM02A2 or BLB2A01
72
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
IVM02B2 or BLB2B01
TXP02A2 or TXP2A01
TXP02B2 or TXP2B01
FPL03B3 or
FPL3B01 FINANCIAL PLANNING 3B FPL03A3 or FPL3A01
GAC02B2 GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL 2B
GAC3AB0 GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL 3AB GAC2B01
MAA00A1 or MAT00A1
INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS A
IVM02A2 or BLB2A01
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 2A FNM1B01 or BSR1B01
IVM02B2 or BLB2B01
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 2B FNM1B01 or BSR1B01 IVM02A2 or BLB2A01
IVM03A3 or BLB3A01
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 3A
FNM02A2 or BSR2A01
IVM02A2 or BLB2A01
IVM02B2 or BLB2B01
IVM03B3 or BLB3B01
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 3B IVM03A3 or BLB3A01
MMA11A1 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 1A
MMA21B1 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 1B
MMA12A2 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 2A MMA11A1
MMA22B2 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 2B MMA11A1
MMA13A3 or
BMB3A01 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3A MMA11A1
MMA23B3 or
BMB3B01 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3B MMA11A1
MAA00B1 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS B MAA00A1 or MAT00A1
PVM2A01 or
PVM02A2
PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 2A
PVM2B01 or
PVM02B2
PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 2B
BSR1B01 or FNM1B01
PVM3A01 or
PVM03A3
PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 3A
BSR1B01 or FNM1B01 PVM2B01 or PVM02B2
PVM3B01 or
PVM03B3
PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 3B
PVM3A01 or PVM03A3
QTE2AA2 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 2A MAA00B1
QTE2BB2 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 2B QTE2AA2
QTE3AA3 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 3A QTE2BB2
QTE3BB3 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 3B QTE3AA3
BEL2A01 or
TAX02A2 TAXATION 2A
73
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
BEL3A01 or
TAX03A3 TAXATION 3A BEL2A01 or TAX02A2
BEL3B01 or
TAX03B3 TAXATION 3B
BEL 3A01 – 40%** or
TAX03A3 – 40%**
TXP2A01 or
TXP02A2 TAXATION PLANNING 2A
TXP2B01 or
TXP02B2 TAXATION PLANNING 2B
TXP2A01 – 40% or
TXP02A2 – 40%
* BSR2B01 or FNM02B2: Final Mark of at least 40% for students in their final year of study with only BSR3A01 or FNM03A3 outstanding.
** Even though Taxation 3A (BEL3A01 or TAX03A3) and Taxation 3B (BEL3B01 or TAX03B3) is not a couplet module, a student can only continue with Taxation 3B (BEL3B01 or TAX03B3) if he/she has a final and exam mark of 40% for Taxation 3A (BEL3A01 or TAX03A3).
74
EF. 30 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITE AND MODULE CODES FOR FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES IN OTHER FACULTIES
MODULE CODE
DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
FNM02C2 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2C
BACHELORS DEGREES (REGULAR DEGREES)
THIS QUALIFICATION IS OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH AND AFRIKAANS)
Bachelor of Accounting
EF.31 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR
BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMMES 1. National Senior Certificate (NSC) – 2008 and after or Senior Certificate (SC) – before
2008 The minimum admission requirements for a degree are in accordance with the requirements as defined in the Government Gazette July 2008. This implies the following: a) NSC endorsed with degree admission; b) SC-based complete/conditional exemption; c) language requirements; d) admission/placement tests as approved by Senate; e) Faculty- and programme-specific requirements as determined by the relevant Faculty
Board, approved by Senate and contained in the relevant Faculty Rules and Regulations.
The following are specific minimum admission requirements in respect of a Bachelor Degree study in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences.
Bachelor Degree Minimum APS * English Mathematics
Accounting (CA) 33 4 (50%+) 5 (60%+)
* Please note that Life Orientation (LO) is not used when calculating the APS.
NOTES: (i) Meeting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not
necessarily guarantee admission to that programme. Specific selection criteria may be applied within the required Enrolment Management Plan as the University has a specific
75
number of places available as approved by the Department of Higher Education and Training for new undergraduate first year students.
(ii) The degree mentioned above is presented in English and Afrikaans. (iii) It is compulsory for applicants to have completed the NBT prior to registration.
1. Selection criteria Selection is based on academic merit and availability of places, and hence may entail the use
of additional criteria/requirements.
EF.32 BACHELOR OF ACCOUNTING (BCA012)
CHARTERED ACCOUNTANCY STREAM FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 7/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 390
SAQA NUMBER: 90622 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to provide a well-rounded, technically focused education that equips graduates with the technical knowledge base, proficiency and pervasive skills that will enable them to demonstrate initiative and responsibility, and that will enable the development of leadership qualities. The programme is designed in consultation with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and recognised by them as a requirement to practice as a chartered accountant. This qualification requires a thorough grounding in the knowledge, theory, principles and skills of the profession or career concerned and the ability to apply these to professional or career contexts. The programme also serves as basis for entry into several postgraduate study opportunities. NOTE: The curriculum below allows admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Science programme. It is recommended for students who intend writing the Initial Test of Competence (ITC) of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Accounting 100 ACC100 28
Commerce 100 COM100 24
Introduction to Law 100 INL100 24
Economics 100 ECO100 24
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
76
Business Mathematics 100
MAT100 14 Accounting studies 100
AST1B01 12
SECOND YEAR
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Accounting 200 ACC200 30
Financial Management 200 FMA200 28
SEMESTER MODULE SPREAD OVER A YEAR
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Taxation 200 TAX2AB0 12
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Governance and citizenship
GOV2AB0 12 Auditing 200 AUD2B011 12
Informatics 100 IFM100 12 Commercial Law 100
CML1B01 12
Accounting studies 200
AST2A01 10
THIRD YEAR
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Accounting 300 ACC300 34
Auditing 300 AUD300 34
Financial Management 300 FMA300 34
Taxation 300 TAX300 34
77
EF.33 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULE, DESCRIPTIONS, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
ACC100 ACCOUNTING 100 MATHS APS Rating 5
ACC200 ACCOUNTING 200 ACC100
ACC300 ACCOUNTING 300 ACC200
AST1B01 ACCOUNTING STUDIES 100
AST2A01 ACCOUNTING STUDIES 200
AUD2B01 AUDITING 200
AUD300 AUDITING 300 AUD2B01
CML1B01 COMERCIAL LAW 100
COM100 COMMERCE 100
ECO100 ECONOMICS 100
FMA200 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 200
FMA300 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 300 FMA200
GOV2AB0 GOVERNANCE AND CITIZENHSIP
IFM100 INFORMATICS 100
INL100 INTRODUCTION TO LAW 100
MAT100 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS 100
TAX2AB0 TAXATION 200
TAX300 TAXATION 300 TAX2AB0
78
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS
THESE QUALIFICATION ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH ONLY): Accounting
Accounting Sciences
Estate Planning
Financial Management
Financial Markets
CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS
31 October annually for study in the following year. Information is obtainable from the relevant department. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the relevant department.
PLEASE NOTE
After completion of a Postgraduate diploma, students cannot do the Research module of the relevant Honours qualification and be awarded an Honours degree.
EF.34 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING (E3AC7Q) FULL TIME NQF LEVEL 8 NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 93768 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to develop the intellectual and practical skills of the students in the analysis, interpretation and application of accounting, governance and control and internal auditing/taxation principles. This programme will prepare students to apply accounting, governance and control and internal auditing or taxation principles in practice. This programme will prepare students for further studies in accounting, governance and control and internal auditing or taxation as a science. Graduates of this programme are also able to register with professional bodies such the South African Institute of Professional Accountants (SAIPA) and the Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA). This programme, however, does not provide access to the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) Initial Test of Competency Exam. RULES OF ACCESS The prerequisite for admission is a Bachelor of Commerce degree or an Advanced Diploma in Accounting/Internal Auditing or the successful completion of a bridging programme in conjunction with a degree (other than Accounting/Internal Auditing). Admission to this programme is limited and is awarded based on academic performance. The programme is not offered as a limited contact or distance learning programme.
79
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Advanced Accounting ADC8X00 30
Governance and Control GOC8X00 30
ELECTIVES (CHOOSE ONE PAIR OF ELECTIVES)
Internal Auditing IAU8X00 30
Practical Applications in Internal Auditing PAI8X00 30
OR
Taxation TXT8X00 30
Practical Applications in Taxation PAT8X00 30
EF.35 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING SCIENCE (E3AS7Q) FULL TIME NQF LEVEL 8 NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 93768 PURPOSE
The purpose of the PGDip (Accounting Science) is to provide knowledge, skills and applied competence in the fields of Accounting, Auditing, Financial Management and Taxation to students who plan to qualify as Chartered Accountants so that they will meet the requirements as determined by the accounting profession.
The programme is aligned with the competency framework and curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA). Students who qualify with the PGDip (Accounting Science) will be allowed to register for SAICA’s Initial Test of Competency Exam to qualify as a Chartered Accountant. The programme provides students with the required skills and technical competence to be employed as professionals in the areas of Accounting, Auditing, Financial Management and Taxation. RULES OF ACCESS
A potential student must be in possession a of a Bachelor of Accounting degree or a BCom (Accounting) degree as accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) on New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6 with an overall average of 55% for the third year modules and a sub-minimum of 55% in Accounting. Potential students must have passed all four modules (Accounting, Auditing, Financial management and Taxation) on NQF 7 in their final year of their degree in the same year. The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding to a specific module. Final selection requirements will from time to time be set by the department. Students are allowed to repeat the Post Graduate Diploma programme once, provided that they obtained a minimum average for the first attempt which is set by the Department
The programme is not offered as a limited contact or distance learning programme.
80
CURRICULUM*
FULL TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Auditing and Control ** AUC8X00 30
Financial Accounting ** FAC8X00 30
Managerial Accounting and Finance ** MAF8X00 30
Taxation ** TAX8X00 30
* Please note: All four modules must be passed in the same academic year for successful completion of this qualification.
** This qualification will only give access to a Masters qualification after completion of a Bridging Programme in Research Methodology.
EF.36 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ESTATE PLANNING (E3EP6Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 94041 PURPOSE The purpose of the Postgraduate Diploma in Estate Planning is to enable working professionals in the financial planning industry to undertake advanced reflection and development by means of current thinking, practice and literature review in Estate Planning. The qualification demands a high level of theoretical engagement and intellectual independence, as well as the ability to relate knowledge to a range of contexts in estate planning, trusts, taxation of trust and administration of estates in order to undertake professional or highly-skilled work in Estate Planning. The programme is comprised of a focused curriculum to prepare the student for a career in Estate Planning. The curriculum includes three topic areas ranging from estate planning, administration of estates and trusts as well as the taxation of trusts. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to evaluate and apply complex estate planning principles in a holistic financial planning process, when implementing advice or at the administration of an estate at death. In-depth understanding of estate planning and trust principles will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s professional world of financial planning. The programme emphasises competence, integrity, and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a holistic estate planning perspective and an in-depth understanding of estate planning which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment in the financial planning industry. RULES OF ACCESS A new NQF level 7 / old NQF level 6 qualification with a financial planning module at new NQF level 7 / old NQF Level 6 or a new NQF level 7 /old NQF Level 6 qualification with relevant financial planning experience.
81
Meeting recommended minimum admission requirements does not guarantee acceptance into the programme as all students will be subjected to a selection process as determined by the Department of Finance and Investment Management. In addition to the minimum admission requirements as outlined above, prospective students may be required to write a skill’s assessment to ensure that they meet the minimum skills requirement for the Postgraduate Diploma in Estate Planning. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Estate Planning ESP8X01 30 Administration of
Estates AOE8X02 30
Law of Trusts LOT8X01 30 Application of
Trusts AOT8X02 30
EF.37 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (E3FM7Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 94040 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to provide students with the necessary knowledge to undertake highly-skilled professional work in the disciplines of management accounting and finance. The programme is comprised of a broad-based curriculum to prepare the postgraduate student for a wide range of finance-related specialities. The programme emphasises application, analysis and evaluation within each topic area as well as the application of integrity and ethics in a professional environment. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the skills to synthesize complex management, financial, performance and risk principles in order to drive and add value to the entities that employ them. The successful student will gain an overall financial and business perspective which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. The programme is aligned with the competency framework and curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA). Students that complete the PGDip (Financial Management) will be prepared to write the CIMA professional qualification exams that lead on to the Associate Chartered Management Accountant (ACMA) designation. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor of Commerce qualification or an Advanced Diploma in Financial Management and should have obtained a final mark of at least 55% for both Accounting and Financial Management (Finance as well as Cost and Management Accounting) assessed at the New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6. The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the pre-requisite subjects. Students will further be subjected to a selection process as set and applied by the Department. Students will be allowed a maximum registration period of two years. The programme is not offered as a limited contact or distance learning programme.
82
CURRICULUM *
FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NQF CREDITS
Contemporary Management Accounting
CMA8X01 15
Advanced Cost
and Management
Accounting ACM8X02 15
Management
Accounting Case
Study MAC8X02 15
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NQF CREDITS
Financial Strategy FST8X00 25
Management Accounting Strategy
MAS8X00 25
Performance and Risk Strategy
PRS8X00 25
* This qualification will only give access to a Masters qualification after completion of a Bridging
Programme in Research Methodology.
EF.38 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MARKETS (E3FM6Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 97303 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to strengthen the students’ knowledge and comprehension in the disciplines of Financial Markets and Stockbroking as the field is interdisciplinary in nature and it serves to strengthen and deepen the student’s knowledge. The programme comprises of a broad-based curriculum to prepare the postgraduate student for financial market related specialities. The program emphasises application, analysis and evaluation within each topic area as well as the application of integrity and ethics in a professional environment. This qualification demands a high level of theoretical engagement and intellectual independence, as well as the ability to relate knowledge to a range of contexts in order to undertake professional or highly-skilled work. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the skills to synthesise complex stockbroking principles in order to drive and add value to the entities that employ them. The successful student will gain an overall stockbroking perspective which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. RULES OF ACCESS
A potential student must be in possession of: (a) A Financial Market orientated Bachelor of Commerce degree on Old NQF level 6/New NQF
level 7; or
83
(b) A Financial Market orientated Advanced Diploma qualification on Old NQF level 6/New NQF level 7; or
(c) Any other qualification on old NQF level 6/new NQF level 7 and have related financial market orientated experience which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management; or
(d) Relevant work experience in financial markets which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management (subjected to Recognition of Prior Learning as well as an entrance exam).
Selection is based on academic merit and the availability of places and hence may entail the use of additional criteria/requirements; and
Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department.
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
Equity Investment Analysis
EIA8X01 15
Applied
Financial
Markets
Analysis
AFM8X02 15
Financial Engineering FEG8X01 15
Financial
Markets Rules
and Directives FMR8X02 15
Legislation of Financial Markets LFM8X01 15
Financial
Reporting and
Taxation FRT8X02 15
Quantitative Investment Analysis
QIA8X01 15 Portfolio
Management PRT8X02 15
PART TIME
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
Equity Investment Analysis
EIA8X01 15
Financial
Reporting and
Taxation FRT8X02 15
Quantitative Investment Analysis
QIA8X01 15 Portfolio
Management PRT8X02 15
84
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
Financial Engineering FEG8X01 15
Applied
Financial
Markets
Analysis
AFM8X02 15
Legislation of Financial Markets
LFM8X01 15
Financial
Markets Rules
and Directives FMR8X02 15
85
EF.39 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
ADC8X00 Advanced Accounting
ACM8X02 Advanced Cost and Management Accounting
AFM8X02 Applied Financial Markets Analysis
AOE8X02 Administration of Estates
AOT8X02 Application of Trusts
AUC8X00 Auditing and Control
EIA8X01 Equity Investment Analysis
ESP8X01 Estate Planning
FAC8X00 Financial Accounting
FEG8X01 Financial Engineering
FMR8X02 Financial Markets Rules and Directives
FRT8X02 Financial Reporting and Taxation
FST8X00 Financial Strategy
GOC8X00 Governance and Control
IAU8X00 Internal Auditing
LFM8X01 Legislation of Financial Markets
LOT8X01 Law of Trusts
MAF8X00 Managerial Accounting and Finance
MAS8X00 Management Accounting Strategy
MCS8X01 Management Accounting Case Study
CMA8X01 Contemporary Management Accounting
PAI8X00 Practical Applications in Internal Auditing
PAT8X00 Practical Applications in Taxation
PRS8X00 Performance and Risk Strategy
PRT8X02 Portfolio Management
86
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
QIA8X01 Quantitative Investment Analysis
TAX8X00 Taxation (PG Dip Accounting Science)
TXT8X00 Taxation (PG Dip Accounting)
87
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS
THESE QUALIFICATION ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK KINGSWAY CAMPUS: Accounting
Accounting with specialisation in Chartered Accountancy
Economics
Econometrics
Financial Management
Financial Planning
Internal Auditing
Investment Management
Property Valuation and Management
Quantitative Finance
Taxation
Treasury Management
CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS
31 October annually for study in the following year. Information is obtainable from the relevant department. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the relevant department. PLEASE NOTE
Students who are enrolled for an honours qualification have until the end of July to switch
from the honours to the relevant postgraduate diploma.
EF.40 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN ACCOUNTING
(H3AC7Q) FULL TIME
NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 120
PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop intellectual and practical skills in the analysis, interpretation and application of advanced accounting, governance and control and taxation. This programme will prepare students to identify and solve advanced accounting, governance and control and taxation in practice. Lastly this programme will prepare students for further studies in accounting, governance and control and taxation as a science. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a BCom or an Advanced Diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Accounting, Taxation as well as Governance and Control on New NQF level 7 /Old NQF level 6. The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific module knowledge in Accounting, Taxation and Governance and Control. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department.
88
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Accounting 4 ACC8X00 30
Applied Research: Accounting ARA8X00 30
Governance and Control 4 GAC8X00 30
ELECTIVES (CHOOSE ONE MODULE)
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Public Sector Governance PSG8X00 30
South African Taxation 4 SAT8X00 30
EF.41 BACHELOR OF ACCOUNTING HONOURS (H3BA7Q)
FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 150 PURPOSE The purpose of the PGDip (Accounting Science) is to provide knowledge, skills and applied competence in the fields of Accounting, Auditing, Financial Management and Taxation to students who plan to qualify as Chartered Accountants so that they will meet the requirements as determined by the accounting profession. The programme is aligned with the competency framework and curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA). Students who qualify with the PGDip (Accounting Science) will be allowed to register for SAICA’s Initial Test of Competency Exam to qualify as a Chartered Accountant. The programme provides students with the required skills and technical competence to be employed as professionals in the areas of Accounting, Auditing, Financial Management and Taxation. In addition this qualification will provide students with research skills and knowledge in Accounting and Accounting related fields. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor of Accounting Science degree or a BCom (Accounting) degree accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6). Potential students must have passed all four modules (Accounting, Auditing, Financial Management and Taxation) on NQF 7 in their final year of their degree in the same year. A potential student must have an average aggregate mark in excess of 65% for all final year degree subjects. Final selection requirements, based on academic performance, will from time to time be set by the department. Students will not be allowed to repeat this qualification, if they are not successful. Students who fail this qualification will have to register for the Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting Science in the following academic year.
89
CURRICULUM *
FULL TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Advanced Auditing (CA) ADA8X00 30
Advanced Financial Accounting (CA) AFA8X00 30
Advanced Financial Management (CA) AFM8X00 30
Advanced Taxation (CA) ATA8X00 30
Applied Research: Chartered Accountancy ARC8X00 30
* Please note: All five modules must be passed in the same academic year for successful completion of this qualification.
EF.42 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN INTERNAL AUDITING
BComHons (Internal Auditing) (H3I17Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop intellectual and practical skills in the analysis, interpretation and application of advanced accounting, governance and control and internal auditing principles. This programme will prepare students to identify and solve advanced accounting governance and control and internal auditing problems in practice. Lastly this programme will prepare students for further studies in accounting and internal auditing as a science. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a BCom or an Advanced Diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Accounting, Taxation and Internal Auditing (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6). The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific module knowledge in Accounting, Taxation and Internal Auditing. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department.
90
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Accounting 4 ACC8X00 30
Advanced Internal Auditing AIA8X00 30
Applied Research: Internal Auditing ARU8X00 30
Governance and Control 4 GAC8X00 30
EF.43 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN TAXATION
BComHons (Taxation) (H3T17Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop intellectual and practical skills in the analysis, interpretation and application of advanced accounting and taxation principles. This programme will prepare students to identify and solve advanced accounting and taxation problems in practice. Lastly, this programme will prepare students for further studies in accounting and taxation as a science. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a BCom or an Advanced Diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Accounting, Taxation and Governance and Control on New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6. The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific module knowledge in Accounting and Taxation. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department. CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Accounting 4 ACC8X00 30
Applied Research: Taxation ARX8X00 30
Global Taxation Principles GTR8X00 30
South African Taxation 4 SAT8X00 30
91
EF.44 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN ECONOMETRICS
BComHons (Econometrics) (H3M17Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the analysis, interpretation and application of economic principles and methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economic applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics and Econometrics. Lastly, it will prepare them for further study in Economics and Econometrics as a science. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor’s degree, with an average of 65% for Economics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) and an average of 65% for either Econometrics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) or Mathematics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) or Statistics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6), to be considered for entrance into the honours programme. A potential student in possession of a Bachelor’s degree in Economics with an average of 60-64% for Econometrics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) and average of 65% for Economics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6), obtain conditional acceptance into the honours programme , and must successfully complete an entrance module in Mathematics before registration. Students that have completed a Bridging Programme in Economics are not allowed to articulate into the honours programme. CURRICULUM This curriculum consists of five compulsory core modules, a compulsory research project and three electives from the list.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
YEAR MODULE
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Research project: Economics RPN8X00 30
92
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Econometrics 4A ECM8X01 11 Econometrics 4B ECM8X02 11
Microeconomics 4 MIE8X01 12 Macroeconomics 4 MAE8X02 12
Quantitative Economics 4
QTE8X01 11
Electives - Choose THREE of the following:*
Monetary Theory A
MTE8X01 11 Monetary Policy B MTE8X02 11
Financial Economics A
FNN8X01 11 Financial Economics B FNN8X02 11
National and Local Government Finance
NLG8X01 11
International Trade: Theory and Policy Issues
ITP8X02 11
Environmental Economics ENE8X02 11
Economic Issues in Developing Countries
EDC8X02 11
* Students are advised to choose electives in a balanced way in terms of spreading it over the
two semesters.
EF.45 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN ECONOMICS
BComHons (Economics) (H3N14Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120
PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the analysis, interpretation and application of economic principles and methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economical applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics as a social science. Lastly, it will prepare them for further study in Economics as a science.
93
RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor’s degree or an Advanced Diploma in Economics, with an average of 65% for Economics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) and an average of 65% for either Econometrics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) or Statistics 3 (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6), to be considered for entrance into the honours programme. A potential student in possession of a Bachelor’s degree or an Advanced Diploma in Economics, with an average of 60-64% for Economics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) and / or without Econometrics 3 (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6) or Mathematics 3 (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6) or Statistics 3 (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6), obtain conditional acceptance into the Bachelor of Commerce Honours in Economics, and must successfully complete an entrance module in Mathematics before registration. The department requires the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific subject knowledge. The Department of Economics and Econometrics reserves the right to alter the entrance requirements. CURRICULUM This curriculum consists of four compulsory core modules, a compulsory research project and four electives from the list.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Research project: Economics RPN8X00 30
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Applied Econometrics
APM8X01 11 Macroeconomics 4 MAE8X02 12
Mathematical Economics 4
MAN8X01 11
Microeconomics 4 MIE8X01 12
94
Electives - Choose FOUR of the following*
Financial Economics A
FNN8X01 11 Financial Economics B
FNN8X02 11
Monetary Theory A
MTE8X01 11 Economic Issues in Developing Countries
EDC8X02 11
Environmental Economics
ENE8X02 11
International Trade: Theory and Policy Issues
ITP8X02 11
Monetary Policy B MTE8X02 11
National and Local Government Finance
NLG8X01 11
* Students are advised to choose electives in a balanced way in terms of spreading it over the
two semesters.
EF.46 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (H3AC7Q)
BComHons (Financial Management) (H3FI7Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 150
PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to provide students with the necessary knowledge to undertake highly-skilled professional work in the disciplines of management accounting and finance. The programme is comprised of a broad-based curriculum to prepare the postgraduate student for a wide range of finance-related specialities. The programme emphasises application, analysis and evaluation within each topic area as well as the application of integrity and ethics in a professional environment. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the skills to synthesize complex management, financial, performance and risk principles in order to drive and add value to the entities that employ them. The successful student will gain an overall financial and business perspective which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. In addition the student will be prepared for further studies in the field by developing research and reporting skills through the completion of a supervised research project in the field of financial management. The programme is aligned with the competency framework and curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA). Students that complete the BComHons (Financial Management) will be prepared to write the CIMA professional qualification exams that lead into an Associate Chartered Management Accountant (ACMA) designation. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor of Commerce qualification and should have obtained a final mark of at least 65% for both Accounting and Financial Management (Finance as
95
well as Cost and Management Accounting) assessed at a New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6. Students will further be subjected to a selection process as set and applied by the Department. Students will be allowed a maximum registration period of two years. The programme is not offered as a limited contact or distance learning programme. CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Financial Strategy FST8X00 25
Management Accounting Strategy MAS8X00 25
Performance and Risk Strategy PRS8X00 25
Research Project: Financial Management RPM8X00 30
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Contemporary Management Accounting
CMA8X01 15
Advanced Cost and Management Accounting
ACM8X02 15
Management Accounting Case Study
MAC8X02 15
EF.47 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN FINANCIAL PLANNING
BComHons (Financial Planning) (H3FP7Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 88872 PURPOSE The purpose of the qualification is to develop applied competence and deepen the student's expertise in the analysis, interpretation and application of financial planning principles and research capacity in the economic environment at an advanced level. Learners are also prepared for a career in the practice of financial planning and further learning in researched based postgraduate study in this field by developing research and reporting skills. The students should be able to reflect on their decisions and applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of financial planning as a practice at an advanced level.
96
RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a BCom degree or an appropriate advanced diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Financial Planning (assessed at a New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6). The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific subject knowledge in Financial Planning. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department. CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
FIRST YEAR
YEAR MODULE
Research Project: Financial Planning RFP8X00 30
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Insurance and Risk Management
IRM8X01 15 Integrated Financial Planning IFP8X02 15
Income Tax Planning
ITN8X01 15 Estate Planning EST8X02 15
Investment Planning
INP8X01 15 Retirement Planning RPL8X02 15
PART TIME
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Investment Planning
INP8X01 15 Estate Planning EST8X02 15
Income Tax Planning
ITN8X01 15 Retirement Planning RPL8X02 15
97
PART TIME
SECOND YEAR
YEAR MODULE
Research Project: Financial Planning RFP8X00 30
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Insurance and Risk Management
IRM8X01 15 Integrated Financial Planning IFP8X02 15
EF.48 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT BComHons (Investment Management) (H3IM7Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 91113 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to strengthen the student’s knowledge of the discipline of investment valuation and portfolio management. The programme is comprised of a broad-based curriculum to prepare the student for a wide range of investment-related specialities. The curriculum includes eight topic areas ranging from equity investment, interest-bearing investment to portfolio management and retirement finance. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to synthesize complex investment principles and apply financial instruments in a professional manner. Fundamental knowledge of global investment principles will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s world of professional investing. The programme emphasizes competence, integrity, and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a global investment perspective and an in-depth understanding of the global marketplace which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor’s degree or an appropriate Advanced Diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Investment Management (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6). The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific subject knowledge in Investment Management. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department. Prior to commencement of the honours programme, students will be required to attend a compulsory preparatory workshop. Students will also be required to attend compulsory library research training which will be arranged and provided by library services.
98
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
YEAR MODULE
Research Project: Investment Management RPI8X00 30
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Equity Investment Analysis
EIA8X01 15
Alternative Asset Investment Analysis
AAI8X02 10
Financial Engineering
FEN8X01 15 Applied Investment Analysis AIA8X01 10
Financial Risk Management
FRM8X02 10 Portfolio Management POM8X02 15
Quantitative Investment Analysis
QIA8X01 15
EF.49 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
BComHons (Property Valuation and Management) (H3P14Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 83806 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to strengthen students’ knowledge and comprehension in the disciplines of property valuation and management. The programme comprises a broad-based curriculum to prepare the postgraduate student for a wide range of property-related specialities. The curriculum includes topic areas ranging from property valuation and property law, to property finance and property management. The programme emphasises application, analysis and evaluation within each topic area as well as the application of integrity and ethics in a professional environment. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the skills to combine complex valuation, management, financial and legal principles in order to add value to the entities that employ them. The successful student will gain an overall property valuation and property management perspective which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment and prepare them for further studies in this field. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor of Commerce (Finance) OR another relevant qualification assessed at New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6. The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific subject knowledge in Property Valuation and Management. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department.
99
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Research Project: Property Valuation and Management RPP8X00 30
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Advanced Property Valuation and Management A
PVM8X01 15
Advanced Property Valuation and Management B
PVM8X02 15
Advanced Property Finance and Investment
PFI8X01 15 Property Portfolio Management PPM8X02 15
Applied Property Law A
APL8X01 15 Applied Property Law B APL8X02 15
EF.50 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN QUANTITATIVE
FINANCE BComHons (Quantitative Finance) (H3Q15Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 94602 PURPOSE The purpose of the programme is to provide students with the required theoretical and practical training needed to understand and implement mathematical financial models. The programme is a vital qualification needed for entry into professional practice or management positions in the quantitative finance services industry. The curriculum covered in the programme provides an in-depth groundwork for further learning and specialisation within financial engineering field and advanced quantitative finance. The provision of self-reflexive, scientifically trained professionals for the South African financial services industry builds our national, intellectual and economic infrastructure. RULES OF ACCESS An appropriate Bachelor’s degree with a minimum average of 65%, obtained in the final year modules. Students are required to have completed the following as part of their undergraduate degree:
• Mathematics (specifically calculus) and/or Statistics at a New NQF level 5 and 6.
100
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Research Project: Quantitative Finance RPQ8X00 30
SEMESTER MODULE
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Introduction to Derivative Securities
IDS8X01 10 Interest Rate Modelling IRM8X02 12
Risk Measurement 1
RMO8X01 10 Risk
Measurement 2 RMT8X02 10
Stochastic Process for Finance – Discrete
SPD8X02 12
Stochastic Process for Finance – Continuous
SPC8X02 12
South African Financial Instruments and Markets
SAF8X01 12
Numerical Methods in Finance
NMF8X01 12
EF.51 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN TREASURY MANAGEMENT
BComHons (Treasury Management) (H3TM5Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120
SAQA NUMBER: 96419 PURPOSE The primary purpose of the BComHons (Treasury Management) is to develop the student’s knowledge of the discipline of corporate treasury valuation and management. The programme is comprised of a focused curriculum to prepare the student for a career in corporate treasury management. The curriculum includes eight topic areas ranging from quantitative investment analysis, liquidity management to risk management and financial engineering. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to synthesize complex treasury management principles and apply financial instruments in a professional manner. Fundamental knowledge of global investment and treasury principles will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s world of professional corporate treasury management. The programme emphasizes
101
competence, integrity and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a global corporate treasury management perspective and an in-depth understanding of the global marketplace which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. RULES OF ACCESS An appropriate Bachelor’s degree with a minimum average of 65%, obtained in the final year modules. Students are required to have completed the following as part of their undergraduate degree: Investment Management at Old NQF level 6/New NQF level 7.
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
FIRST YEAR
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Research Project: Treasury Management RPT8X00 30
SEMESTER MODULE
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
Equity Investment Analysis
EIA8X01 15
Hedging and Risk Management
HAR8X02 10
Financial Engineering
FEN8X01 15 Liquidity Management LMG8X02 15
Quantitative Investment Analysis
QIA8X01 15 Treasury Case Studies TCS8X02 10
Treasury Organisation
TOR8X02 10
102
PART TIME
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULE
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Equity Investment Analysis
EIA8X01 15 Hedging and Risk Management
HAR8X02 10
Quantitative Investment Analysis
QIA8X01 15 Liquidity Management
LMG8X02 15
SECOND YEAR
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Research Project: Treasury Management RPT8X00 30
SEMESTER MODULE
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Financial Engineering
FEN8X01 15 Treasury Case Studies TCS8X02 10
Treasury Organisation
TOR8X02 10
103
EF.52 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
ACC8X00 Accounting 4
ADA8X00 Advanced Auditing (CA)
ACM8X02 Advanced Cost and Management Accounting
AFA8X00 Advanced Financial Accounting (CA)
AFM8X00 Advanced Financial Management (CA)
AIA8X00 Advanced Internal Auditing
PFI8X01 Advanced Property Finance and Investment
PVM8X01 Advanced Property Valuation and Management A
PVM8X02 Advanced Property Valuation and Management B
ATA8X00 Advanced Taxation (CA)
AAI8X02 Alternative Asset Investment Analysis
APM8X01 Applied Econometrics
AIA8X01 Applied Investment Analysis
APL8X01 Applied Property Law A
APL8X02 Applied Property Law B
ARA8X00 Applied Research: Accounting
ARC8X00 Applied Research: Chartered Accountancy
ARU8X00 Applied Research: Internal Auditing
ARX8X00 Applied Research: Taxation
CMA8X01 Contemporary Management Accounting
ECM8X01 Econometrics 4A
ECM8X02 Econometrics 4B
EDC8X02 Economic Issues in Developing Countries
ENE8X02 Environmental Economics
EIA8X01 Equity Investment Analysis
104
EST8X02 Estate Planning
FNN8X01 Financial Economics A
FNN8X02 Financial Economics B
FEN8X01 Financial Engineering
FRM8X02 Financial Risk Management
FST8X00 Financial Strategy
GTR8X00 Global Taxation Principles
GAC8X00 Governance and Control 4
HAR8X02 Hedging and Risk Management
ITN8X01 Income Tax Planning
IRM8X01 Insurance and Risk Management
IFP8X02 Integrated Financial Planning
IRM8X02 Interest Rate Modelling
ITP8X02 International Trade: Theory and Policy Issues
IDS8X01 Introduction to Derivative Securities
INP8X01 Investment Planning
LMG8X02 Liquidity Management
MAE8X02 Macroeconomics 4
MAC8X02 Management Accounting Case Study
MAS8X00 Management Accounting Strategy
MAN8X01 Mathematical Economics 4
MIE8X01 Microeconomics 4
MTE8X02 Monetary Policy B
MTE8X01 Monetary Theory A
NLG8X01 National and Local Government Finance
NMF8X01 Numerical Methods in Finance
PRS8X00 Performance and Risk Strategy
POM8X02 Portfolio Management
PPM8X02 Property Portfolio Management
105
PSG8X00 Public Sector Governance
QTE8X01 Quantitative Economics 4
QIA8X01 Quantitative Investment Analysis
RPN8X00 Research project: Economics
RPM8X00 Research Project: Financial Management
RFP8X00 Research Project: Financial Planning
RPI8X00 Research Project: Investment Management
RPP8X00 Research Project: Property Valuation and Management
RPQ8X00 Research Project: Quantitative Finance
RPT8X00 Research Project: Treasury Management
RPL8X02 Retirement Planning
RMO8X01 Risk Measurement 1
RMT8X02 Risk Measurement 2
SAF8X01 South African Financial Instruments and Markets
SAT8X00 South African Taxation 4
SPC8X02 Stochastic Process for Finance – Continuous
SPD8X02 Stochastic Process for Finance – Discrete
TCS8X02 Treasury Case Studies
TOR8X02 Treasury Organisation
106
MASTER OF COMMERCE OR MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY QUALIFICATIONS THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK KINGSWAY CAMPUS NOTES: (i) Prospective students must be proficient in English (reading, writing and comprehension). (ii) A pass mark must be obtained for each individual course work module as well as the research
component (limited scope/minor dissertation) in order for the degree to be conferred.
MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSE WORK - COMMERCE Computer Auditing*
Development Economics
Financial Economics
Finance
International Accounting*
Local Economic Development**
South African and International Taxation* * These programmes are only offered bi-annually. The next intake will be in 2017. ** This programme is a professional master’s degree. CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS
31 October annually for study in the following year.
Information is obtainable from the relevant department. CLOSING DATE FOR REGISTRATIONS
End of February.
MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSE WORK – PHILOSOPHY Industrial Policy CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS
31 October annually for study in the following year.
Information is obtainable from the relevant department. CLOSING DATE FOR REGISTRATIONS
End of February.
107
MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH - COMMERCE Accounting
Auditing
Competition and Economic Regulation
Econometrics
Economics
Financial Management
Investment Management
Quantitative Finance
South African and International Taxation CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS
31 May and 31 October annually for study commencing in the following semester, except for Econometrics and Economics where there is only one intake per year and the closing date is 31 October.
Application forms and information are obtainable from the relevant department.
CLOSING DATE FOR REGISTRATIONS
End of February.
MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSE WORK - COMMERCE
The research component of master’s qualifications by course work consists of 50% research and 50% course work. NOTES: (i) The following qualifications deviate from the 50:50 rule above in the sense that the master’s
qualification by course work consists of 33.3% research and 66.7% course work:
Computer Auditing
International Accounting
Local Economic Development
South African and International Taxation (ii) That a pass mark must be obtained for each individual module as well as the research
component (limited scope/minor dissertation) in order for the degree to be conferred.
EF.53 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN COMPETITION AND ECONOMIC REGULATION
MCom (Competition and Economic Regulation) M3CR7Q Note: Waiting for final external approval FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER:
108
PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to equip students with the specialist knowledge and skills required to undertake rigorous economic analysis in competition and regulatory matters, contributing to the sub-field of applied economics. Successful students will be able to use these skills to analyse firm behaviour in competition cases for the competition authorities and in the private sector. This includes mergers, abuse of dominance and cartel cases across a range of industries. Students will be able to evaluate the potential harm of anticompetitive behaviour to consumers, industrial sectors and the economy as a whole. Students will further engage with important regulatory matters such as tariff setting and investment decisions in regulated industries such as telecommunications, banking, energy and transportation, which have far reaching economic implications. Students will put into practice theoretical economic concepts related to competition and regulatory economics and undertake discipline specific research.
RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of:
An Honours degree in Economics at new NQF Level 8 / old NQF level 7; or
An Honours Degree or equivalent qualification in Arts, Business, Commerce, Management or Science at new NQF level 8 / NQF level 7 majoring in Economics.
Selection is based on academic merit and the availability of places and hence, may entail the use of additional criteria/requirements; and
Final admission requirements will, from time to time, be adjusted by the department/faculty to account for any University/national higher education requirements or amendments.
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Advanced Economics of Competition and Regulation
AEC9X01 20
Microeconomic Issues in Development
MID9X02 20
Quantitative Methods and Econometrics for Application in Competition and Economic Regulation
QEC9X01 10
Macroeconomic Issues in Development
MAD9X02 20
Research Methods for Analysis of Competition and Economic Regulation
RMR9X01 10
Financial analysis for Competition and Economic Regulation
FCE9X02 10
Minor Dissertation: Competition and Economic Regulation
MDR9X01 45
Minor Dissertation: Competition and Economic Regulation
MDR9X02 45
109
EF.54 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN COMPUTER AUDITING
MCom (Computer Auditing) (M3CC7Q) FULL TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73971 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of computer auditing principles in the computer auditing field. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work through a limited scope dissertation.
FIRST YEAR – PART TIME
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Advanced Economics of Competition and Regulation
AEC9X01 20
Microeconomic Issues in Development
MID9X02 20
Quantitative Methods and Econometrics for Application in Competition and Economic Regulation
QEC9X01 10
Macroeconomic Issues in Development
MAD9X02 20
Research Methods for Analysis of Competition and Economic Regulation
RMR9X01 10
Financial analysis for Competition and Economic Regulation
FCE9X02 10
SECOND YEAR – PART TIME
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Minor Dissertation: Competition and Economic Regulation
MDR9X01 45
Minor Dissertation: Competition and Economic Regulation
MDR9X02 45
110
RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification or a postgraduate diploma in a related computer auditing field, on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively any other four-year qualification on New NQF level 8/ Old NQF level 7 and related practical auditing experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Accountancy. A selection process will be followed. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR – PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
IT Risk and Risk Management
IRM9X01 35
Research Methodology: Computer Auditing
RMC9X04 15
System Development, Computer Securities and Business Continuity
SCB9X02 35
SECOND YEAR – PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Audit and IT Compliance
AIT9X03 35
Limited scope dissertation: Computer Auditing
LSC9X01 30
Limited scope dissertation: Computer Auditing
LSC9X02 30
111
EF.55 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS MCom (Development Economics) (M3CN3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The purpose of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of developmental economic principles and methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economic applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification in Economics or Econometrics on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 with an average mark as determined by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Alternatively, any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 with an average mark obtained determined by the Department of Economics and Econometrics and related Micro- and Macroeconomics and Applied Econometrics experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Economics and Econometrics will be considered. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Microeconomic Issues in Development
MID9X02 20 Applied Econometric Techniques
ATE9X01 20
Macroeconomic Issues in Development
MAD9X02 20 Electives - Choose TWO of the following
Labour Market Issues
LMI9X01 10
Topics in Political Economy of Development
PED9X01 10
Topics in Poverty and Inequality
POI9X01 10
112
Topics in Trade, Industrial and Competition Policy
TIP9X01 10
Local Economic Development
LED9X01 10
SECOND YEAR - FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Research Methodology of Economics
RMN9X01 10
Minor Dissertation: Economics*
MDN9X01* 45 Minor Dissertation: Economics* MDN9X02* 45
* As one of the requirements for the awarding of this degree, coursework students are required
upon submission of their minor dissertation to submit an article for the possibility of publication
EF.56 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN FINANCIAL ECONOMICS
MCom (Financial Economics) (M3CFEQ) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73974 PURPOSE The student should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of advanced financial principles in the context of the international economy, and be able to reflect on the associated managerial decisions, through quantitative analysis and to assess the effect thereof in the holistic financial context. The qualification will provide qualifying students with the opportunity to further study at New NQF level 10/Old NQF level 8 on a doctoral degree programme in Economics. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification in Economics, Econometrics, Statistics and/or Mathematics on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and related Mathematical and/or Statistical and Applied Econometrical experiences which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Economics and Econometrics.
113
CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR - FULL TIME OR PART TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Financial Economics FEN9X00 30
Quantitative Analysis QTA9X00 30
SECOND YEAR - FULL TIME OR PART TIME
YEAR MODULES
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Research Design: Financial Economics
DEN9X00 30
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Minor dissertation: Financial Economics*
MDFN9X1* 45
Minor dissertation: Financial Economics*
MDFN9X2* 45
* As one of the requirements for the awarding of this degree, coursework students are required
upon submission of their minor dissertation to submit an article for the possibility of publication
EF.57 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN FINANCE MCom (Finance) (M3CF7Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 96972 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is for the student to develop applied competence in the mastering, interpretation, reflecting on and application of principles in the broader field of finance. Through the minor dissertation, a qualifying student shows evidence of scientific research, application of scientific research methodologies and an ability to reflect thereon in the holistic context of finance. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess a financially oriented Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 with at least either Financial Management and/or
114
Investment Management at third year level. Alternatively a student should possess any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and have related financial management and/or investment management financially oriented experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the department. For acceptance into the programme, preparatory study, an entrance course and examination may be required by the Department of Finance and Investment Management. Successful applicants must prepare a research proposal in consultation with a member of staff of the Department of Finance and Investment Management allocated to them. This proposal must be presented to a panel convened for this purpose. Once a decision has been made that the proposal has been accepted, the student will be allowed to proceed with the research component of the programme. The Department of Finance and Investment Management must specifically approve the field of study, the research topic, methodology and problem statement before the candidate may register for the minor dissertation. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
CORE MODULES CORE MODULES
Developments in Finance
DEF9X03 18
Applied Research Methodology in Finance
ARF9X04 18
Empirical Finance
EMF9X03 18
Electives - choose any ONE of the following pairs of modules for specialisation in
Financial Management
Corporate Finance AND Competitive Strategy
CRF9X04
CPS9X04
18
18
Or Investment Management
Risk Management AND Financial Engineering
RSM9X02
FEN9X04
18
18
115
SECOND YEAR - FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF CREDITS
Minor dissertation: Finance
MDF9X01 45
Minor dissertation: Finance
MDF9X02 45
EF.58 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING MCom (International Accounting) (M3CA7Q) PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73939 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competence in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of accounting principles in the financial accounting field. Through a limited scope dissertation, a qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification or a postgraduate diploma in Accounting or a Financial Management related honours degree on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively any other four-year qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and related accounting experience, which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Accountancy. A selection process will be followed. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR - PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Accounting Theory ACT9X03 35 Developments in Accounting DEA9X04 35
Research Methodology: International Accounting
RMA9X04 15
116
EF.59 PROFESSIONAL MASTER OF COMMERCE IN LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
MCom (Local Economic Development) (M3CL5Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 94792 PURPOSE The purpose of the Professional MCom (Local Economic Development) is to develop an advanced level of knowledge, skills and applied competence in the field of Local Economic Development (LED). The programme is specifically designed to meet the requirements of the LED profession and is aimed at students who plan to qualify as Certified LED professionals. This professional Master’s degree prepares students to reflect on the practice of LED. Through the research component, students will contribute towards the development of knowledge at an advanced level and prepare them for specialised professional employment. RULES OF ACCESS The minimum admission requirement is a cognate Bachelor Honours Degree or a Postgraduate Diploma. Alternatively any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and related Micro- and Macroeconomics and or related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. A preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the UJ Department of Economics and Econometrics. Students whose previous degrees did not include LED will have to complete a bridging module in the form of a short learning programme (SLP) entitled “Introduction to LED”.
SECOND YEAR - PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Limited scope dissertation: International Accounting
LSA9X01 30
Limited scope dissertation: International Accounting
LSA9X02 30
Specialised Industries and Practices
SIP9X03 35
117
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
FIRST YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Globalisation and Local Regional Development
GLR9X01 20
Leadership and Sustainable Local and Regional Economic Development
LSL9X02 20
Research Methodology of Economics
RML9X01 10
Macroeconomic Issues in Development
MAL9X02 20
Systems Thinking in Local and Regional Economic Development
STL9X01 20
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Poverty and Inequality PAI9X01 10
Technical Research Project: Local Economic Development
RPL9X01 15
Technical Research Project: Local Economic Development
RPL9X02 45
Strategic Planning for Local and Regional Economic Development
SPL9X01 20
118
EF.60 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN SOUTH AFRICAN AND INTERNATIONAL TAXATION
MCom (South African and International Taxation) (M3CT7Q) PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73982 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of taxation principles in the taxation field. Through a limited scope dissertation, a qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification or a postgraduate diploma in Accounting or a Tax related honours degree on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and related taxation experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Accountancy. A selection process will be followed. CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR - PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
South African Tax Principles STP9X01 35
Companies, Trust and Capital Gains Tax
CTG9X02 35
Research Methodology: South African and International Taxation
RMT9X04 15
SECOND YEAR - PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Limited scope dissertation: South African and
LTS9X01 30
Limited scope dissertation: South African and
LTS9X02 30
119
International Taxation
International Taxation
International Taxation
INT9X03 35
MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSE WORK – PHILOSOPHY The research component of master’s qualifications by course work consists of 50% research and 50% course work. NOTE: That a pass mark must be obtained for each individual module as well as the research component (minor dissertation) in order for the degree to be conferred.
EF.61 MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY MPhil (Industrial Policy) (M3CP4Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 93769 PURPOSE The purpose of the Master of Philosophy in Industrial Policy is to develop the students’ intellectual competencies, intellectual independence and practical skills in the acquisition, analysis, interpretation and application of appropriate industrial policies to support the structural transformation of the economies of the continent. The programme consists of core modules offering an in-depth coverage of a broad range of issues pertaining to industrial development policies, strategies and management in Africa, and allowing students to test the practical application of the knowledge imparted, participate in analysing case studies, conducting field visits, and prepare individual technical reports on the various themes covered. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to be able to reflect critically on theory of industrial policy and its application. They will be able to deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively, design and critically appraise research, make sound judgments using data and information using the econometric techniques learned and communicate their conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification in Economics or Econometrics on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 with an average mark as determined by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Alternatively, any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 with an average mark as determined by the Department of Economics and Econometrics and related Micro- and Macroeconomic and Applied Econometric experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Economics and Econometrics will be considered. Preparatory study and entrance examination may be required by the Department of Economics and Econometrics.
120
CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR - FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER ONE
Core Modules
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Industrial Policy: Comparative Historical Experiences and Conceptual Frameworks
CHE9X01 20
Industrial Policy: Instruments, Design, and Implementation
IDI9X01 20
Research Methodology : Economics
RMI9X01 5
SEMESTER TWO
Core Modules
Research Methodology : Economics
RMI9X02 5
Applied Macroeconomic Issues
MND9X02
20
Applied Microeconomic Issues
MCD9X02
20
SECOND YEAR – FULL TIME/PART TIME
SEMESTER ONE
Core Modules
MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS
Topics in Trade, Industrial and Competition Policy
TIP9X01 10
Minor Dissertation: Industrial Policy
MDI9X01 15
Elective Modules
Applied Econometric Techniques OR Advanced Practice of Industrial Policy
AMT9X01
API9X01
20
20
SEMESTER TWO
Core Modules
Minor Dissertation: Industrial Policy
MDI9X02 45
121
EF.62 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSEWORK – COMMERCE OR PHILOSOPHY
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
ACT9X03 Accounting Theory
API9X01 Advanced Practice of Industrial Policy
ATE9X01 or AMT9X01
Applied Econometric Techniques
MND9X02 Applied Macroeconomic Issues
MCD9X02 Applied Microeconomic Issues
ARF9X04 Applied Research Methodology in Finance
AIT9X03 Audit and IT Compliance
CTG9X02 Companies, Trust and Capital Gains Tax
CPS9X04 Competitive Strategy
CRF9X04 Corporate Finance
DEA9X04 Developments in Accounting
DEF9X03 Developments in Finance
EMF9X03 Empirical Finance
FEN9X00 Financial Economics
FEN9X04 Financial Engineering
GLR9X01 Globalisation and Local Regional Development
CHE9X01 Industrial Policy: Comparative Historical Experiences and Conceptual Frameworks
IDI9X01 Industrial Policy: Instruments, Design, and Implementation
INT9X03 International Taxation
IRM9X01 IT Risk and Risk Management
LMI9X01 Labour Market Issues
LSL9X02 Leadership and Sustainable Local and Regional Economic Development
LSC9X01 and LSC9X02
Limited Scope Dissertation: Computer Auditing
LSA9X01 and LSA9X02
Limited Scope Dissertation: International Accounting
LTS9X01 and LST9X02
Limited Scope Dissertation: South African and International Taxation
LED9X01 Local Economic Development
122
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
MAD9X02 or MAL9X02
Macroeconomic Issues in Development
MID9X02 Microeconomic Issues in Development
MDN9X01 and MDN9X02
Minor Dissertation: Economics
MDF9X01 and MDF9X02
Minor Dissertation: Finance
MDFN9X1 and MDFN9X2
Minor Dissertation: Financial Economics
MDI9X01 and MDI9X02
Minor Dissertation: Industrial Policy
PAI9X01 Poverty and Inequality
QTA9X00 Quantitative Analysis
DEN9X00 Research Design: Financial Economics
RMC9X04 Research Methodology: Computer Auditing
RMN9X01 or RML9X01 or RMI9X01 and RMI9X02
Research Methodology: Economics
RMA9X04 Research Methodology: International Accounting
RMT9X04 Research Methodology: South African and International Taxation
RSM9X02 Risk Management
STP9X01 South African Tax Principles
SPI9X03 Specialised Industries and Practices
SPL9X01 Strategic Planning for Local and Regional Economic Development
SCB9X02 System Development, Computer Securities and Business Continuity
STL9X01 Systems Thinking in Local and Regional Economic Development
RPL9X01 or RPL9X02
Technical Research Project: Local Economic Development
PED9X01 Topics in Political Economy of Development MAD9X02
POI9X01 Topics in Poverty and Inequality MID9X02
TIP9X01 Topics in Trade, Industrial and Competition Policy MID9X02
TIP9X01 Topics in Trade, Industrial and Competition Policy MID9X02
123
MASTER OF COMMERCE QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH
AS ONE OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE AWARDING OF A DEGREE, RESEARCH MASTERS’ STUDENTS ARE REQUIRED UPON SUBMISSION OF THEIR DISSERTATION TO ALSO SUBMIT AN ARTICLE FOR THE POSSIBILITY OF PUBLICATION.
EF.63 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ACCOUNTING MCom (Accounting) (M3RA3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73968 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of accounting principles in the financial accounting field. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work through the master’s dissertation. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of an Accounting oriented Bachelor of Commerce Honours on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Dissertation: Accounting
DAC9X01 90 Dissertation: Accounting
DAC9X02 90
124
EF.64 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN AUDITING MCom (Auditing) (M3RD3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73969 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of auditing principles in the auditing field. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work through the master’s dissertation. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of an Accounting oriented Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Dissertation: Auditing
DAU9X01 90 Dissertation: Auditing
DAU9X02 90
EF.65 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMETRICS MCom (Econometrics) (M3RM3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73972 PURPOSE The purpose of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of econometric methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economic applications by using econometric
125
techniques either to perform empirical checks on specific economic models, or as tools for forecasting and policy evaluation. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Dissertation: Econometrics
DEM9X01 90 Dissertation: Econometrics
DEM9X02 90
EF.66 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS MCom (Economics) (M3RN3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73973 PURPOSE The purpose of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of economic principles and methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economical applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work
126
leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Dissertation: Economics
DEN9X01 90 Dissertation: Economics
DEN9X02 90
EF.67 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT MCom (Financial Management) (M3RF3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73975 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is for the student to develop applied competence in the mastering, interpretation, reflecting on and application of principles in the broader field of finance. Through the master’s dissertation, a qualifying student shows evidence of scientific research, application of scientific research methodologies and an ability to reflect thereon in the holistic context of finance. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a financially oriented Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification or equivalent on New NQF level 8/NQF level 7, with at least Financial Management and/or Investment Management at third year level. Alternatively a student should possess any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and have related financially oriented experience which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. The research proposal should be presented to a panel convened by the Department of Finance and Investment Management for this purpose.
127
CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are applicable.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Dissertation: Financial Management
DFM9X01 90
Dissertation: Financial Management
DFM9X02 90
EF.68 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT MCom (Investment Management) (M3RI3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73979 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is for the student to develop applied competence in the mastering, interpretation, reflecting on and application of principles in the broader field of finance. Through the master’s dissertation, a qualifying student shows evidence of scientific research, application of scientific research methodologies and an ability to reflect thereon in the holistic context of finance. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of an Investment Management oriented Bachelors of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively a student should possess any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and have related investment management oriented experience which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. The research proposal should be presented to a panel convened by the Department of Finance and Investment Management for this purpose. CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are applicable.
128
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Dissertation: Investment Management
DIM9X01 90
Dissertation: Investment Management
DIM9X02 90
EF.69 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN QUANTITATIVE FINANCE MCom (Quantitative Finance) (M3RQ6Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9 NEW NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 97520 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is for the student to develop applied competence in the interpretation, reflection and application of principles in the broader field of quantitative finance. Through the master’s dissertation, a qualifying student shows evidence of scientific research, application of scientific research methodologies and an ability to reflect thereon in the holistic context of quantitative finance. RULES OF ACCESS (i) A potential student must be in possession of a
Quantitative Finance oriented Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7; or
Alternatively a student should possess any other qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and have related quantitative finance oriented experience which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management;
(ii) Selection to the master’s research programme is subject to the successful defence of a research proposal. The research proposal should be presented to a panel convened by the Department of Finance and Investment Management for this purpose. The Department of Finance and Investment Management must specifically approve the field of study, the research topic, methodology and problem statement before the candidate may register;
(iii) Selection is based on academic merit and the availability of places and hence may entail the use of additional criteria/requirements; and
(iv) Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department.
129
CURRICULUM
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Dissertation: Quantitative Finance
DQF9X01 90
Dissertation: Quantitative Finance
DQF9X02 90
EF.70 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN SOUTH AFRICAN AND
INTERNATIONAL TAXATION MCom (South African and International Taxation) (M3RT3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180
SAQA NUMBER: 73982 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of taxation principles in the taxation field. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work through the master’s dissertation. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of an Accounting or Financial Management oriented Bachelors of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions.
130
CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Dissertation: South African and International Tax
DSIT9X1 90
Dissertation: South African and International Tax
DSIT9X2 90
131
EF.71 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
DAC9X01 and DAC9X02 Dissertation: Accounting
DAU9X01 and DAU9X02 Dissertation: Auditing
DEM9X01 and DEM9X02 Dissertation: Econometrics
DEN9X01 and DEN9X02 Dissertation: Economics
DFM9X01 and DFM9X02 Dissertation: Financial Management
DIM9X01 and DIM9X02 Dissertation: Investment Management
DQF9X01 and DQF9X02 Dissertation: Quantitative Finance
DSIT9X1 and DSIT9X2 Dissertation: South African and International Tax
132
DOCTORAL QUALIFICATIONS
THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK KINGSWAY CAMPUS:
Accounting
Auditing
Econometrics
Economics
Finance
Taxation NOTE: Prospective students must be proficient in English (reading, writing and comprehension).
As one of the requirements for the awarding of a degree, doctoral students are required upon submission of their thesis to also submit an article for the possibility of publication. CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS
31 May and 31 October annually for study in the following semester. CLOSING DATE FOR REGISTRATIONS
End of February.
EF.72 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN ACCOUNTING PhD (Accounting) (P3PA3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360
SAQA NUMBER: 96969 PURPOSE The candidate should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of accounting principles in the financial accounting field. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based accounting orientated master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme-specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions.
133
CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Thesis: Accounting TAC10X1 180 Thesis: Accounting TAC10X2 180
EF.73 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN AUDITING PhD (Auditing) (P3PD3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360
SAQA NUMBER: 96969 PURPOSE The candidate should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of auditing principles in the auditing field. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. Prospective students must prepare a research proposal in consultation with a member of staff of the Department of Accountancy so allocated to them. This proposal must be presented to a panel convened for this purpose. Once a decision has been made that the proposal has been accepted, the prospective student will be allowed to register for the degree. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based Auditing or Computer Auditing orientated master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme-specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable.
134
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Thesis: Auditing TAU10X1 180 Thesis: Auditing TAU10X2 180
EF.74 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN ECONOMETRICS PhD (Econometrics) (P3PM3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360
SAQA NUMBER: 96969 PURPOSE The candidate should develop advanced competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of econometric techniques. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. Prospective students must prepare a research proposal in consultation with a member of staff of the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Once a decision has been made that the proposal has been accepted, the prospective student will be allowed to register for the degree. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme- specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department Economics and Econometrics. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable. In order to complete the research component students are required to defend their methodologies and empirical findings in a presentation to Faculty members.
135
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Thesis: Econometrics
TEM10X1 180 Thesis: Econometrics
TEM10X2 180
EF.75 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN ECONOMICS PhD (Economics) (P3PN3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360
SAQA NUMBER: 96969 PURPOSE The candidate should develop advanced competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of economic models. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. Prospective students must prepare a research proposal in consultation with a member of staff of the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Once a decision has been made that the proposal has been accepted, the prospective student will be allowed to register for the degree. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme- specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department Economics and Econometrics. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable. In order to complete the research component students are required to defend their methodologies and empirical findings in a presentation to Faculty members.
136
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Thesis: Economics TEN10X1 180 Thesis: Economics TEN10X2 180
EF.76 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN FINANCE PhD (Finance) (P3PF1Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360
SAQA NUMBER: 96969 PURPOSE The candidate should develop applied competencies and practical skills in the mastering, interpretation, understanding and application of a topic in the broader field of finance. Through the doctoral thesis, a qualifying student would show evidence of independent and original scientific work. The thesis would constitute a decided contribution to knowledge of and insight into the subject discipline as well as the field of research. Qualifying candidates would also display competence in the application of related research methodology, and the proper written and/or oral communication of the research process and findings. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based financially orientated master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme-specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and finance related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department Finance and Investment Management. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are applicable.
137
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Thesis: Finance TFI10X1 180 Thesis: Finance TFI10X2 180
EF.77 DOCTORATE OF PHILOSOPHY IN TAXATION PhD (Taxation) (P3PT3Q) FULL TIME/PART TIME NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360
SAQA NUMBER: 96969 PURPOSE The candidate should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of taxation principles in the financial and commercial sector. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based taxation orientated master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme- specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable.
FULL TIME OR PART TIME
SEMESTER MODULES
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
MODULE NAME MODULE
CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS MODULE NAME
MODULE CODE
NEW NQF
CREDITS
Thesis: Taxation TTA10X1 180 Thesis: Taxation TTA10X2 180
138
EF.78 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR DOCTORAL QUALIFICATIONS
MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE
TAC10X1 Thesis: Accounting
TAC10X2 Thesis: Accounting
TAU10X1 Thesis: Auditing
TAU10X2 Thesis: Auditing
TEM10X1 Thesis: Econometrics
TEM10X2 Thesis: Econometrics
TEN10X1 Thesis: Economics
TEN10X2 Thesis: Economics
TFI10X1 Thesis: Finance
TFI10X2 Thesis: Finance
TTA10X1 Thesis: Taxation
TTA10X2 Thesis: Taxation
139
SECTION C: PURPOSE AND OUTCOMES DIPLOMA MODULES EF.79 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL Auditing and Internal Control 2A (AIC22A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with an introduction to: • the development of the auditing/accounting professions,
the auditor’s duties and responsibilities,
codes of professional conduct,
concepts regarding the audit process, and
concepts for obtaining audit evidence. OUTCOMES Students should be able to explain the:
responsibilities, functions and qualities of an auditor;
professional ethics governing the work of the auditor;
background of corporate governance principles in South Africa (an introduction)
rights and duties covered by statute;
responsibilities and legal liability of the auditor;
concepts and principles relevant to the audit process;
explain and describe the objectives and aspects to consider during the planning of an audit; and
fundamental concepts for obtaining audit evidence.
Auditing and Internal Control 2B (AIC22B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with an introduction to the basic principles of internal control and testing, in general and applied to some business cycles. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain and advise on the framework for internal control and internal control evaluation; and
explain and advise on the objectives, nature and evaluation of internal control on the revenue and receipts, purchases and payments, payroll and inventory cycles.
140
Auditing and Internal Control 3A (AIC33A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the basic principles of internal control and testing, in general, and as applied to some business cycles. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
describe the principles that determine the selecting of items for testing to gather audit evidence;
perform audit planning by incorporating the preliminary evaluation of business risk, internal control and audit risk;
apply the audit plan into action for the revenue and receipts cycle, for the acquisition and payment cycle and the inventory and production cycle; and
apply the audit plan into action for finance and investment cycles.
Auditing and Internal Control 3B (AIC33B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the basic principles of internal control and testing, in general, and as applied to some business cycles. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
audit around the computer (Pastel – integration with Financial Accounting (a practical approach));
report preliminary findings to audit manager;
describe the principles that determine the form, content and extent of audit documentation files (working papers);
explain the electronic data-processing (EDP) systems (Input, processing and output control);
explain the financial regulations surrounding the national, provincial and local government through the Public Finance Management Act and Municipal Finance Management Act; and
explain and describe the principles of Corporate Governance.
EF.80 BANKING OPERATIONS Banking Operations 2A (BOP22A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to explain the banking environment and all the operational processes that goes along with the industry.
141
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and explain the principle of banking operations and how a bank operates including the principles of savings and borrowings; and
discuss the instruments in the banking environment.
Banking Operations 2B (BOP22B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12
PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to explain regulations in the banking industry and all the operational processes that goes along with the industry.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and explain the processes in banking operations; and
discuss the banking regulations in the South African market.
EF.81 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Cost and Financial Management 1A (CFM11A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic costing techniques and methods. In this module students will identify and analyse cost and management accounting techniques and prepare information for decision-making purposes.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain and understand the basic principles of cost classification and terminology;
define and understand the different terms and concepts in respect of inventory-holding and administer different inventory systems manually and electronically;
introduce the basic concepts of Just in Time (JIT) Inventory holding concepts; understand and administer remuneration systems both manually and electronically;
classification and analysis of overheads and allocation of overheads by means of predetermined rates; manually and electronically;
introduce the concept of Activity Based Costing for the allocation of overheads; manually and electronically; and
understand the cost flow in a manufacturing concern and be able to determine cost of manufactured products and services.
142
Cost and Financial Management 1B (CFM11B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance as well as where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain and appraise the context within which the financial management function takes place;
explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability and perform basic risk and return calculations;
differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic financial instruments and financial markets;
explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;
understand the cost of capital concept by performing simple calculations; and
discuss, explain and apply the underlying principles of foreign trade and exchange rates.
Cost and Financial Management 2A (CFM22A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate his/her ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and relate them to the role of the financial manager;
explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities, mixed streams of cash flows and amortisation concepts;
explain and appraise the context within which the analysis of financial statements function takes place;
explain the components of working capital management including current assets and liabilities;
explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability and perform basic risk and return calculations relating to single and portfolio investments;
differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic debt instruments and understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations; and
explain the basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations; and discuss, explain and apply the underlying principles of valuing the equity of an entire company.
143
Cost and Financial Management 2B (CFM22B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic costing techniques and methods. In this module students will identify and analyse cost and management accounting techniques and prepare information for decision-making purposes. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and explain the different terms and concepts in respect of job costing and prepare a job card from given data (manually and electronically);
describe and prepare the accounting records of a manufacturing entity using an Integrated accounting systems;
prepare process cost reports using both first-in-first-out (FIFO) and weighted average method (WAM) inventory methods; including the treatment of normal and abnormal losses (manually and electronically);
identify, explain and analyse the process costs into joint-; by- and scrap products (manually and electronically);
explain and discuss modern cost control systems such as Just In Time, Activity Based Management and Benchmarking and modern electronic systems available;
calculate cost and profit according to absorption cost principles (manually and electronically); and
calculate cost and profit according to direct cost principles (manually and electronically).
Cost and Financial Management 3A (CFM33A3) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce performance measurement and short-term decision-making in business. In this module students will prepare, analyse and apply management accounting principles and techniques to prepare information for decision-making purposes. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: prepare standard and actual cost cards; record and report sales and production cost variances within a standard costing system; interpret the operational variances; discuss the origin and consequences of the calculated standard costing variances and indicate
which department/manager is responsible for which variances; prepare an operational fixed budget for the production of more than one product using more
than one material; compile a cash budget and evaluate the future cash flow position of a company; identify potential problems highlighted by the operational and cash budgets; determine the variances between actual and budgeted figures; compile a flexible budget to account for difference in budgeted and actual volume; explain the flexible budget variances; suggest solutions to potential problems; calculate the marginal income (per unit and in total) and the marginal income ratio;
144
determine the break-even point using both formulas and graphs; calculate the margin of safety and margin of safety ratio; and perform and evaluate “What-if analyses” incorporating possible changes in volume, costs and/or
prices accurately.
Cost and Financial Management 3B (CFM33B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply advanced costing techniques and methods to the decision-making process. In this module learners will analyse and evaluate different operational decisions and investment options and decide on the best course of action taking into account both qualitative and quantitative factors. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
Perform a multi-product break-even analysis;
advise the optimum product mix;
measure, differentiate and identify costs for decision-making;
apply and evaluate short-term decision-making techniques;
compare, rate and choose between short term decisions and long term capital budgeting decisions;
explain and identify qualitative factors that affect the short term decisions and long term capital budgeting decisions;
explain the capital budgeting process; and
evaluate, rate and choose between different investments.
EF.82 ECONOMICS
Economics 1A (Diploma) (ECO11A1/BED1-1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the main themes and concepts of Economics, and the application of these concepts in the students’ future role as managers and decision makers. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
fully assess the relationship between economics and the economy;
correctly identify the different factor characteristics of the economy;
comprehensively illustrate and discuss a basic model of the economy;
fully examine how different methods are used to measure economic progress;
comprehensively derive and apply demand and supply as a model for determining the prices of goods and services;
correctly examine in what manner price and income sensitivity impacts on the revenue position of the firm;
145
comprehensively derive, graphically illustrate and assess the short run production function of an individual firm and must be able to indicate the effect on production of technological development;
correctly graphically illustrate and assess cost efficiency of the firm in the short and long run;
fully determine price and output equilibrium in a perfect competitive environment; and
comprehensively determine price and output equilibrium in an imperfect competitive environment.
Economics 1B (Diploma) (ECO11B1/BED1-2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the main themes and concepts of macroeconomics, and the application of these concepts in the students’ future role as managers and decision makers. OUTCOMES Students should be able:
discuss and analyse fully business cycles and their macroeconomic implications;
define, discuss and evaluate the role of money and interest rates in the economy correctly;
discuss and assess comprehensively international economics and international finance;
derive and explain the total expenditure model fully;
derive, discuss and apply comprehensively the aggregate demand and aggregate supply model;
discuss the economics of development correctly;
discuss the effect of HIV/AIDS on the labour market, economic growth and development of South Africa; and
discuss and analyse comprehensively the most important economic issues in South Africa.
EF.83 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Financial Accounting 1A (FAC11A1) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to basic accounting principles, concepts and processes. Using technology-assisted learning this module integrates the theory with a practical element and the student will work with a computer-based entity (sole trader) on which aspects of this module can be practised. The module introduces the accounting process for recording of transactions from source documents through to the preparation of the financial statements of a sole trader. The focus is on the measurement and recognition of Value Added Tax (VAT), assets, liabilities, income and expenses; recognition of accounting adjustments and period end adjustments.
146
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
integrate technology assisted learning by means of an accounting software package throughout the module;
understand basic accounting principles and the accounting process and apply these for a sole trader using the accounting software;
set up a trading entity (sole trader) using the accounting software;
understand accounting tools (accounting equation) and the accounting implication of transactions;
measure and recognise Value Added Tax (VAT);
prepare source documents, journal entries and general ledger accounts using the accounting software;
set up and monitoring individual trade receivables accounts;
record transactions in the general journal and the respective subsidiary ledgers;
reconcile the cashbook to the bank statement balance;
reconcile the subsidiary ledgers to the control accounts for trade receivables and payables;
prepare and record journal entries for accounting adjustments, correction of errors and period end adjustments;
identify, measure and recognise inventories in terms of section 13 of IFRS for SMEs;
present basic financial statements for a sole trader; and
identify and discuss plagiarism in the context of publications as well as ideas in business and professional practice.
Financial Accounting 1B (FAC11B1) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the partnership as a form of a legal entity. Using technology-assisted learning, this module integrates the financial accounting theory with a practical element and the student works with a computer-based entity (partnership) on which aspects of this module can be practised. The module will reinforce the accounting process for the recording of transactions from source documents through to the financial statements of a partnership. The focus is on the measurement and recognition of Value Added Tax (VAT), assets, liabilities, income and expenses, recognition of accounting adjustments and period end adjustments. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
integrate the technology-assisted learning by means of an accounting software package throughout the module;
convert a sole trader to a partnership;
measure and recognise the transactions in a partnership and account for changes in partnership;
understand the accounting tools (accounting equation) and the accounting implication of transactions;
measure and recognise Value Added Tax (VAT);
prepare source documents, journal entries and general ledger accounts by using the accounting software;
set up and monitor individual trade receivables accounts;
147
record transactions in the general journal and the respective subsidiary ledgers;
reconcile the cashbook to the bank statement balance;
reconcile the subsidiary ledgers to the control accounts for trade receivables and payables;
prepare and record journal entries for accounting adjustments, correction of errors and period end adjustments;
identify, measure and recognise the inventories as per section 13 of IFRS for SMEs; and
present basic financial statements for a partnership.
Financial Accounting 2A (FAC22A2) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to extend the knowledge students acquired from Financial Accounting 1A and 1B by focusing more specifically on accounting principles applied within a specific accounting standard.
Using technology-assisted learning, this module integrates the theory with a practical element and the student will work with a computer-based entity (sole trader, and other business entities including small and medium-sized entities (SMEs), private entities and non-publicly accountable entities) on which aspects of this module can be practised.
Students must know the rules and procedures governing business entities including small and medium sized entities (SMEs) private entities and non-publicly accountable entities .Students must be able to understand the conceptual framework as a base, together with the Framework for Small Medium Enterprises (SMEs) and International Accounting Standards 1 (IAS1) / International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as a guide for the preparation and presentation of financial statements for entities to comply with the relevant standards.
Students must know all the difference classes of shares and be able to classify these different classes of shares correctly in the financial statements.
Students must be able to recognise, classify and measure various line items in the statement of financial position, statement of comprehensive income and statement changes in equity according to their relevant International Accounting Standards.
Students should be able to apply this to the following items: - Share transactions - Revenue - Inventories - Borrowing costs
Students should be able to apply the principles of Value Added Taxation (VAT) to all various accounting transactions.
Students should be able to apply the foreign exchange principles to various accounting transactions.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
integrate the technology-assisted learning by means of an accounting software package throughout the module;
apply rules and procedures governing business entities including small and medium-sized entities (SMEs), private entities and non-publicly accountable entities;
convert business entities including small and medium-sized entities (SMEs), private entities and non-publicly accountable entities;
prepare and present the Annual Financial Statements in terms of the following Frameworks; - Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements - Framework for Small Medium Enterprises’ (SMEs)
148
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Share transactions in terms of Section 3;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Revenue in terms of Section 23;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Inventories in terms of Section 13;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Borrowing Costs in terms of Section 25;
apply various value added taxation principles to all accounting transactions; and
apply foreign exchange principles to various accounting transactions in terms of Section 30.
Financial Accounting 2B (FAC22B2) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to extend the knowledge students acquired from Financial Accounting 2A and focus more specifically on accounting principles applied within a specific accounting standard. Using technology-assisted learning, this module integrates the theory with a practical element and the students will work with a computer-based entity (companies) on which aspects of this module can be practised. Students must be able to recognise, classify and measure various line items in the statement of financial position, statement of comprehensive income and statement changes in equity according to their relevant International Financial Reporting Standards. Students should be able to apply this to the following items: property plant and equipment, impairment of assets, provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets, financial instruments relating specifically to equity, events after the reporting period a Students should be able to apply the principles of Value Added Taxation (VAT) to all accounting transactions where applicable Students should be able to apply the foreign exchange principles to accounting transactions where applicable. Students should also be able to calculate, analyse and interpret the ratios related to a company’s financial statements, with the aid of accounting software, where applicable. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
integrate the technology-assisted learning by means of an accounting software package throughout the module;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Property plant and equipment in terms of Section 17;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Impairment of assets in terms of Section 27;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets in terms of Section 21;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Financial Instruments specifically regarding Equity in terms of Section 13;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Events After the Reporting Period in terms of Section 32;
apply various value added taxation (VAT) principles to all accounting transactions where applicable;
apply foreign exchange principles to all accounting transactions where applicable in terms of Section 30; and
analyse and interpret financial statements.
149
Financial Accounting 3A (FAC33A3) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the knowledge to identify, measure, recognise, present and disclose advanced transactions and events in entities with the focus on International Financial Reporting Standards for Small and Medium Entities, with the aid of accounting software, where applicable. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Property, plant and equipment;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Intangible Assets;
identify, recognise, present and disclose Borrowing Costs;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Impairment of Assets;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Leases; and
identify, recognise, measure and present Financial Instruments.
Financial Accounting 3B (FAC33B3) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the knowledge to prepare and present consolidated financial statements of companies, cash flow statements (non-consolidated), advanced equity related transactions, and analysis and interpretation of financial statements with the aid of accounting software, where applicable. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
consolidate simple groups;
prepare cash flow statements;
identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose the reduction of share capital;
measure, present and disclose earnings per share; and
analyse and interpret financial statements.
EF.84 FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
Financial Market Regulatory Environment 3A (FMR33A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to equip students to apply legal knowledge on the South African financial markets in a financial market environment.
150
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and discuss the broad South Africa financial market regulatory environment; and
explain the fundamental regulatory acts in the South African financial markets.
Financial Market Regulatory Environment 3B (FMR33B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to give the student the ability to notice illegal activities in finance, and grasp the international regulatory environment and its function. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and discuss the international regulation environment, compliance function, financial crime, integrity and corporate governance.
EF.85 FINANCIAL PLANNING OPERATIONS
Financial Planning Operations 3B (FPO33B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the knowledge of financial planning and its related operations and the associated regulations in South Africa. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and explain the principles of financial planning operations;
state and discuss the instruments in the financial planning environment;
describe the processes in financial planning operations; and
state and discuss the associated regulations in the South Africa market.
EF.86 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS Financial Services Operations 2A (FSO22A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with the skills to solve industry related calculations and grasp the directives in the financial services industry.
151
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
describe and calculate financial mathematics and statistics, such as time value of money and discounted cash flows;
identify and discuss industry regulation in financial services; and
discuss and calculate basic instruments in the following areas in the financial services industry: - equities - fixed interest - cash and money market instruments - collective investment schemes - exchange traded products - structured products - derivatives - property - alternative investments.
Financial Services Operations 2B (FSO22B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with the skills to solve investment analysis problems and explain portfolio management and performance measurement in financial services. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and discuss the different financial markets and their role in the financial services industry;
discuss and calculate investment analysis principles; and
define and discuss portfolio management and performance measurement in the financial services context and calculate the performance measurement indicators of portfolios.
Financial Services Operations 3A (FSO33A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to supply students with the skills to explain the concepts property valuation, treasury management and the insurance industry and be able to calculate instruments related to these industries. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define and discuss treasury management, property valuation and insurance industry and calculate the instruments in the treasury management, property valuation and insurance environments.
152
Financial Services Operations 3B (FSO33B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the knowledge of financial planning and its related operations and the associated regulations in South Africa. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define and discuss global securities operations and calculate the instruments in the global securities operations environment including the settlement process involved.
EF.87 FINANCIAL SERVICES PERPARATIONS Financial Services Preparation 3A (FSP33A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to educate students on the necessitated nature of professionalism, administrative skills, emotional intelligence, time management, ethics and information management in the financial services industry. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate effective administrative skills by being organised, punctual and effective in verbal and written communication skills;
deliver an idea clearly effectively and with confidence as well as demonstrate active listening and responding in a clear and confident manner;
act professionally with co-workers, clients, suppliers or investors by being well-mannered and considerate in dealing with others, including business email etiquette, telephone etiquette and professional dressing;
demonstrate emotional intelligence by managing and acting accordingly in different situations;
identify and analyse personal work related problems and find logical solutions;
efficiently conduct a job search by producing a professional CV, cover letter, navigate the process of looking for a job and following the correct protocols during an interview;
time manage themselves by setting goals and priorities to ensure that daily activities are completed efficiently and that the student is punctual;
demonstrate ethics, morals and professionalism in all activities;
build a good rapport, interact and work effectively with others;
distinguish between the role of leader and follower and play the role of leader and follower accordingly;
recognise and respect other’s attitude, behaviour and beliefs;
contribution to the planning and coordination of group work; and
find and manage relevant information from various sources to demonstrate an efficient work commitment and a desire to learn and improve oneself.
153
EF.88 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL SERVICES Fundamentals of Financial Services 1A (FFS11A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with the relevant knowledge about the role of finance in everyday life and to be able to grasp the concepts related to everyday financial services. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the role money plays in life and the number of money-related decisions made on an average day;
discuss attitudes to money, how they are formed and how it may differ from one person to another;
identify what people’s money motivations are, so they make money decisions that are right for their circumstances;
explain what the difference is between credit and store cards;
discuss how bank overdrafts work;
explain what interest is and how it is calculated; and
discuss where to go to borrow money.
EF.89 RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES Risk in Financial Services 2A (RFS22A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with significant knowledge in international regulation related to risk management and give the student a workable knowledge of risk management and all the techniques, operations, concepts and drivers of risk in the business industry. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain risk management and identify the sources of and drivers of risk in business;
identify the international regulation that is relevant to the financial services industry;
explain, and manage operational, credit, market, investment, liquidity and model risk; and
describe corporate governance, risk oversight, model risk and enterprise risk management.
154
Risk in Financial Services 2B (RFS22B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with significant knowledge in risk management to explain risk management principles in a financial services environment and give the student a workable knowledge of risk management to accomplish success dealing with operational risk. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define, discuss and manage operational risk in a financial services environment; and
describe the nature, causes and consequences of operational risk.
EF.90 TAXATION
Taxation 3A (TAX33A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide an introduction to Taxation in South Africa and will cover VAT (value added tax); Gross income; Exempt income; Deductions, capital allowances & recoupments; and CCs & companies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
determine the imposition of value-added tax;
establish what gross income is;
determine which income is exempt from tax;
determine the allowable deductions, capital allowances and recoupments in terms of the income Tax Act; and
calculate the taxable income and tax liability of a CC and a company.
Taxation 3B (TAX33B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to discuss additional aspects of Taxation in South Africa and discusses individuals; fringe benefits; retirement benefits; SITE & PAYE; provisional tax; sole traders & partnerships; and capital gains tax. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
calculate the taxable income and tax liability of individuals including the provisions relating to fringe benefits and retirement benefits;
155
determine the amounts of remuneration which are subject to SITE and PAYE;
determine which taxpayers are liable to register as provisional taxpayers and determine their tax liability;
calculate the tax liability of sole traders and partnerships; and
determine the amounts that are subject to the provisions relating to Capital Gains Tax.
156
FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR DIPLOMAS IN OTHER FACULTIES
EF.91 APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS
Applied Accountancy Skills 1A (AAS1A00) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic financial accounting at a level consistent with non-accounting students. In this module the students will be provided with the basic principles of accounting, the recording of each transaction and the accounting cycle. This module helps students to understand the process flow of assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses and the accounting records of a basic entity. Students will also be introduced to company financial statements and basic calculations and recording of value-added tax (VAT) transactions. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define and apply the basic accounting principles, concepts and the accounting process;
identify and classify financial transactions according to the key elements of financial statements (assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses);
identify and classify entities based on their legal status;
record basic financial transactions from source document to the journals (general journal, cash receipts journal and cash payments journal), the general ledger and prepare a trial balance;
identify and interpret transactions related to the purchase, depreciation and disposal of property, plant and equipment;
prepare basic financial statements for a sole trader as a service entity and a trading entity;
list the requirements for forming a company as a legal entity and demonstrate a basic understanding of company financial statements; and
identify, explain, calculate and record value-added tax (VAT) implications for basic financial transactions.
Applied Accountancy Skills 1B (AAS1B00) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic costing and financial management at a level consistent with non-accounting students. In this module students will identify and analyse cost, learn to apply basic managerial accounting techniques and prepare information for decision-making purposes, applicable to service, trade and manufacturing entities. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain and understand the need for managerial information;
define cost accounting terminology and correctly use the basic principles of cost classification;
define and understand the different terms and concepts in respect of inventory-holding and administer basic inventory systems;
calculate the remuneration of employees;
correctly classify overheads and calculate the fixed and variable components;
157
understand the cost flow in a manufacturing concern and be able to determine the cost of manufactured products;
discuss and apply the principles and theory of budgeting;
discuss and prepare basic flexible budgets and a “what if” scenario; and
discuss and apply the principles of good working capital management.
EF.92 COST ACCOUNTING
Cost Accounting 1 (CAC11A1/CCZ1-1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic costing techniques and methods. In this module students will identify and analyse cost and management accounting techniques and prepare information for decision-making purposes. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand the basic principles of cost classification and terminology;
define and understand the different terms and concepts in respect of stock holding and administer different stock systems;
administer remuneration systems;
classification and analysis of overheads and allocations of overheads by means of predetermined rates;
understand the cost flow in a manufacturing concern determine cost of manufactured products and services; and
use the cost-volume-profit analysis as a management tool.
Cost Accounting 2A (CAC22B2/CCZ2-2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE Interpret cost data that will affect good internal control and profitability of the organisation. Apply cost and management principles that contribute to effective decision-making in a manufacturing enterprise. Prepare managerial reports that contribute to effective decision-making for the organisation. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
describe and prepare the books of a manufacturing entity using both Integrated and interlocking accounting systems;
identify and explain the different terms and concepts in respect of job costing and prepare a job card from given data;
prepare contract accounts and do calculations pertaining to contract costing;
prepare master budgets;
prepare cash budgets; and
explain, calculate and analyse flexible budgets.
158
EF.93 COSTING AND ESTIMATING
Costing and Estimating 1A (BKM11A1/BKM1AA0/CAE01A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of costing, the recording of the elements of cost of production. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: describe and discuss the basic concepts in costing; identify and explain the different terms and concepts in respect of inventory-holding and
administer different inventory systems comprehensively; examine critically the different terms and concepts in respect of labour; identify, explain and calculate the different terms and concepts in respect of overheads; and identify, explain and calculate cost-volume-profit analysis.
Costing and Estimating 1B (BKM11B1/CAE01B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of costing, the recording of the elements of cost of production. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: describe, explain and apply job and process costing as a costing method; explain and prepare the individual sections of manufacturing cost statements; and explain and analyse budgetary information flow and prepare functional budgets.
EF.94 CREDIT CONTROL
Credit Control 1A (CRC11A1/BCC11A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a framework explaining the nature and meaning of credit, and to discuss the role of credit management in the enterprise. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the nature and meaning of credit;
distinguish between the different types of credit;
159
discuss the role of credit management in the enterprise; and
discuss the position of the credit department in an organization.
Credit Control 1B (CRC11B1/BCC11B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a framework for the assessment of credit and the collection of debtors in the enterprise. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
provide an in-depth discussion of credit terms;
provide an in-depth discussion of the process of credit assessment;
provide an in-depth discussion of the process of the collection of debtors in the enterprise; and
provide an in-depth discussion of the collection procedure.
EF.95 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Financial Management 2A (FMA22A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function. OUTCOMES
demonstrate his/her ability to successfully use basic mathematical and statistical skills in solving problems related to issues of financial management;
explain and appraise the context within which the financial management function takes place;
explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlation;
differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic financial instruments and financial markets;
explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;
understand the cost of capital concept by performing simple calculations;
explain the basic capital budgeting techniques to assist in investment decisions;
apply the working capital management concept by performing simple calculations; and
discuss, explain and apply the underlying principles of foreign trade and exchange rates.
160
Financial Management 3B (FMA33B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicative knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function. OUTCOMES demonstrate his/her ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and
relate them to the role of the financial manager; explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on
single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows; explain and appraise the context within which the analysis of financial statements function takes
place; explain the components of working capital management including current assets and liabilities; explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple
probability as well as issues of regression and correlation; differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic debt instruments and
understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations; and explain the basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations; and discuss,
explain and apply the underlying principles of valuing the equity of an entire company and do advanced calculations.
EF.96 FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN OPERATIONS
Financial Principles in Operations 1A (FPP11A1/FPO0AA1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of costing, the recording of the elements of cost of production. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: describe and discuss the basic concepts in costing; identify and explain the different terms and concepts in respect of inventory-holding and administer different inventory systems comprehensively; examine critically the different terms and concepts in respect of labour; identify, explain and calculate the different terms and concepts in respect of overheads; and identify, explain and calculate cost-volume-profit analysis.
161
Financial Principles in Operations 1B (FPP11B1/FPO0BB1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of costing, the recording of the elements of cost of production. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: describe, explain and apply job and process costing as a costing method; explain and prepare the individual sections of manufacturing cost statements; and explain and analyse budgetary information flow and prepare functional budgets.
162
OTHER FACULTIES’ SERVICE MODULES FOR FEFS DIPLOMAS
EF.97 ACTIVE CITIZENSHIP
Active Citizenship 1A (ACS1AA1/ACS1A11) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE A course in active citizenship is intended to help students to understand both their own identity and the nature of society and, most importantly, how to navigate the complex relationship of rights and responsibilities that exist between the two. This course further intends to instil in students a series of deep and meaningful concepts around justice, diversity, democracy, rights, responsibilities and Ubuntu (human dignity). The aim is to empower the student to think critically, express informed opinions and take effective action. It is about making the student aware of the world around them so that they are able to make responsible decisions that affect their community, whether it is locally or globally, with thought, care and sensitivity. Finally it is about fostering, within the student, the necessary skills of confidence and conviction for them to be able to contribute to debates and take a positive and active role in their community. The course will be undertaken with the following three elements at its core: 1.) knowledge and understanding, 2.) values and dispositions, and 3.) skills and competences. OUTCOMES Students will be able to:
use and apply citizenship knowledge, understanding and their own participative experiences in order to communicate and articulate different views, ideas and perspectives;
recognise that HIV and AIDS constitutes a very real and major challenge to citizenship and democracy globally but most especially in South Africa and acknowledge the resulting impact of this threat on all aspects of South African society;
advocate, negotiate, plan, make decisions and take action on citizen issues in the wider community;
carry out research and in-depth investigations of citizenship issues, problems and events, using different primary and secondary sources;
appreciate the complex and dynamic nature of identity and how it is informed by varying understandings of what it means to be a citizen of South Africa and the world;
discuss the relationship between citizenship and national identity; and
acknowledge diversity of society and opinion while exploring the common or shared values within the South African society. This can be taken further to recognize commonalities within the region, Africa, and the wider world.
163
EF.98 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Communication 1 (COS1AA1/COS1A11) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE This is an examination subject and a compulsory credit-bearing service subject offered primarily in the first year to students, and is offered to students in FEFS. This module consists of one module, extending over six months, offered during Semester 1 only. OUTCOMES This module includes: Communication theory as well as non-verbal communication, organisational communication and conflict management, job application skills and interviewing skills, as well as meeting procedures. Language structure (grammar) and application of language skills in preparation for the world of work are emphasized. Effective business writing includes sentence construction, paragraph writing, summary writing, memorandum writing, business letter writing, e-mail and fax writing skills and report writing skills. In addition, oral presentation skills and graphic communication skills enhance their ability to enter the job market.
EF.99 BUSINESS LAW
Business Law 1A (BUL41A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE To enable students to acquire a basic knowledge and reflective understanding of the prescribed substantive law; and introduce students to the basic requirements for a valid contract and the consequences of contracts. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and explain the sources of South African Law;
briefly define the law relating to contract and basic concepts used;
explain the requirement of serious intention to conclude a contract;
explain and demonstrate consensus (meeting of the minds) and how it comes about;
explain and apply the factors that may influence consensus, and to consider whether each of them renders the contract either void or voidable;
explain and apply the meaning of contractual capacity and the contractual capacities of different categories of persons;
explain the term “legality” and to consider the effect of illegality on a contract;
identify and illustrate the different formalities that can be required for a contract to come into existence;
explain the possibility of certain or ascertainable performance under the contract as a requirement for a valid contract, and to consider the effects of initial and supervening impossibility of performance on a contract;
demonstrate the consequences of valid, void and voidable contracts;
164
identify the different parties who may be party to, or involved in, a contract;
identify and explain the different term that makes up a contract;
define and explain the principles relating to breach of contract and the different forms it can take;
identify and explain the correct remedies for the different kinds of breach of contract;
identify and explain the different ways in which a contract can come to an end; and
explain and apply in the actual interpretation of a law the theory, rules and principles of interpretation theory.
Business Law 1B (BUL41B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE To enable students to acquire a basic knowledge and reflective understanding of the prescribed substantive law; and discuss basic principles of different categories of specific contracts. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
familiarise the student with the law pertaining to contracts of sale;
identify, apply and discuss the salient provisions of applicable legislation (i.e. the National Credit ACT (NCA) 34 of 2005) and to familiarize the student with the concept of buying or leasing goods and services on credit;
familiarise the student with the concept of using and enjoying property while the ownership of it lies elsewhere;
introduce the student to the concept of insurance and to explain the basic principles relevant thereof;
familiarise the student with the ways in which a creditor can secure the debt owed by a debtor;
familiarise the student with the ways in which to obtain credit, pay debts and promise to pay debts, other than in cash; and
familiarise the student with the applicable legal rules if a debtor is wound-up/ the estate of a debtor is sequestrated.
EF.100 END USER COMPUTING
End User Computing 1A* or A* (EUC01A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the students to basic IT (information technology) terms, skills and the basic components of a computer. The students will be able to manipulate files and use word processing application to solve business problems and to use presentation software. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain concepts and terms associated with information technology (IT);
demonstrate the ability in using common functions of a pc and its operating system;
demonstrate the ability to use a word processing application on a computer; and
165
demonstrate the ability to use a presentation application on a computer.
* The Faculty of Management allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for End User Computing 1A (EUC01A1). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise needed for EUC01A1 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.
If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both EUC01A1 (the academic module) as well as for the RPL exam (EUC01AR). On passing the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will be granted a credit for EUC01A1. If a student fails the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will remain registered for EUC01A1. No exam fee is attached to the RPL exam (EUC01AR). If a student passes the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will still have to pay the full amount for the module EUC01A1 but the student will be exempted from the module EUC01A1. Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (EUC01AR) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.
EF.101 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Introduction to Business Management 1B (IBM01B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE This module will provide students with a global overview of Business Management as a science and prepare them for challenges in the South African Business environment in a multicultural context. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the role of business in society, considering the needs and resources of the community, the main economic systems and the nature of Business Management;
identify and explain the internal and external business environment and the interaction between an organisation and its environment;
define and explain the entrepreneurial process, the characteristics of an entrepreneur, the difference between an entrepreneurial venture and a small business and the phases of growth in a business;
explain the importance of Business Ethics and analyse the relevant aspects to be considered in developing ethical behaviour and a code of ethical conduct in an organisation;
identify and explain the origin of management theory and modern approaches currently at hand;
analyse the skills, roles and characteristics of managers as important role players in establishing effective and efficient business practice; and
identify and explain all the relevant aspects, processes, characteristics, theories, models and techniques relevant to the four primary management tasks.
166
EF.102 MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS Mathematics for Finance and Business 1A (MATDCA1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to give students a proper foundation in important Mathematical skills needed to pursue studies in Accounting, Business, Finance and Economics. Students are taught various topics in fundamental Algebra, Graphs, Financial Mathematics, Statistics and Calculus with direct applications in the relevant fields. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
accurately perform basic calculations in algebra;
correctly apply the algebraic techniques learned to problem solving;
apply consistently the features of a straight line to selected problems;
solve and discuss economic and financial based problems by means of graphs, lines, functions and inequalities;
apply methodically non-linear functions to selected areas in the economic sciences;
calculate and apply exponential and logarithmic functions to selected problems;
apply concepts of percentage, rates and ratio;
logically reason problems using the skills that they have learned; and
reproduce formulas and apply techniques in order to solve economic and financial science related problems.
Mathematics for Finance and Business 1B (MATDCB1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to teach students more intermediate Mathematical skills needed to pursue studies in Accounting, Business, Finance and Economics. Students are taught various topics in fundamental Algebra, Graphs, Financial Mathematics, Statistics and Calculus with direct applications in the relevant fields. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
accurately perform time value of money calculations;
correctly apply time value of money to problem solving;
solve methodically, simultaneous equations and apply them to selected problems in the economic sciences;
determine by means of linear programming solutions to constrained problems;
perform and interpret descriptive statistics calculations;
determine and discuss probability related problems;
apply the rules of differentiation logically to selected areas in the financial and economic sciences;
logically reason problems using the skills that they have learned; and
reproduce formulas and apply techniques in order to solve economic and financial science related problems.
167
ADVANCED DIPLOMA MODULES EF.103 ACCOUNTING
Accounting (ADIA001) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply the basic concepts of discounted cash flow models in a property valuation and management environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the accounting treatment of integrated and advanced practical case studies, as well as present and disclose integrated accounting transactions in the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of financial position in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and/or Interpretations; and
present and disclose integrated accounting transactions in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and the statement of financial position for the different investment types.
EF.104 APPLICATION OF CORPORATE EVENTS
Application of Corporate Events (ACE7X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with a clear understanding of corporate events and the implications thereof, as well as a practical understanding of corporate events and how they are used within the financial market environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the definitions of corporate actions, various event types and the timelines involved;
evaluate the general principles of corporate actions and the application thereof;
advise clients on best practice with regard to the selection of financial market corporate events; and
record and process financial market corporate events (per client instructions on market default but to firm/client mandate on instruction).
168
EF.105 APPLIED FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS
Applied Financial Mathematics (NEW CODE) QUARTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a student’s financial mathematics skills which are required in the other modules related to finance to ensure students can cope with the mathematical calculations that are covered in other modules. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand and apply formulas in the context of finance;
interpret and solve financial related problems; and
perform calculations by applying mathematical principles. Additional note: The Faculty allows students to write an assessment of skills exam for this module. On passing the assessment of skills exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise for Applied Financial Math and will therefore be granted a credit for the module. If a student wishes to write the assessment of skills exam (s)he needs to register for the module and will be debited for the relevant fees. On passing the assessment of skills exam the student will be granted a credit for the module and will be credited with the relevant fee for the module. If a student fails the assessment of skills exam (s)he will remain registered for the module and will not be refunded the fee for the module.
EF.106 APPLIED TIME VALUE OF MONEY
Applied Time Value of Money (ADPVM02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 24 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to apply the concept of time value of money in a property valuation and management environment.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the concept of time value of money;
perform and interpret the following simple and compound interest calculations on single amounts/lump sums, annuities/annuities due/ escalating annuities, perpetuities, and mixed/multiple cash flows, using applicable formulae, interest factor tables, a financial calculator, and Excel, and apply it to appropriate situations: - Number of periods (N); - Interest rate per year (I/Y); - Present value (PV); - Payment (PMT); and
169
- Future value (FV).
distinguish between discrete and continuous compounding and apply appropriately;
understand the difference and convert between effective and various nominal interest and apply correctly in appropriate situations;
perform amortisation and draw up amortisation tables; and
apply the principles of net present value (NPV) and internal rate of return (IRR) to cash flow streams.
EF.107 AUDITING
Auditing (ADIA003) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the students a strong and academically sound understanding of governance and control of organisations. The student should, after completing the module, be competent in understanding the relevant governance and control principles and apply them to given practical scenarios. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the governance of companies in integrated and advanced practical case studies; and
discuss the controls within companies in integrated and advanced practical case studies.
EF.108 BUSINESS ETHICS AND CITIZENSHIP
Business Ethics and Citizenship (ADIA005) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the concepts of ethics and the role of ethics within a business environment to students. The module also encourages students to work together in groups, enforcing the principles of teamwork and time management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the principles of business ethics, citizenship and professionalism;
correctly apply the principles of business ethics, citizenship and professionalism to a practical scenario; and
use the principles of team work and time management effectively to produce a group project and presentation on a topic within the business environment.
170
EF.109 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS
Business Mathematics (ADPVM04) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 24
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to use basic mathematical knowledge and skills in a property valuation and management environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
use basic mathematical knowledge and skills by demonstrating the order of operations in formulae, including brackets, powers and roots, percentages and proportions;
solve and apply simple and quadratic equations (including graphs);
prepare correct tabulations of data and draw and interpret histograms;
calculate (for both ungrouped and grouped data) the arithmetic mean, median, mode, range, variance, standard deviation and coefficient of variation;
calculate simple probability and demonstrate the addition and multiplication rules of probability; and
accurately explain the properties of normal distribution by drawing and interpreting applicable normal curves.
EF.110 CLIENT SERVICE AND FINANCIAL ADVICE
Client Service and Financial Advice (CSF7X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 25
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with a framework on dealing with clients and the appropriate processes for providing financial advice, as well as a framework to source information from a client in order to meet the requirements of setting up a client portfolio and assisting clients with any questions related to the portfolio. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
construct and provide investment and investment advice services to clients;
implement the correct procedures in respect of the take-on of new clients, their client identification and verification, record keeping and suspicious transaction reporting;
apply rules and regulations pertaining the provision of financial markets information and advice;
apply the codes of conduct applicable to the financial markets;
evaluate and manage the risk associated with different asset classes;
evaluate the risk factors including political risks, legislative risks, currency risks and equity risk premiums;
explain and calculate tax implications of different asset classes and the trading in those asset classes;
171
describe investment analysis and portfolio management and calculate the effects of financial instruments used in portfolio management;
interview clients and obtain information on clients’ financial position;
assess clients’ needs, objectives and risk profiles;
obtain clarity on client mandates;
document the information obtained from clients;
provide information on financial market matters, market conditions and products ;
measure the performance of an investment portfolio;
identify the market asset classes that will satisfy the client needs and profile;
identify and articulate the risks related to asset classes; and
identify elements of regulatory requirements regarding investments that need to be communicated to clients.
EF.111 DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS
Discounted Cash Flow Analysis (ADPVM05) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 24 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to apply the basic concepts of discounted cash flow (DFC) models in a property valuation and management environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply the basic concepts of discounted cash flow models by discussing basic financial project appraisal methods with the emphasis on DCF by correctly integrating time value of money into DCF by eliminating non-cash flow items from information in order to construct a DCF model and by constructing a basic DCF model; and
explain the concept of corporate finance and perform calculations relevant to corporate finance;
discuss the different financial statement analysis measures and calculate the measures;
discuss behavioural finance;
discuss regulations, ethics and corporate governance; and
explain the concept of costing and perform calculations relevant to costing.
EF.112 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Financial Management (ADFM006) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expand the scope of the Financial Operations module to more advanced topics in financial accounting (preparation of consolidated financial statements and applying accounting standards dealing with more complex areas) and to developments in external reporting. With the advanced level of financial accounting and reporting achievement in this module, the analysis and interpretation of financial statements becomes more meaningful and this constitutes a substantial element of the module.
172
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
prepare the consolidated financial statements of a single group and the consolidated statements of financial position and comprehensive income for the group (in relative complex circumstances);
demonstrate the impact on the preparation of consolidated financial statements of certain complex group scenarios including consolidating a foreign subsidiary;
discuss the provisions of relevant international accounting standards in respect of the recognition and measurement of revenue, leases, financial instruments, provisions, share-based payments, deferred taxation as well as construction contracts.
prepare the accounting entries, in accordance with relevant international accounting standards;
discuss the ethical selection and adoption of relevant accounting policies and accounting estimates;
evaluate the financial performance, financial position and financial adaptability of a company by preparing a ratio analysis from financial statements and supporting information;
calculate basic and diluted earnings per share; and
discuss contemporary developments on financial and non-financial reporting.
EF.113 FINANCIAL MARKETS TRANSACTIONS
Financial Markets Transactions (FMA7X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 25 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to provide a student with a solid understanding of the legislation related to the relevant financial markets as well as the processes involved, as well as a practical understanding of the processes involved with transactions presented in the financial market environment OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
interpret the legislation pertaining to trading, settlement, custody and administration (e.g. Security Services Act);
describe the settlement timetable for transactions conducted on the various financial markets and by different participants within the various markets ;
explain the role, rules and function of the regulator, the central securities depository, the clearing house and participants;
describe the he requirements needed to effect settlement within different financial markets and instruments;
explain the custody and administration of securities within members and authorised users;
describe the procedure required in order to settle uncertified securities;
explain the settlement requirements regarding position keeping, reporting, matching and clearing on various financial markets and unlisted securities;
describe financial requirements for authorised users and members;
calculate and evaluate mark-to-market and margin positions on various financial markets;
record and transmit buy and sell orders;
calculate and record costs of transactions and corporate events;
process trades with correct prices, associated taxes and fees;
allocate prices/fees to correct accounts;
173
make corrections where prices/fees negotiated are different from system process;
arrange settlement and custody of securities;
segregate client funds according to legislative requirements;
perform bank, regulatory and investment product reconciliations;
calculate and process fees; and
calculate and process interest payments.
EF.114 FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS
Financial Mathematics (ADFM001) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and to explain where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain and appraise the context within which the financial management function takes place;
explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlation;
explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;
understand and apply basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations;
understand and apply the concept of cost of capital concept by performing basic calculations;
explain the basic capital budgeting techniques to assist in investment decisions; and
compare the roles of cost accounting, management accounting and financial accounting in a business environment.
EF.115 FINANCIAL OPERATIONS
Financial Operations (ADFM003) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to prepare students with the knowledge for the preparation of financial statements of a single company and the consolidated financial statements for a simple group. Coverage of a wide range of international standards is implicit in these objectives, as specified in the module’s content. Similarly, understanding the regulatory and ethical context of financial reporting, covered in the module, is vital to ensuring that financial statements meet users’ needs. Principles of taxation are included, not only to support accounting for taxes in financial statements, but also as a basis for examining the role of tax in financial analysis and decision-making within subsequent modules (i.e. Financial Management).
174
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the need for the regulation of the financial reporting information of companies as well as the key elements of an ethical regulatory environment
explain the types of taxes that can apply to incorporate businesses and potential administrative requirements;
explain fundamental concepts in international tax of incorporated businesses;
prepare corporate income tax calculations;
apply the accounting rules for current and deferred taxation;
explain the main elements of and key principles underpinning financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS);
apply the rules contained in IFRS to generate appropriate accounting entries in respect of reporting performance, accounting for taxation, employee benefits, non-current assets, accounting for government grants, impairment, inventories, and events after the reporting period;
prepare the primary financial statements of an individual company incorporating accounting transactions and adjustments in accordance with relevant IFRS (in relative straightforward circumstances); and
prepare the consolidated statement of financial position and consolidated statement of comprehensive income in accordance with relevant IFRS.
EF.116 INTERMEDIATE FINANCE
Intermediate Finance A (ADFM004) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate their ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and relate them to the role of the financial manager;
explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;
explain and appraise the context within which the analysis of financial statements function takes place;
explain the components of working capital management including current assets and liabilities;
explain the concept of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlation;
differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic debt instruments and understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations;
explain the basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations; and
discuss, explain and apply the underlying principles of valuing equity in a company and perform advance calculations.
175
Intermediate Finance B (ADFM007) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the skills to evaluate and select long-term investment options and to make decisions regarding the financing of an enterprise and its long-term assets. They would also be provided with the skills to value business operations using different valuation methods and financial analysis techniques. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
make long-term capital investments decisions by using different capital budgeting techniques and critically evaluate each technique;
evaluate the leasing decision and alternative sources of finance;
identify, evaluate and make decisions regarding the appropriate sources of long-term corporate capital;
evaluate critically the dividend policy of a company and make recommendations regarding the optimum pay-out and retention ratios;
use ratio analysis and interpret a company’s or division’s performance;
determine the value of business operations by applying different valuation methods and evaluate each critically; and
explain the role of the treasury function to manage financial risk and evaluate different techniques to hedge against these risks.
EF.117 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MARKETS
Introduction to Financial Markets (IFM7X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 25 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of financial markets and the characteristics and relevance of the different financial markets present both locally and internationally. Furthermore the module relates knowledge of interpreting information present in the market in order to utilise the information in a financial market environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
describe and compare financial markets system, its constituent components and their functioning and the regulatory framework in which they function;
explain local and international financial markets, financial market products and the macro-economic environment;
classify the terminology pertaining to financial markets;
describe participants in financial markets and their specific roles;
describe and interpret rules and regulations pertaining to financial markets and financial instruments;
explain the risk factors including political risks, legislative risks, currency risks and equity risk premiums;
176
describe exchange control in a financial market environment;
select, read and interpret information relating to the macroeconomic environment;
interpret data from securities reports, financial periodicals and stock quotation viewer screens;
interpret fundamental research reports; and
consolidate securities and market conditions information that could be disseminated to clients.
EF.118 MACROECONOMICS
Macroeconomics (ADIE003) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a key understanding of the real functioning of the macro-economy, to provide the tools for the correct interpretation and understanding of the economy on a macroeconomic level, within a national and institutional framework. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply macroeconomic theories to decision making and policy prescription;
demonstrate how macroeconomic models are applied and correctly manipulated to produce predictions of economic events; and
explain how macroeconomic models are applied and correctly manipulated to produce prescriptions for economic policy.
EF.119 MACROECONOMICS RESEARCH
Macroeconomics Research (ADIE004) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a key understanding of the concepts, functions and principals of economic research and to provide the tools for the correct procedures and practices that are required for effective research and research writing. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply basic research methods in economics;
demonstrate how relevant data is sourced and appropriately presented with the aid of Excel;
show how written data commentaries which convey the meaning behind the data are produced; and
demonstrate how Economic literature is synthesized into an argumentative essay which is coherent and well-researched.
177
EF.120 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS
Mathematical Economics (ADIE002) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a key understanding of the concepts, functions and principals of mathematical economics and to provide the student with tools for the correct interpretation and understanding of the mathematical systems that are relevant to the interpretation, understanding and analysis of the data that relates to the functioning of the economy. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
perform the mathematical operations in linear algebra, optimization, matrix algebra and integrals required in the manipulation of economic models;
perform differentiation of functions as applied to economic problems;
do constrained optimization problems and solve these accurately; and
do simultaneous equations which are properly specified and solved with the use of matrix.
EF.121 MATHEMATICS
Mathematics (ADIA004) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop student’s mathematical skills to prepare the student for the use of the principles within the other core subjects. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
accurately perform calculations in Algebra and Financial Mathematics;
logically resolve problems using the skills that they have acquired; and
correctly state all the formulas and techniques that they have learnt.
EF.122 MICROECONOMICS
Macroeconomics (ADIE001) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a key understanding of the micro-economy, to provide the tools for the correct interpretation and understanding of the economy on a microeconomic level, within a framework of the business environment.
178
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply microeconomic theories to the decision making by individual consumers and firms;
correctly state the utility and profit maximization problems faced by consumers and firms; and
develop predictions of the pricing behaviour of firms under different market conditions.
EF.123 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
Performance Management (ADFM005) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop student’s cognitive skills and practical competency in the application of information in the management processes of decision-making and control, so as to ensure the optimisation of performance. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate techniques for analysing and managing costs for competitive advantage;
analyse information to assess its impact on long-term decision;
discuss pricing strategies and their consequences;
discuss management’s responsibilities with regard to risk
evaluate information to support project appraisal
discuss issues arising from the use of performance measures and budgets for control;
evaluate issues arising from the division of the organisation into responsibility centres; and
discuss decision making responsibility centres.
EF.124 PERFORMANCE OPERATIONS
Performance Operations (ADFM002) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students’ skills in applying different cost accounting tools and techniques to generate information needed to evaluate and control present and projected performance. The student should after completing the module be competent in forecasting key variables and recognise the uncertainties attached to future events. The aim is for students to be able to apply these skills when preparing operational budgets and long-term project appraisals. The module will further aim to ensure that the successful student is competent in the management of working capital. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the following costing methods and their results: - marginal, variable and absorption costing;
179
- activity based costing; and - standard costing.
explain the role of material requirement planning (MRP) and enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems;
explain the role of environmental costing;
explain the purpose of forecasts, plans and budgets;
prepare forecasts of financial results;
prepare and discuss budgets on forecasts;
discuss the principles that underlie the use of budgets for control;
analyse performance using budgets, recognising alternative approaches and sensitivity to variable factors;
explain concepts of cost and revenue relevant to pricing and product decisions; and
analyse short-term pricing and product decisions.
EF.125 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
Property Valuation and Management A (ADPVM01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 24 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply the fundamentals of property valuation theory in the valuation of property and to value a single residential property. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply the fundamentals of property valuation theory in the valuation of property and to value a single residential property;
describe the role of the Valuer in the property industry;
conduct an inspection to identify problems in an existing building;
explain the present-day definition of market value as established by the South African Courts;
discuss the relationship between value without potential, with potential and highest and best use;
perform market adjustments to reflect market realities; and
apply the concept of market value in the valuation of a specific property.
Property Valuation and Management B (ADPVM03) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 24 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct valuations on income producing properties and valuations of undeveloped properties by applying discounted cash flow and feasibility studies methodologies and mass valuations. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
conduct valuations on income producing properties and valuations of undeveloped properties by applying discounted cash flow and feasibility studies methodologies and mass valuations;
180
discuss the relationship between value without potential, with potential and highest and best use;
perform market adjustments to reflect market realities;
accurately estimate the building cost of a residential property;
define, calculate and interpret the results of a capitalisation rate;
determine the replacement cost of a property for insurance purposes;
compile a fully motivated valuation report on an income producing property; and
conduct a valuation of an undeveloped property by using discounted cash flow and feasibility study concepts and compile a fully motivated valuation report.
EF.126 TAXATION
Taxation (ADIA002) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with knowledge of fundamental concepts of taxation and how to apply the principles of the South African Tax Act. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss and apply the principles of taxation of companies in integrated and advanced practical case studies; and
discuss and apply the principles of taxation of individuals in integrated and advanced practical case studies.
EF.127 TRADING IN FINANCIAL MARKETS
Trading in Financial Markets (TFM7X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 25
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate knowledge of the trading systems and processes used in the financial market trading environment, as well as to provide a framework necessary to implement client market orders in the financial market. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain trading methodology and automated trading processes;
describe the different trade types and reporting on the different markets and the regulations governing each trade type (Main board trades, report-only transactions, OTC trades, unlisted trades)
analyse legislation, rules and regulations specifically regarding trading in different financial markets;
evaluate trading risks present in trading in different financial markets;
181
explain legislation and regulations regarding the provision of information to clients;
interpret client orders (quantum, price, instrument, direction);
execute buy and sell orders on behalf of clients using a trading system; and
relay trade information to clients such as number of securities bought and sold and the price.
182
FOUNDATION MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE EXTENDED DEGREES
EF.128 BASIC MATHEMATICS AND APPLICATION IN ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business A and B The definition of couplet modules is two modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required 50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment on a couplet module and obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (exam mark) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit.
Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business A
(MAEB311/MAEB0A1) SEMESTER MODULE COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature, specifically designed to cover selected applications in the economic sciences. It has as its primary purpose, the development of specific mathematical skills (relevant to the economic sciences) for students to cope with the mathematical demands of relevant regular modules in BCom degree programmes. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
perform basic algebraic operations accurately;
apply consistently, the features of a straight line to selected problems in the economic sciences;
solve methodically, simultaneous equations and apply them to selected problems in the economic sciences;
apply methodically non-linear functions to selected areas in the economic sciences; and
apply the rules of differentiation logically to selected areas in the economic sciences.
183
Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business B (MAEB322 or MAEB0B1)
SEMESTER MODULE COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature, specifically designed to cover selected applications in the economic sciences. It has as its primary purpose, the development of specific mathematical skills (relevant to the economic sciences) for students to cope with the mathematical demands of relevant regular modules in BCom degree programmes. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply consistently, the features of a straight line to selected problems in the economic sciences;
apply the rules of differentiation to selected areas in the economic sciences, logically;
determine, and interpret logically, selected variables/elements relating to finance; and
interpret selected concepts relating to basic statistics clearly and undertake calculations involving such concepts.
EF.129 FINANCIAL RECORDING, ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT
Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business B (FRAM311/ FRAM0A1)
SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development and preparation of students for regular undergraduate first year modules in accounting by covering core themes in respect of the recording, analysis and evaluation of the financial activities and results of a business, in combination with academic development elements and skills. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
place the study of accounting, as a discipline, clearly in context in respect of BCom degree studies and careers in the financial sciences;
examine objectively the nature of logic and reasoning applied in accounting;
illustrate and interpret the various analytical and graphical tools used in accounting clearly;
explain and apply the basic concepts, requirements and principles that underlie the practice of accounting fully;
process financial transactions, adjustments and results within a structured accounting system (entailing interpretation, analysis and recording) logically; and
debate broadly, selected real-world situations, relating to the practice and development of accounting as a science.
184
Financial Recording, Analysis and Management B (FRAM322/ FRAM0B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the preparation of students for regular undergraduate first year and subsequent modules in financial management, by covering core themes in respect of the tools of measurement, analysis and evaluation; and other relevant issues concerning the acquisition, investment, and administration of finances, in combination with academic development elements and skills. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
place the study of financial management, as a discipline, clearly in context in respect of BCom degree studies and careers in the financial sciences;
examine objectively the nature of logic and reasoning applied in financial management;
illustrate, interpret and apply the various analytical and other tools used in financial management clearly;
explain and apply the core concepts and tools in financial analysis and evaluation fully;
process relevant financial information using basic instruments, measures/ indicators and calculations in financial management logically; and
debate broadly, selected real-world situations, relating to the practice and development of financial management.
EF.130 LANGUAGE FOR ECONOMIC SCIENCES
Language for the Economic Sciences (LES3000/LES0X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development of the academic literacies that students need, thereby facilitating learning and enabling them to succeed in their chosen field of study in the economic sciences. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
access, process, evaluate and use information effectively and responsibly, from a variety of sources and situations;
apply, effectively and responsibly, language and literacy practices and conventions in academic contexts;
produce coherent and cohesive academic texts in a style appropriate to his/her field of study in the economic sciences;
use appropriate communication strategies for specific purposes and situations; and
develop and apply effectively, a variety of personal management and self-reliance skills.
185
EF.131 MASTERING OF ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS
Mastering of Academic and Professional Skills (APS3000/APS0SX00) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE
This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development and mastering of academic and professional skills required to facilitate learning for students in the regular courses of their BCom degree studies. The module enables a student to develop a comprehensive perspective and effective strategies for successful adaptation to the higher education environment, with the aim of being successful in a chosen BCom programme. OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
demonstrate effectively, the use of individualised study methods, involving summarization and memorization techniques, in their chosen field of study in the economic sciences;
read on a first year HE level, at a minimum required level;
apply selected approaches towards the career development process effectively;
demonstrate computer competence in Microsoft Office (Word, Excel, and PowerPoint), internet research and the use of email;
apply professional and personal strategies for success in the chosen field of study in the economic sciences; and
communicate and present written and oral information professionally, accurately and skilfully.
EF.132 ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
The Economic and Business Environment A (EBE3111/ EBE00A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE
This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development and preparation of students for regular undergraduate first year modules in economics, by covering core themes in combination with academic development elements and skills. OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
place the study of economics, as a discipline, clearly in context in respect of BCom degree studies and careers in the economic sciences;
examine objectively the nature of logic and reasoning in economic theory;
illustrate and interpret clearly the various analytical and graphical tools used in economics;
explain fully, the different economic problems relating to scarcity and choice and discuss how they may be addressed, with specific attention to a market-oriented economy;
provide a comparative analysis of the behaviour of consumers and producers under different market structures, with the use of selected microeconomic models and tools of analysis, giving particular attention to perfect competition;
discuss in detail, macroeconomic goals and policy, with the use of selected macroeconomic models and tools of analysis; and
debate broadly, selected real-world situations based on themes covered in this module.
186
The Economic and Business Environment B (EBE3222/ EBE00B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development and preparation of students for regular undergraduate first year modules in business management, by covering core themes in combination with academic development elements and skills. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
place the study of business management, as a discipline, clearly in context in respect of BCom degree studies and careers in the economic sciences;
examine objectively the nature of logic and reasoning applied in business management;
illustrate and interpret clearly the various analytical and graphical tools used in business management;
explain basic business problems/decisions and how they may be approached fully, with a focus on the business environment and basic management; principles;
explain in detail, basic business problems/decisions and how they may be addressed, with a focus on a functional approach to business management and
debate broadly, selected real-world situations, applicable to business and based on selected themes covered in this module.
187
UNDERGRADUATE MODULES FOR THE BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE REGULAR DEGREES AND BACHELOR DEGREES
EF.133 ACCOUNTING
Accounting A and B; 1A and 1B; 2A and 2B are couplet modules The definition of couplet modules is 2 modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required 50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment on a couplet module and obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (exam mark) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit.
Accounting A (ACC0AA1/REK0A01) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of accounting, the recording of various elementary transactions and the accounting cycle. This forms the basis for further modules in the analysis, interpretation and application of accounting. The only further module for which Accounting A is an acceptable credit is Accounting B. Accounting A and Accounting B are not modules sufficient to allow entry into any accounting module on a second year level. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss and apply the basic concepts in accounting;
discuss and record simple transactions with reference to the accounting equation;
account for information in the general ledger;
journalise simple transactions;
prepare a trial balance and detect and correct trial balance errors;
discuss the accounting cycle;
discuss and apply the different inventory methods to calculate profit;
identify, measure, present, disclose and record the different asset categories in the annual financial statements for basic transactions;
calculate, journalise and disclose depreciation using different methods;
calculate, journalise and disclose the amortisation of intangible assets;
identify, measure, record, present and disclose the disposal of assets;
adjust the ledger accounts according to the accrual basis;
record transactions in the relevant subsidiary journals;
188
apply the basic principles of value-added tax;
discuss and record transactions in the receivables and payables control accounts;
discuss and apply the reconciliation of receivables and payables with their respective lists;
identify, explain, calculate and record: sales or trade discount; settlement or cash discount; bad debts and provision for bad debts;
present receivables and payables in the statement of financial position;
define inventories according to IAS 2 Inventories;
name, discuss and apply the different methods to measure the cost of inventories;
define, calculate and measure net realisable value, fair value and lower of cost;
record transactions relevant to inventories;
present and disclose inventories in the financial statements;
discuss and record all cash transactions; and
reconcile the balance of the bank account per the general ledger with the balance per the bank statement.
Accounting B (ACC0BB1/REK0B01) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to further develop the basic principles of accounting taught in Accounting A with reference to specific scenarios and entities. Accounting A and Accounting B are not modules sufficient to allow entry into any accounting module on a second year level. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: Non-trading entities:
prepare a statement of receipts and payments and financial statements in respect of non-trading entities;
account for transactions in the general ledger; and
identify, explain, calculate, record, present and disclose receivables, payables, inventories, cash and property, plant and equipment.
Partnerships:
discuss and apply the principles of partnerships;
account for information in the general ledger of a partnership; and
prepare financial statements of a partnership. Company financial statements:
discuss the company as a form of entity briefly;
discuss, calculate and record share transactions of a simple nature; and
prepare the following components of the annual financial statements of a company according to the minimum requirements of the Companies Act 1973, as amended, and International Financial Reporting Standards: statement of financial position; statement of comprehensive income; statement of changes in equity and accounting policies and explanatory notes.
Close corporations:
discuss the legal aspects and the accounting and reporting requirements of a close corporation (CC) briefly;
name the qualifications for and the professional bodies whose members qualify for appointment as an accounting officer by a close corporation; and
189
prepare the following components of the annual financial statements of a close corporation according to the requirements of the Act on Close Corporations of 1984 and Statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice: statement of financial position; statement of comprehensive income; statement of changes in the net investment of members; accounting policies and explanatory notes.
Cash flow statements:
a simple cash flow statement with notes, under the following headings, is prepared in accordance with IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows: - cash flows from operating activities; - cash flow from investing activities; - cash flow from financing activities; and - net change in cash and cash equivalents.
Budgets:
calculate and prepare a cash budget, budgeted statement of comprehensive income, budgeted statement of changes in equity and budgeted statement of financial position; and
prepare cash budgets and budgeted financial statements.
Accounting 1A (ACC01A1/REK1A01) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to understand and account for basic transactions and events in a profit orientated entity and the financial reporting thereof in a contemporary environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate a detailed knowledge and understanding of basic transactions and events by accounting for these transactions and events in line with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS); and
prepare financial statements to account for the following transactions and events: - The conceptual framework for financial reporting; - Presentation of financial statements - The investing activities, financing activities and the operating activities of a sole trader; - The review and adjustments process; - The closing-off process; - Value Added Tax; - Payables and Receivables; and - Cash and cash equivalents.
Accounting 1B (ACC01B1/REK1B01) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to understand and account for basic transactions and events in a profit orientated entity and the financial reporting thereof in a contemporary environment.
190
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
Demonstrate detailed knowledge and understanding of basic transactions and events by accounting for these transactions and events in line with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFS) and
prepare financial statements to account for the following transactions and events: a finance lease in the records of the lessee;
intangible assets (trade marks);
inventories;
investment in another entity’s equity instruments;
loans;
presentation of general purpose financial statements;
property, plant and equipment;
provisions and contingencies;
revenue, including Circular 9/06;
statement of cash flows;
the company as a form of entity (Companies Act of 2008 (Act 71 of 2008), share transactions, distributions to owners, auditors’ remuneration, directors’ remuneration, income tax expense, preliminary income tax payments; and
the conceptual framework for financial reporting.
Accounting 100 (ACC100) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 28 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to help students attain a basic proficiency level in dealing with routine accounting transactions. An appropriate level of knowledge and understanding of routine transactions and events should be gained. This knowledge and understanding will enable students to execute practical case studies of these routine accounting transactions at a basic proficiency level, to the extent possible in an academic environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to gain knowledge, have an understanding and be able to execute tasks (practical applications) at a basic level relating to routine accounting transactions and events in relation to: • the Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting; • presentation of financial statements; • the investing activities, financing activities and the operating activities of a sole trader; • the review and adjustments process; • the closing-off process; • Value Added Tax; • Payables and Receivables; • accounting systems and subsidiary records; • Property, plant and equipment; • Inventories - trading entity; • Cash and cash equivalents; • Non-trading entities;
191
• the company as a form of entity (Companies Act of 2008 (Act 71 of 2008), share transactions, distributions to owners, auditors’ remuneration, directors’ remuneration, income tax expense, preliminary income tax payments;
• presentation of general purpose financial statements; • Statement of cash flows; • Intangible assets (trade marks); • Investment in another entity’s equity instruments; • Loans; • a finance lease in the records of the lessee; • borrowing costs on funds specifically borrowed to obtain a qualifying asset; • Investment property; • Provisions and contingencies; • Events after the reporting period; • Revenue, including Circular 9/06; • Close corporations; and • Branches accounted for according to the decentralised method.
Accounting 2A (ACC02A2/REK2A01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to obtain integrated knowledge of intermediate transactions and events and to obtain basic knowledge of advanced transactions and events in a profit-oriented entity and to apply this knowledge to the financial reporting thereof in a contemporary environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand and account for the following intermediate and advanced transactions and events: - capitalisation of borrowing costs; - employee benefits; - financial instruments; - impairment assets; - intangible assets; - investment properties; - leases; - property, plant and equipment; - revenue; and - the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates.
prepare and present financial statements to account for the above transactions and events.
Accounting 2B (ACC02B2/REK2B01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to obtain integrated knowledge of intermediate transactions and events and to obtain basic knowledge of advanced transactions and events in a profit-oriented entity and to apply this knowledge to the financial reporting thereof in a contemporary environment.
192
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand and account for the following intermediate and advanced transactions and events: - accounting policies; - changes in accounting estimates and errors; - business combinations; - earnings per share; - events after the reporting period; - inventories; - non-current assets held for sale and provisions and - contingent liabilities & contingent assets;
prepare and present financial statements to account for the above transactions and events; and
prepare and present consolidated financial statements.
Accounting 200 (ACC200) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to help students attain an intermediate proficiency level in dealing with routine accounting transactions. An intermediate knowledge and understanding of routine transactions and events should be gained. This intermediate knowledge and understanding will enable students to execute practical applications at an intermediate level, to the extent possible in an academic environment. The module will also give students basic proficiency levels in dealing with non-routine transactions. OUTCOMES Students should gain knowledge and understanding and be able to execute tasks (practical applications) at an intermediate level relating to routine events and transactions incurred in relation to:
Inventories;
Property, plant and equipment;
Intangible assets;
Investment properties;
Revenue;
Financial instruments (recognition and measurement, presentation and disclosure);
Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets;
Leases; and
Impairment of assets.
Such routine events and transactions should be treated in terms of the framework for the preparation and presentation of financial statements and IFRS requirements relating to the presentation of financial statements in single as well as group statements, taking into account the impact on sustainability reporting. The reporting of earnings per share is also discussed. Students should gain knowledge and understanding and be able to execute tasks (practical applications) at a basic level relating to the following non-routine events and transactions:
Business combinations;
193
Individual non-current assets held for sale;
Accounting policies, changes in estimates and errors;
Employee benefits;
Foreign exchange transactions; and
Events after the reporting period.
Accounting 3AB (ACC3AB0) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 32 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the knowledge and ability to account for advanced transactions and events in broader entities and to be able to prepare the financial reports thereof. OUTCOMES Students should be able to do the calculations and prepare the journal entries in accordance within the conceptual foundations of International Financial Reporting Standards and to prepare the financial reporting thereof for the following types of advanced transactions and events:
revenue;
share-based payment;
deferred tax and income tax;
provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities;
accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and prior period errors;
earnings per share;
borrowing costs;
leases;
foreign exchange transactions;
financial instruments (Hedging);
property, plant and equipment;
asset impairments;
investment property.
business combinations; financial instruments; consolidated financial statements investments in associates; and investments in joint ventures. Lastly, students should be able to demonstrate a basic understanding of the principles underlying integrated reporting practices by applying these principles to practical scenarios.
Accounting 300 (ACC300) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF 7 LEVEL/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 34 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.
194
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is for students to develop intellectual skills to be able to account for practical and integrated case studies, as well as prepare and present comprehensive financial statements to fully comply with the requirements of the International Financial Reporting Standards with regards to intermediate to advanced routine transactions and intermediate non-routine transactions. Students should also develop a basic awareness of the accounting issues relating to specialised reporting. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
account for integrated practical case studies on an intermediate to advanced level, as well as present and disclose integrated accounting transactions on an intermediate to advanced level in the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of financial position in accordance with the following International Financial Reporting Standards and/or Interpretations dealing with routine transactions: - Conceptual Framework; - IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements; - IAS 2 – Inventories; - IAS 7 – Cash Flow Statements; - IAS 10 – Events after the Reporting Period; - IAS 12 – Income Taxes; - IAS 16 – Property Plant and Equipment; - IAS 17 – Leases; - IAS 18 – Revenue; - IAS 23 – Borrowing Cost; - IAS 27 – Investments in Subsidiaries; - IAS 28 – Investments in Associates; - IAS 31 – Investments in Joint Ventures; - IAS 32 – Financial Instruments: Presentation; - IAS 33 – Earnings per Share; - IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets; - IAS 37 – Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets; - IAS 38 – Intangible Assets; - IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement; - IAS 40 – Investment Properties; - IFRS 7 – Financial Instruments: Disclosure; - SIC 21 – Income Taxes – Recovery of Revalued Non-depreciable Assets; - AC 502 – Substantively Enacted Tax Rates and Tax Laws; and - Circular 9/06.
account for integrated practical case studies on an intermediate level, as well as present and disclose integrated accounting transactions on an intermediate level in the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of financial position in accordance with the following International Financial Reporting Standards and/or Interpretations dealing with non-routine transactions; - IAS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors; - IAS 18 – Revenue; - IAS 19 – Employee Benefits; - IAS 20 – Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance; - IAS 21 – Foreign Exchange; - IFRS 3 – Business Combinations; - IFRS 5 – Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations; - SIC 12 – Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities; - SIC 32 – Intangible assets – Web Site Costs;
195
- IFRIC 1 – Changes in Existing Decommissioning, Restoration and Similar Liabilities; and - IFRIC 4 – Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease.
have a basic awareness of accounting issues relating to specialised reporting such as: insurance, banking mineral resources and mining exploration costs, sustainability reporting, XBRL, SIC 10 and IAS 24.
EF.134 ACCOUNTING STUDIES
Accounting Studies 100 (AST1B01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to provide students with a basic understanding of the milieu in which Accounting is practiced, by addressing the historic development of the discipline and the profession in global context, the development of Accounting regulation in practice; the basic theory underlying the development of Accounting as a discipline and the interaction between global economic developments and developments in Accountancy. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the history of Accounting as a discipline;
explain the development of the accounting profession in a global context
specify the development of the main accounting theories underlying the developments in Accounting;
explain the development of the financial reporting environment,
discuss the development of the global Accounting regulation in which financial reporting is done; and
explain the interaction between global economic development and developments in Accountancy.
Accounting Studies 200 (AST2A01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE In this module students are introduced to basic Accounting research methodology and an understanding of the underlying theories of accounting research. Students are also exposed to a more advanced perspective on Accounting theory; students are introduced to the development of Accountancy and the Accounting profession in South Africa; the interaction between local economic development and Accounting development; the development of the ethical, environmental and social responsibility dimensions of Accounting and how that impacts on financial reporting.
196
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
do basic accounting research;
apply reference techniques in assignments;
explain and apply the more advanced theories in Accounting;
explain the interaction between local economic development and accounting developments;
comment on the corporate social responsibilities of accounting entities;
discuss environmental and integrated accounting; and
explain the ethical dimensions of Accounting.
EF.135 AUDITING Auditing 200 (AUD2B01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce students to the basic principles of auditing and risk management as well as ethical and legal aspects governing the work performed by an auditor. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply as well as recommend on the principles and compliance of the Auditing Profession Act (“AP Act”), the Code of professional Conduct (“CPC”) as prescribed by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (“SAICA”), as well as the disciplinary rules of the Independent Regulatory Board for Auditors (“IRBA”);
apply as well as recommend on the Companies Act 71 of 2008 dealing specifically with the introduction of the Act, the liability of directors, the auditor and the accounting records;
apply the above principles and guidelines to practice situations;
demonstrate an understanding of sustainability and the auditor’s involvement therein;
describe and discuss the audit process with specific detailed focus on the pre-engagement activities of the audit process as well as the planning procedures of an audit;
identify and explain risks from the auditor as well as from management’s point of view and understand the risk management process;
understand the implications of computer systems within organisations and explain how the use of computers for data processing can affect the internal controls of an organisation as well as describe and explain the general and application controls in a computer environment, the related weaknesses in computer controls and recommendations to improve on the weaknesses; and
demonstrate an awareness of the International Standards on Auditing (“ISA”) and their effect on the auditing environment.
197
Auditing 300 (AUD300) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 34 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce students to business activities and controls in the business cycles and addresses the method for auditing in these business cycles. Detail focus will be place on risks, internal controls and audit procedures that are applicable to the cycles of a business. The cycles that are addressed are: Revenue and receipt cycle, purchase and payment cycle, payroll cycle, production and inventory cycle, bank and cash cycle and the investment and finance cycle. The purpose of this module also covers risk management, the steps in the completion of the audit, audit reporting, auditing in a computer environment, the statutory requirements of the Companies Act and the Close Corporations Act, the detail principles of corporate governance and the audit of group companies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: understand the risk management process; design or identify controls necessary in each of the business cycles; identify controls weaknesses in a given scenario for each of the business cycles and provide
recommendations for improvements; describe tests of controls relevant to each of the business cycles and apply these to practical
situations; describe substantive procedures relevant to the accounting in each of the business cycles and
apply these to practical situations; understand how to complete the audit including the going concern concept and events after
reporting period end; identify different types of audit reports, as well as the situations and events that will lead to the
issuance of each type of audit report; explain how the use of computers for data processing can affect the internal controls of an
organisation; identify the audit implications of computer systems; classify and explain controls in a computer system; propose new and analyse existing application controls in systems; propose new and analyse existing general controls in systems; test computer controls and propose actions to correct weaknesses; apply the use of computer assisted audit techniques; describe the methods used by the auditor in auditing in a computerised environment and apply
these principles to practical situations;
explain the statutory requirements of the Companies Act and Close Corporations Act and apply these rules in practical situations;
identify contraventions of the Companies Act and Close Corporations Act explain the principles of corporate governance and apply these principles in practical situations; demonstrate an understanding of sustainability, how it affects businesses operations and
decision making and the auditor’s involvement therein; identify the risks specific to auditing of groups; and describe the audit procedures relevant to the audit of group companies.
198
EF.136 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Business Information Systems 2A* (BIS2A01/BIS02A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic computer skills required by professional people in the financial world. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
perform file maintenance with the operating system;
develop and modify electronic presentations, documents, spread sheets and databases;
process basic transactions in an accounting information system; and
use the Internet and electronic mail. * The Faculty allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for Business
Information Systems 2A (BIS2A01). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise for BIS2A01 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.
If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both BIS2A01 (the academic module) as well as for BIS2A00 (the RPL exam) and will be debited for the relevant fees for both. On passing BIS2A00 (s)he will be granted a credit for BIS2A01 and will be credited with the relevant fee for BIS2A01. If a student fails the RPL exam (BIS2A00) (s)he will be remain registered for BIS 2A01 and will not be refunded the fee for the RPL exam (BIS2A00). Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (BIS2A00) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.
Business Information Systems 2B (BIS2B01/BIS02B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce information systems in the South African business environment and to introduce an accounting software package, data interrogation tools and audit software. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
use the computer logically as a business tool in an accounting software environment in order to create, set up and prepare a set of accounting records and financial statements correctly;
apply information technology correctly in an accounting environment;
prepare and manage financial records correctly;
prepare general ledger accounts accurately;
prepare and manage master file detail regarding customers, suppliers and inventory correctly;
manage customers and supplier processing correctly;
prepare and manage cash book entries accurately;
prepare a bank reconciliation correctly;
prepare ledger balances and control accounts correctly;
199
prepare and manage draft trial balance, income statement and balance sheet correctly;
use discuss and interpret logically results from data interrogation and audit engagement software;
clearly define, correctly identify and explain an understanding of information systems, the role of information systems in business, the features and operations of commonly used information technology hardware and software;
clearly define, correctly identify and explain the concepts of data processing, the concepts of computers systems and data communication, the role of information systems in business, and describing of management of information systems; and
clearly define, correctly identify and explain the process of developing new information systems, information systems risks and information systems controls.
EF.137 ECONOMETRICS
Econometrics 2A (ECM02A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive introduction to the principles of probability theory and mathematical statistics, which underpin statistical analysis in the field of economics and business science. Students who complete this module will have acquired the necessary background to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of statistical methods of inference and will be well equipped to embrace further studies in econometrics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply descriptive statistics to a set of data;
describe the classical, empirical, and subjective approaches to probability;
distinguish between a discrete variable and continuous variable;
understand the concepts of continuous random variables and probability distributions;
explain and construct sampling distributions;
distinguish between and calculate point estimation and interval estimation;
understand statistical inference and hypothesis testing;
understand and apply the analysis of variance approach to hypothesis testing;
describe the concepts of linear regression, multiple regression and correlation analysis;
calculate and interpret linear and multiple regressions to given sets of data with the use of Excel; and
calculate and interpret the coefficient of correlation for given sets of data with the use of Excel.
Econometrics 2B (ECM02B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to build on the content covered in Econometrics 2A (ECM02A2) in the first semester. It gives students a proper foundation in probability theory and mathematical statistics with direct applications in the various fields of Economics and Econometrics. The module will cover distribution theory by focusing on multivariate probability distributions, moments, generating functions and multivariate sampling distributions. Statistical inference discussed in
200
Econometrics 2A will be expanded on and the students will be introduced to non-parametric statistics and Bayesian inferences. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand conditional probability and independence of events for discrete and continuous random variables;
explain the moments and generating functions;
understand the difference between relative efficiency, consistency and minimum-variance(unbiased) estimation;
distinguish between the method of Maximum Likelihood and Method of Moments;
distinguish nonparametric tests; the Sign test, the Wilcoxon signed, Rank test and Run test;
explain Bayesian Inferences; ;and
understand and apply basic matrix algebra.
Econometrics 3A (ECM03A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expose students to more advanced econometrics, which is the basis of complex econometric model building and forecasting in the field of econometrics. This module covers the methodology of econometric research namely the econometric model-building process. This includes the properties of an econometric model, correlation and regression analysis. The purpose of applied econometrics is to apply regression analysis to various economic variables and to specify a model for forecasting. This module covers an analysis of econometric problems and second orders tests namely heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation and multicollinearity. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: • understand concepts of advanced econometrics; • understand, apply and interpret single- and multiple regressions; • test hypothesis using multiple regressions; • do forecasts using multiple regression models, with the practical application of E-views (a
leading econometrics package) and Excel; • add a dummy variable to a model; • identify and rectify multicollinearity, autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity problems; • specify and test an econometric model according to the various tests with the practical use of
E-views (a leading econometrics package); and • understand plagiarism and the consequences thereof.
Econometrics 3B (ECM03B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to extend basic regression analysis covered in Econometrics 3A (ECM03B3) by introducing the student to some key econometric techniques encountered in empirical work. Such techniques include how to deal with qualitative response variables, non-linear models, and simultaneous equation systems. The module will introduce the student to concepts involved in the rapidly expanding branch of time series econometrics. Students who complete this
201
module will have acquired the necessary background and knowledge to undertake practical applications of econometric techniques learnt and will be well equipped to further studies in econometrics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
construct and apply non-linear regression models;
identify and apply qualitative response regression models;
debate the role of time or lags in economics and estimate dynamic models;
understand and estimate simultaneous equation models;
determine and identify stationarity of a time series; and
understand and apply basic co-integration analysis.
EF.138 ECONOMICS
Economics 1A (ECO01A1/EKN1A01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE To introduce students to basic introductory economic concepts and basic micro-economics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
assess the relationship between economics and the economy fully;
identify the different factor characteristics of the economy correctly;
illustrate and discuss a basic model of the economy comprehensively;
provide a critical discussion, evaluation and application of the various important principles and concepts that relate to the importance of well-functioned institutions in an economy;
derive and apply demand and supply as a model for determining the prices of goods and services comprehensively;
examine in what manner price and income sensitivity impacts on the revenue position of the firm correctly;
derive, graphically illustrate and assess comprehensively the short run production function of an individual firm and indicate the effect on production of technological development;
illustrate graphically and assess cost efficiency of the firm in the short and long run correctly;
determine price and output equilibrium in a perfect competitive environment fully; and
determine price and output equilibrium in an imperfect competitive environment comprehensively.
Economics 1B (ECO01B1/EKN1B01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE To introduce students to basic macro-economy theory, concepts and issues.
202
OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
discuss and analyse business cycles and their macro-economic implications fully;
examine how different methods are used to measure economic progress fully;
define, discuss and evaluate the role of money and interest rates in the economy correctly;
discuss and assess international economics and international finance comprehensively;
derive and explain fully the total expenditure model;
derive, discuss and apply the aggregate demand and aggregate supply model comprehensively;
discuss the economics of development correctly;
discuss the impact of HIC/AIDS on economic growth and development of a nation, especially for South Africa; and
discuss and analyse the most important economic issues in South Africa comprehensively.
Economics 100 (ECO100) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 24
This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE
The main objective of the module is to empower learners to firstly understand the macroeconomic environment of the economy and secondly to be able to determine possible impacts of economic and other exogenous variables (or events) on the South African economy. OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
fully discuss the different basic concepts in the field of economics;
correctly identify the different factor characteristics of the economy;
comprehensively illustrate and discuss a basic model of the economy;
fully examine how different methods are used to measure economic progress;
comprehensively derive and apply demand and supply curves;
correctly examine in what manner elasticity (in terms of price, disposable income and interest rates) impacts on economic aggregates and economic policy;
fully discuss and analyse business cycles and their macroeconomic implications;
provide a critical discussion, evaluation and application of the various important principles and concepts that relates to the importance of well-functioned institutions in an economy;
correctly define, discuss and evaluate the role of money and interest rates in the economy;
comprehensively discuss and assess international economics and international finance;
fully derive and explain the total expenditure model of an economy;
comprehensively derive, discuss and apply the aggregate demand and aggregate supply model;
correctly discuss the economics of development;
comprehensively discuss and analyse economic issues such as inflation, unemployment, poverty and growth in South Africa;
discuss and evaluate the impact of fiscal policy on the South African economy;
discuss and evaluate the important linkage between the monetary & real sectors of the economy;
discuss and evaluate the impact of foreign sector movements on macroeconomic stability;
comprehensively discuss competition policy in South Africa; and
comprehensively discuss the applicable aspects of the “Green Economy”.
203
Economics 2A (ECO2AA2/EKN2A01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The module will prepare students intellectually for the challenges in a changing global and national economic framework by acquiring skills in the acquisition, analysis, interpretation and application of knowledge relating to intermediate macroeconomic topics, concepts and issues. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
critically explain the objectives of macroeconomic policy and the measurement techniques of development in South Africa;
apply, logically and consistently, the Keynesian Model I, within a simple closed economy with consumers, producers and the government;
analyse fiscal policy and the role of the state with the use of appropriate theory and actual South African information;
apply, logically and consistently the Keynesian model II, within a simple closed economy by focusing on financial institutions, money and interest rates;
analyse critically the concept of Monetary policy and the functions of the Reserve Bank in South Africa;
formulate the complete Keynesian model with a foreign sector, balance and payments, exchange rate and capital flows using relevant theory; and
construct an aggregate macro-model with aggregate demand and aggregate supply curves, under conditions of an inflationary economy.
Economics 2B (ECO2BB2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE To introduce students to the world of more advanced micro-economic topics, concepts and issues. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain fully and illustrate graphically the impact of price, income, preference changes and advertising strategy to consumer behaviour;
discuss critically, evaluate, illustrate and calculate all relevant aspects that pertain to factor market conditions, game theory as a strategic tool for solving decision-making problems, risk analysis in managerial decision-making, oligopoly behaviour and the shareholder-management model for decision-making;
explain fully and illustrate graphically allocation efficiency, productive efficiency and the theory of the second best; and
explain correctly, graphically illustrate and calculate price and output levels for relevant pricing practices.
204
Economics 2C (ECO2CA2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop learners to be able to demonstrate a well-rounded knowledge and understanding of, and an ability to critically evaluate and compare the views and economic thought of the major economic philosophers. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
critically evaluate the main contributions to economic thought by the various philosophers of the classical period including Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, Owen, Mills, Marx, Keynes, and Schumpeter;
discuss the major tenets of the post classical schools of economics against their historical background including the Keynesians and Post Keynesians, Monetarists, New Classicism (including the Chicago School), Mathematical and Institutional, Welfare and Development School;
discuss important concepts developed by the post classical schools of economics; and
discuss and compare views and debates and construct criticism around some of the schools of economic thought.
Economics 2D (ECO2DB2/EKN2D01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce students to the aspects of economic indicators and the analyses of economic data. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
analyse critically the performance of the South African economy theoretically and in terms of the different components of various economic indicators;
evaluate the performance of the South African economy coherently in terms of various economic indicators;
define and discuss the analyses of economic data by using basic econometric techniques; and
interpret economic regression models with the use of econometric techniques.
Economics 2E (ECO2EB2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE To introduce students to the dynamics and importance of development economics; develop a well-rounded knowledge of issues relevant to developing countries; and develop an understanding of problems that is experienced in developing countries. Students should be in a suitable position to use the information gained in this course to critically evaluate and create policy options. In addition,
205
the module will introduce and instil in students concepts around justice, democracy, diversity, right, responsibility and Ubuntu (human dignity) in the context of citizenship. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
analyse, from a theoretical perspective, the meaning and definition of development;
demonstrate knowledge of the classical theories of development and the contemporary models of development;
analyse the issues of poverty and inequality, urbanisation and migration within developing countries, education and health issues, the environment and development, trade policy and globalisation, foreign aid and the role of government;
synthesise the various issues within the subject of economic development as to objectively identify and constructively challenge theoretical and practical problems that become obvious to the student as the student’s awareness about development issues matures;
evaluate the topical and relevant concepts of development;
show an understanding of both their own identity and the nature of society and have an understanding of how to navigate the complex relationship of the rights and responsibilities that exist between their own identity and the nature of society; and
use and apply citizenship knowledge and discuss the relationship between citizenship and national identity.
Economics 2F (ECO2FA2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE This module will cover the most important elements of labour economics. The module will deal with the structure of labour markets as well as the determinants of the supply of and demand for labour. In addition the module will cover specific topics that have implications for labour policy, such as the existence of labour shortages, the impact of the minimum wage on employment, the effect of tax policy on labour supply and demand, the impact of investment in education and training, the impact of welfare policy on labour markets, the effect of international trade on labour demand, worker mobility, pay and productivity, the labour effects of outsourcing, the role of trade unions, unemployment, and income inequality. OUTCOME Students should be able to:
explain and discuss the determinants of the supply and demand for labour;
critically discuss the effects of a minimum wage on employment;
discuss the effects of welfare policy on labour supply and demand; and
use the knowledge and skills obtained through the module to explain the dynamics of the labour market in the South African economy; and
engage in meaningful research activity as well as identify and discuss plagiarism and its consequences in the context of publications, business and professional practice.
206
Economics 3A (ECO3AA3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to give undergraduate students a systematic knowledge of the important theories of international economics (with an emphasis on international trade, but also international investment and international migration) and the application of these theories to an African context with the aid of economic models and well-structured arguments. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain fully how the study of international economics is approached and the value it adds to the understanding of the economy and economic development;
apply effectively the tools of analysis used in international economics to argue the case of free international trade;
determine accurately the most beneficial pattern of trade between countries with the aid of the basic theories of international economics;
anticipate correctly how international trade and movements in exchange rates will affect a country's performance in regards to the five macroeconomic objectives;
examine how trade policy can be used to facilitate economic development in developing countries,
estimate the most likely consequences of the global process of economic integration;
assess the effects of different kinds of foreign capital flows to developing host economies;
analyse how migration affects source and destination countries and the appropriate policy response to these effects; and
judge the likely direction of globalisation given current events in the global economy; and
engage in meaningful research activity as well as identify and discuss plagiarism and its consequences in the context of publications, business and professional practice.
Economics 3B (ECO3BB3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop students able to demonstrate a coherent critical understanding of the role of money in the economy and what the role of money in the economy means for monetary policy in South Africa. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
analyse critically the concepts relating to money and foreign exchange in context;
use the different theories and related models with regards to determination of interest rate in an analysis;
use the different theories and related models with regards to the determination of exchange rate in an analysis; and
evaluate clearly the implications of the orthodox and non-orthodox models for the execution of monetary policy.
207
Economics 3C (ECO3CA3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide students with a critical understanding of financial economics, its applications and various related micro- and macroeconomic concepts. The specific focus of the module is to explain the effects of uncertainty on the global capital market. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate critically the nature and macroeconomic relevance of financial markets under conditions of uncertainty;
apply, logically and consistently, the concept of financial instability and underlying factors to conditions on the global financial market;
evaluate fully, with the use of relevant microeconomic principles, the behaviour of investors in financial markets under conditions of uncertainty;
evaluate fully, with the use of relevant theory and practical examples, the role of international financial institutions and alternative measures in addressing uncertainty and financial instability; and
analyse the nature and consequences of speculative behaviour, and policy responses with the use of appropriate theory and actual case studies.
Economics 3D (ECO3DB3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE This module will cover the most important elements of public economics. One of the goals is to understand the background, philosophy and the principles underlying local economic development in order to promote economic development, create employment opportunities, reduce poverty and improve service delivery to local communities. The module will establish why, and how, governments intervene in markets to address problems associated with externalities. In addition the module will focus on taxation and state expenditure policies to assist in explaining the role of the government in the economy through fiscal policy. OUTCOME Students should be able to:
display a broad knowledge of the main fiscal tools used in public economics;
define local economic development, identify the goals, objectives and advantages of LED;
understand the basics of local economic development and the different development activities and strategies;
apply the knowledge and understanding gained in LED context;
evaluate the importance of LED within a particular local government;
understand the role of the government in addressing problems that arise from externalities;
discuss the various aspects of fiscal policy in South Africa;
explain the reasons for the growth of government expenditure and changes in the incidence of taxation;
analyse the substitution and income effects of taxation; and
discuss the concepts of efficiency and equity in distribution policy.
208
EF.139 ETHICAL FOUNDATION TO COMMERCE Ethical Foundation to Commerce 2A (EFC2A01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the skills needed to effectively manage ethical or moral dilemmas encountered in the workplace and the business environment. This module also integrates communication, presentation and business acumen skills needed by a student to excel in the corporate environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: • discuss the concept of citizenship;
• explain ethical dimensions of business in the context of cultural diversity;
• use ethical decision making strategies;
• discuss large-scale socio-economic ethical issues relevant to business and professional
practice;
• identify and discuss plagiarism in the context of publications as well as ideas in business and
professional practice;
• apply knowledge of managing the ethical dimension in organisations;
• discuss the nature of professionalism;
• identify the purpose, structure and contents of selected codes of ethics;
• apply knowledge of ethical issues in the accounting profession;
• effectively apply pervasive skills required to successfully interact and communicate in a
business and professional environment;
• apply the concepts of teamwork and effective time management through completion of the
group project;
• apply knowledge of the principles of corporate governance and its impact on business ethics;
and
• apply knowledge of sustainable business practices.
EF.140 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Financial Management 1B (FNM1B01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance and cost accounting, and equip the student to realise where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain and appraise the context within which the financial management function takes place;
209
explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlation;
explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;
understand and apply basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations;
understand and apply the concept of cost of capital by performing basic calculations;
explain the basic capital budgeting techniques to assist in investment decisions;
compare the roles of cost accounting, management accounting and financial accounting in a business environment;
explain cost terminology, classify costs and compute total cost; and
evaluate, analyse and compute material and labour cost as part of manufacturing cost.
Financial Management 2A (FNM02A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicative knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate his/her ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and relate them to the role of the financial manager;
explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;
explain and perform advanced calculations of the components of working capital management including current assets and liabilities;
analyse, calculate and interpret rations relating to working capital management
explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlation;
differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic debt instruments and understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations; and
explain the basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations.
Financial Management 2B (FNM02B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS 16 PURPOSE The primary purpose of the module is to provide students with a comprehensive introduction to cost and management accounting theory and practice by equipping them with an understanding of the different cost accounting terminology, cost components and cost classifications; the skill to use various methods and techniques to accurately cost and record the value of inventory for financial- and cost accounting purposes; the skill to measure relevant costs for short-term decision-making purposes; and the ability to generate analyses and evaluate budgets needed for the control of present and projected performance and the competency to use these together with different costing systems to evaluate actual performance.
210
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
describe the role of cost accounting, management accounting and financial accounting in a business environment;
explain cost terminology, classify costs and compute total cost;
calculate, analyse and evaluate material and labour cost as part of manufacturing cost;
explain cost assignment, calculate and apply overhead rates using appropriate bases;
prepare a manufacturing cost statement;
evaluate and apply job costing as a costing method;
calculate the value of a cost object using activity based costing (ABC) and discuss how ABC compares with traditional marginal and absorption costing methods, including its relative advantages and disadvantages as a system of cost accounting;
differentiate between variable and absorption costing, prepare statements of comprehensive income under both methods, compare profits and explain the differences;
separate cost into their fixed and variable components and use these in terms of break-even analysis;
apply and analyse concepts of cost and revenue relevant to short-term pricing and product decisions;
explain the purpose of standard costing, apply standard costing methods within a marginal costing system and prepare a reconciliation of budgeted to actual profits; and
prepare budgets based on forecasts and discuss developments to improving the budgeting process.
Financial Management 200 (FMA200) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 28 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. This module is divided into two separate sections, each with a separate purpose. PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with basic to intermediate practical skills and knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance and costing, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate his/her ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and relate them to the role of the financial manager;
explain the time value of money concept and perform calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;
explain and apply the concepts of risk and return as well as diversification;
demonstrate an understanding of the capital structure of an entity and the implications of changing the capital structure;
identify and evaluate and make decisions regarding the appropriate sources of long-term corporate capital;
understand and apply cost of capital;
explain and apply working capital management including calculations;
evaluate the dividend policy of a company and make recommendations;
analyse and interpret the financial statements of an entity;
211
describe the role of cost accounting, management accounting and financial accounting in a business environment;
explain cost terminology, classify costs and compute total cost;
evaluate, analyse and compute material and labour cost as part of manufacturing cost;
explain cost assignment, compute and apply overhead rates using appropriate bases;
evaluate and apply job costing as a costing method;
evaluate and apply process costing as a costing method;
differentiate between joint- and by-products and cost of both by applying different joint cost allocation methods;
differentiate between variable and absorption costing, prepare income statements under both methods and compare profits;
describe the influence of changes in volume on the nature of cost and perform a cost volume profit analysis; and
demonstrate a basic understanding of the impact of sustainability on business decision-making.
Financial Management 3A (FNM03A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with advanced competencies in applying cost and management accounting theory and practice by equipping them with the skill to apply different costing systems; to measure relevant costs for short-term decision-making purposes; and the ability to generate analyses and evaluate budgets needed for the control of present and projected performance and the competency to use these together with different costing systems to evaluate actual performance. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain cost terminology, classify costs, compute manufacturing and total cost and apply job costing as a costing method;
perform and evaluate process costing as a costing method;
differentiate between joint- and by-products and cost both by applying different joint cost allocation methods;
measure costs and revenues for a range of decisions and use break-even analysis as a decision-making tool;
explain, compute and apply linear programming;
analyse information to assess the impact on decisions of variables with uncertain values;
apply standard costing methods within an absorption costing system and prepare a reconciliation of budgeted to actual profits;
evaluate performance using budgets, recognising alternative approaches and sensitivity to variable factors, and discuss the broader managerial issues arising from the use of budgets in control; and
discuss various approaches that fall within the area of strategic cost management and describe contributions that have been made to the development of strategic management accounting.
212
Financial Management 3B (FNM03B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to provide qualifying graduate students with the skill to evaluate and select long-term investment options and to make decisions regarding the financing of an enterprise and its long-term assets. They would also be provided with the skills to value business operations using different valuation methods and financial analysis techniques. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
make long-term capital investment decisions by using different capital budgeting techniques and critically evaluate each technique;
explain and appraise the context within which the analysis of financial statements function takes place;
evaluate the leasing decision and alternative sources of finance;
identify and evaluate and make decisions regarding the appropriate sources of long-term corporate capital;
evaluate critically the dividend policy of a company and make recommendations regarding the optimum pay out and retention ratios;
explain the role of the treasury function to manage financial risk and evaluate different techniques to hedge against these risks;
use ratio analysis, calculate analyses and interpret a company or division’s performance;
determine the value of business operations by applying different valuation methods and evaluate each critically; and
explain the need for business ethics and corporate governance principles and provide recommendations for the implementation of suitable corporate governance practices for risk management purposes.
Financial Management 300 (FMA300) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 34 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. This module is divided into two separate sections, each with a separate purpose. SECTION A PURPOSE The purpose of this section of the module is to provide students with the competence, on an intermediate level, to understand and apply the underlying concepts of cost accounting, i.e. the concept of advanced manufacturing environment and management accounting techniques. Detailed knowledge regarding the concepts of stock control, planning and stock management, budgeting, standard costing, performance measurement, transfer pricing and business strategy will be obtained.
213
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand the theory underlying strategy;
understand and evaluate an entity’s strategy;
describe the influence of changes in volume on the nature of cost and perform a cost volume profit analysis;
explain cost terminology, identify types of decisions and determine relevant costs of material and labour;
accumulate costs of decision making, split total costs into variable and fixed portion and use the effect of learning curve in calculations on cost;
evaluate and apply expected values to enable the application thereof in decision making;
evaluate and apply the economic order quantity (EOQ) as an optimisation method and describe the ABC method of cost classification;
differentiate between the different types of budgeting;
understand and apply standard costing;
understand and apply transfer pricing and performance evaluation; and
demonstrate a basic understanding of the impact of sustainability on business decision-making.
SECTION B PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to provide qualifying graduate students with the skill to evaluate and select long-term investment options and to make decisions regarding the finance of an enterprise and its long-term assets. They would also be provided with the skills to value business operations using different valuation methods and financial analysis techniques. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and evaluate and make decisions regarding the appropriate sources of long-term corporate capital;
demonstrate an understanding of the capital structure of an entity and the implications of changing the capital structure;
understand and apply cost of capital;
make long-term capital investment decisions by using different capital budgeting techniques and critically evaluate each technique;
evaluate the leasing decision and alternative sources of finance;
determine the value of business operations by applying different valuation methods and evaluate each critically;
analyse and interpret the financial statements of an entity;
explain the role of the treasury function to manage financial risk and evaluate different techniques to hedge against these risks; and
demonstrate an understanding of businesses in distress and suggest possible remedies.
214
EF.141 FINANCIAL PLANNING
Financial Planning 3A (FPL03A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The module introduces the students to the concepts and working of the financial planning environment. It creates an understanding of the regulatory environment wherein the financial planner operates and focuses on the dynamics of the different products and services financial planners offer. Students acquire the necessary skills to do financial planning clients. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define financial planning;
list and describe all the requirements to practice as a financial service provider;
take the psychology of money of an individual into consideration when recommending financial solutions to him/her;
identify and select a target market or markets;
list, describe and apply the steps in the financial planning process;
do time value of money and other financial calculations;
identify crucial economic data that will influence financial planning and adjust a financial plan accordingly;
explain certain economical concepts and structures;
discuss the effect of HIV/AIDS on the financial planning industry and its impact on the process of financial planning on an individual - and corporate level;
do comprehensive tax planning for an individual, including capital gains tax; do investment planning for an individual;
do investment planning for an individual; and
do retirement planning for an individual.
Financial Planning 3B (FPL03B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The module introduces the students to the concepts and working of the financial planning environment. It creates an understanding of the regulatory environment wherein the financial planner operates and focuses on the dynamics of the different products and services financial planner offer. Students acquire the necessary skills to do financial planning for clients. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the relevance of ethics and compliance in the context of the financial services industry;
describe the different relevant regulatory bodies;
identify and apply the relevant aspects of the compliance legislation to the particular circumstances of the financial planner, including the Policyholder Protection Rules (both short-term and long-term), the Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act and the Financial Intelligence Centre Act;
explain other areas of consumer protection;
215
explain when a person has contractual capacity;
demonstrate knowledge of the Long-Terms Insurance Act and apply, identify and discuss different sections of the Act that may relate to specific long-term insurance policies;
explain the four fund approach with specific reference to tax implications;
explain briefly what disability benefits are and calculate tax advantages with regards to disability benefits;
calculate the maximum disability benefits that are recommended by the LOA Code of Good Practice for Disability Insurance;
explain briefly what dread disease insurance is and calculate tax implications;
explain the purpose of short-term insurance;
discuss all the various types of short-term insurance available;
differentiate between various types of legal entities;
discuss all forms of remuneration involved in disclosure of directors’ remuneration;
discuss the different types of business insurance and the purpose thereof;
explain and calculate the tax (including capital gains tax) and estate duty implications of buy and sell insurance;
explain the difference between conforming and non-conforming policies;
do a complete estate duty calculation;
calculate the amount of capital gains tax payable at death;
explain when a will is valid;
explain that is meant by intestate succession;
discuss the role of life insurance in estate planning;
discuss the effective use of abatements;
briefly discuss the history and current situation of the health care system in South Africa;
demonstrate knowledge of the Medical Schemes Act;
discuss the impact of health care legislation on different stakeholders;
discuss what is meant by managed health care;
compare medical schemes and insurance business; and
explain the difference between a general waiting period and conditional specific waiting period.
EF.142 GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL
Governance and Control 2B (GAC02B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce students to the basic principles governance of and risk management as well as ethical aspects governing the work performed by a professional in commerce. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply the principles and guidelines of the regulatory and professional bodies’ codes of conduct;
describe and discuss the fundamental principles of a financial audit process;
describe and discuss the principles of assurance and review;
describe and discuss the risk management process;
identify and explain business risks, audit risks, credit risk and market risk;
explain how the use of computers for data processing can affect the internal controls of an organisation and the implications of computer systems in an organisation;
216
describe and explain general controls in a computerised environment;
design and implement computer controls and identify weaknesses in a computer environment and provide recommendations for improvement;
explain the statutory requirements of the Companies Act and the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA);
describe and explain the principles of Corporate Governance;
describe and explain the principles of integrated sustainability reporting; and
apply knowledge pertaining to entrepreneurial, leadership skills in case studies and practical principles.
Governance and Control 3AB (GAC3AB0) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 32 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to build on the knowledge gained in Governance and Control 2B. The module also covers risk management as well as the activities and controls applicable to the cycles of a business, cycle integration and Information Technology Systems (ITS). The cycles that are addressed are: revenue and receipts cycle, purchases and payment cycle, payroll cycle, production and inventory cycle, and the finance and investment cycle and the bank and cash cycle. The module also covers the statutory requirements of the Companies Act, CC Act and the Public Finance and Management Act (PFMA), the principles of corporate governance, integrated sustainability reporting and internal auditing. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
describe, discuss and evaluate the risk management process;
identify and evaluate business risks.
analyse the design, implementation and monitoring of controls for each business cycle with a focus on management assertions, management control objectives, the flow of documentation and transactions;
identify, design and propose controls necessary for each business cycle by using a control framework;
assess a given scenario to identify control weaknesses for each of the business cycles and provide recommendations for improvement;
understand and describe how the use of computers for data processing can affect the internal controls of an organisation and the implications of computer systems in an organisation;
describe general and application controls in a computerised environment; and
design and implement general and application computer controls, identify weaknesses in a computer environment and provide recommendations for improvement of the weaknesses identified;
apply and make recommendations on the compliance of the statutory requirements of the Companies Act, CC Act and the PFMA;
apply as well as make recommendations on the principles and compliance of the regulatory and professional bodies codes of conduct and apply the principles and guidelines to practical situations;
assess and apply the principles of assurance and review;
assess and apply the principles of Corporate Governance; and
assess and apply the principles of internal auditing.
217
EF.143 GOVERNANCE AND CITIZENSHIP
Governance and Citizenship (GOV2AB0) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSES The purpose of this module is to equip students with the skills needed to effectively manage ethical or moral dilemmas encountered in the workplace and the business environment. This module also integrates communication, presentation and business acumen skills needed by a student to excel in the corporate environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
• demonstrate knowledge of the ethical dimensions of business in the context of cultural
diversity;
• demonstrate knowledge of the key concepts of business and professional ethics;
• use ethical decision making strategies;
• demonstrate knowledge of the philosophical foundations of ethics;
• demonstrate an understanding of large-scale socio-economic ethical issues relevant to
business and professional practice;
• demonstrate an understanding of sustainability and how it affects businesses operations and
decision making;
• show an awareness of the impact that HIV/AIDS has on the South African business
landscape;
• demonstrate the ability to deal with the ethical issues surrounding HIV/AIDS in the workplace;
• demonstrate knowledge of managing the ethical dimension in organisations;
• demonstrate the nature of professionalism;
• understand the purpose, structure and contents of selected codes of ethics;
• demonstrate knowledge of ethical issues in the accounting profession;
• effectively communicate in writing by being able to write the following: reports; memorandums,
business letters;
• effectively communicate by being able to conduct a formal meeting;
• effectively communicate verbally by being able to give a business presentation;
• demonstrate teamwork and time management skills;
• demonstrate knowledge of corporate governance and sustainable business reporting; and
• identify and discuss plagiarism in the context of publications as well as ideas in business and
professional practice.
218
EF.144 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
Investment Management 2A (IVM02A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicative knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate their ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and relate them to the role of the financial manager;
explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed stream of cash flows;
explain and perform advanced calculations of the components of working capital management including current assets and liabilities;
analyse, calculate and interpret rations relating to working capital management;
explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlations;
differentiate and discuss the characteristics and working of basic debt instruments and understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations; and
explain the basic valuations of equity capital by performing simple calculations; and
explain basic valuations of equity capital by performing simple calculations.
Investment Management 2B (IVM02B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide students with a foundation in the specialised subject area of equity investments. The module is comprised of a range of equity concepts, principles and theories. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise essential equity valuation techniques and strategies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
distinguish between different financial markets and instruments;
explain the framework and functioning of securities markets;
analyse financial statements;
apply valuation principles and practices;
conceptualise the analysis and management of common stock;
discuss and apply company analysis and stock valuation techniques;
explain and analyse different equity portfolio management strategies;
discuss and apply technical analysis techniques in managing common stock; and
discuss the framework for ethical conduct in the investment profession by focussing on the CFA Institute Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct.
219
Investment Management 3A (IVM03A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide students with the fundamentals in interest-bearing, foreign exchange and property investments. The module is comprised of a range of instruments, principles and theories related to these markets. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise related techniques and strategies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain, interpret and apply the factors that determine the level of interest rates and those that influence their pattern;
apply, calculate and interpret time value of money (TVM) concepts including simple and compound interest, discrete and continuous compounding, interest conversions;
calculate and interpret spot and forward interest rates and spreads;
discuss the significance of the money market and money market instruments;
define, discuss, calculate and interpret issue and trading prices of money market instruments;
apply key bond feature information;
analyse different fixed income instruments found in most markets;
apply the fundamental principles of bond valuation;
discuss the different components of property investment;
analyse and value an investment property;
explain the foreign exchange market’s origin and components;
explain the mechanics behind foreign exchange transactions;
calculate the appropriate foreign exchange rates;
apply all information regarding the forward FX market;
apply the concepts of swap transactions; and
understand plagiarism and the consequences thereof.
Investment Management 3B (IVM03B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the fundamental knowledge to analyse interpret and understand portfolio management and derivative market and instruments. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise related techniques, theories and strategies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
prove mastery of the concepts risk and return;
make the asset allocation decision by incorporating all relevant aspects;
demonstrate comprehension of efficient capital markets;
apply Markowitz portfolio theory;
show an understanding of asset pricing models and multifactor models of risk and return;
specify the asset management industry;
evaluate the performance of investment portfolios;
220
discuss and apply introductory concepts to derivative markets and securities;
analyse and comprehend the dynamics of Forward and Future Contracts;
analyse and comprehend the dynamics of Option Contracts,
analyse and comprehend the dynamics of Swap Contracts, convertible securities and other embedded derivatives; and
present portfolio performance compliant with Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS).
EF.145 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
Property Valuation and Management 2A (PVM02A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate knowledge of basic building construction, building contracts and the construction process to the valuation of property. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
show an understanding of the structure of the building and property industry in South Africa and the relationship thereof with the valuation industry;
analyse and comprehend the different elements in building design and construction;
identify and evaluate problems in existing buildings;
apply the principles of environmental control in buildings; and
show an understanding of the construction process and the different types of building contracts.
Property Valuation and Management 2B (PVM02B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct a valuation of a single residential property. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
prove mastery of the concept of market value;
demonstrate comprehension of the sources of information available to the valuer;
collect and analyse market information;
show an understanding of the different methods of valuation; and
apply the market approach to single residential property.
221
Property Valuation and Management 3A (PVM03A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct mass valuations and valuations on income producing properties. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
prove mastery of the concepts “potential” and the “highest and best use” of property;
demonstrate comprehension of the influence of leases on value;
determine the market value of an income producing property;
determine the replacement cost of a property for insurance purposes;
produce a valuation report; and
apply the techniques applicable to mass valuation.
Property Valuation and Management 3B (PVM03B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct valuations of undeveloped property by applying discounted cash flow and feasibility studies methodologies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
prove mastery of the concepts discounted cash flow and feasibility studies to value property;
assess the influence of servitude’s on the value of property;
show an understanding of the factors influencing the value of agricultural property;
apply the principles underlying the valuation of special properties; and
apply the principles of valuation as contained in the Expropriation Act.
EF.146 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS Quantitative Economics 2A (QTE2AA2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive introduction to the quantitative methods required to comprehend economic models and econometrics. The module focuses more specifically on introducing students of economics to the fundamental notions and instruments in linear algebra. Understanding linear algebra is fundamental in studying economics. Linear algebra is widely used to formalize economic theory. Moreover, the statistical component of econometrics relies heavily on linear algebra concepts and tools. The students who will study this course will acquire a necessary
222
background to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of economic models and of the basic principles of econometrics.
OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
apply the fundamentals of the different techniques for solving systems of linear equations as used in economic models;
execute basic matrix operations (addition, subtraction, scalar multiplication and matrix multiplication) with application in economic models;
identify the definition of a determinant, its computations and its properties as used in economic models;
recognise Euclidean spaces and related concepts such as the inner product, lines and planes;
understand the concepts of linear dependence, spanning sets, basis and dimensions;
recognise examples of linear models relating to macroeconomics and microeconomics such as linear models of production, Markov Models of Employment, IS-LM Analysis, Investment and Arbitrage; and
understand economic applications of Euclidean Spaces such as Budget Sets in Commodity Space, Input Space, probability simplex, The Investment Model and IS-LM Analysis.
Quantitative Economics 2B (QTE2BB2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16
PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive extension of Quantitative Economics 2A (ECQ02A2). Quantitative Economics 2B (ECQ02B2) elaborates on the quantitative methods required to comprehend economic models and econometrics. The module focuses on Multivariate Calculus and its economic applications. A primary goal in economic analysis is to understand how changes in economic variables affect other economic variables. Multivariate calculus is a primary tool for understanding how variables affect others in economic relationships described by functions of several variables. The module will provide students with the necessary mathematical foundation to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of economic models and of the basic principles of econometrics.
OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
explain concepts such as limits, sequences, open sets, closed sets and compact sets as used in economic models;
apply the following concepts in economic exercises and problems: Functions between Euclidean Spaces (Functions from Rn to R, Functions from Rk to Rn), Special kinds of functions (Linear Functions on Rk, Quadratic Forms, Matrix Representation of Quadratic Forms, Polynomials), Inverse Functions and the Composition of Functions;
draw graphs of functions of two variables, level curves, and draw graphs from level sets;
understand concepts related to calculus of several variables: Total derivative, Chain Rule, Directional Derivatives and Gradients, Explicit Functions from Rn to Rm, Higher order derivatives and Hessians;
derive the economic interpretation of marginal products, elasticity and other derivatives commonly used in economics;
apply the total derivative, chain rule, higher order derivatives and hessians to economic problems;
understand implicit functions and their derivatives and solve exercises implying implicit functions; and
solve economic problems using multiple integral Calculus.
223
Quantitative Economics 3A (QTE3AA3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive introduction to complex quantitative methods required to understand economic models and econometrics. The module focuses on optimisation techniques. Optimisation plays a major role in Economic theory. The central question for the economist is how the economic agent will adjust maximizing behaviour if some variable which he cannot control undergoes a change. The students who will study this course will acquire a necessary mathematical foundation to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of economic models and of advanced principles of econometrics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the concepts of quadratic forms, definiteness of quadratic forms, linear constraints and bordered matrices;
understand the procedure of unconstrained optimization;
know how to derive First and Second Order conditions;
solve exercises implying unconstrained optimisation and derivation of first and second order conditions;
understand the procedure of constrained optimisation either with equality or with inequality constraints;
solve exercises involving constrained optimisation;
understand the meaning of the multiplier, envelope theorems and apply those concepts in economic applications;
understand the concepts of homogeneous functions and homothetic functions;
understand the concave and quasiconcave functions; and
skilfully engage in economic applications of optimisation techniques such as Utility Maximization, the Demand Function, the Indirect Utility Function, the Expenditure and Compensated Demand Functions, the Slutsky Equation, Profit Maximization, Competitive Equilibrium and Fundamental Theorems of Welfare Economics.
Quantitative Economics 3B (QTE3BB3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive extension of Quantitative Economics 3A (QTE3AA3). Quantitative Economics 3B (QTE3BB3) elaborates on more complex quantitative methods required to comprehend economic models and econometrics. The module focuses on Dynamics. Dynamical methods play an important role in economical methods and in econometrics. The students who will study this course will acquire a necessary mathematical foundation to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of economic models and of the more complex principles of econometrics.
224
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand advanced concepts of matrix algebra like orthogonality and partitioned matrices;
explain concepts of eigenvalues and eigenvectors;
solve exercises and problems involving eigenvalues and eigenvectors;
solve linear difference equations and systems of linear difference equations;
solve scalar ordinary differential equations;
explain conditions of existence and uniqueness of solutions of differential equations;
solve systems of ordinary differential equations; and
skilfully engage in applying these dynamical methods to solve complex economic problems.
EF.147 TAXATION
Taxation 2A (TAX02A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce well-rounded basic theoretical concepts and ground rules regarding income tax and value-added tax. The module lays the theoretical and practical foundation for concepts and principles covered in Taxation 3A, 3B, Taxation 300 and on Honours and Postgraduate Diploma level. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify the taxation process in South Africa;
explain differences between different taxes;
explain how to use the taxation legislation;
recognise different taxpayers;
demonstrate how the levying section (s5(1)) is applied;
analyse elements of gross income definition;
discuss the “days” test in definition of a resident;
compare the concepts of source, and deemed source;
apply the concepts of “world-wide”;
identify the special inclusions in income as per the definition of gross income;
illustrate that exempt income is income that was first included in gross income, and then exempted;
use the two tests for deductibility: Section 11(a); and Income derived from carrying on a trade – s23 and;
demonstrate that certain amounts will not be allowed as deductions for tax purposes;
integrate the rules of general deductions in a tax calculation;
discuss the tax treatment of specific expense and losses;
apply the special deductions per s11;
compare repairs and improvements;
analyse and apply the case law on repairs;
recognise assets subject to the basic capital allowances;
calculate the Income Tax consequences of the disposal of assets (excluding Capital Gains tax effect);
illustrate where CGT fits on the tax framework;
225
explain the CGT consequences on transactions typical to companies, after 1 October 2001;
calculate the CGT consequences of basic transactions for individuals, after 1 October 2001;
choose the tax rates applicable to different kinds of companies;
discuss the basic taxation consequences of trading stock;
explain how to calculate taxable income of a company starting with the accounting net profit before tax;
prepare a basic STC calculation;
categorise Small Business Corporations (SBC);
formulate the special allowances available to a SBC;
apply the income tax principles to calculate the income tax liability of a SBC;
identify pre-trading expenditure and losses that can be claimed in terms of s11A;
differentiate the three provisional tax payments due by a company;
classify how provisional tax payments slots into the income tax calculation;
differentiate the VAT is a tax separate from Income Tax;
describe the mechanism of value-added tax, in which business are liable for tax on their outputs less credits for tax on their inputs;
apply the rules regarding the payment of VAT by a vendor;
analyse the concept of supply of goods & service;
assess the different kinds of supply;
apply the provisions regarding the time and value of a supply;
identify both the income tax and VAT consequences of a transaction;
identify the VAT portion included in an amount when calculating the income tax consequences; and
show awareness of ethical practises regarding tax and the payment thereof.
Taxation 200 (TAX2AB0) SEMESTER MODULE SPREAD OVER A YEAR NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL: 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce well-rounded basic theoretical concepts and ground rules regarding income tax and value-added tax. The module lays the theoretical and practical foundation for concepts and principles covered in Taxation 300 and on Honours and Postgraduate diploma level. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify amounts to be included in gross income by applying the definition of "gross income" in the Income Tax Act in respect of residents and non-residents;
identify amounts exempt from taxable income;
identify and calculate allowable deductions for income tax purposes by applying the general deduction formula and special deductions;
calculate various capital allowances, as well as recoupments and scrapping allowances; • calculate taxable capital gains; • calculate (using the above principles) the taxable income and income tax payable by a taxpayer; • calculate the taxation consequences of dividend declarations; • calculate the amount payable in terms of provisional tax for a taxpayer; • discuss whether turnover tax will be applicable to a taxpayer and calculate the amount of tax
due;
226
• calculate the amount of value-added tax payable; and • identify and calculate the tax implications in respect of farming.
Taxation 3A (TAX03A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to further increase a student’s practical and theoretical tax knowledge by building on the ground rules regarding income tax as well as value-added tax as introduced in Taxation 2A, and to apply the knowledge to non-residents. The module deals with the inclusion of complex taxable amounts and recoupments in the gross income of individuals and enterprises as well as the deductions available to these tax payers. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
analyse amounts to be included in gross income by applying the definition of "gross income" in the Income Tax Act.
analyse amounts exempt from income tax by applying the relevant section of the Income Tax Act.
explain and calculate allowable deductions for Income Tax purposes by applying the general deduction formula and special deductions;
explain and calculate deductions for Income Tax purposes by applying capital allowances;
apply the income tax principles regarding trading stock;
apply the Eighth Schedule of the Income Tax Act to situations subject to capital gains tax and calculate the taxable amount in terms of the relevant provisions in respect of assets acquired prior to and after 1 October 2001,
explain and calculate the taxable income and income tax payable by both individuals and companies;
discuss and calculate the Value Added Tax implications of an enterprise making taxable and exempt supplies; and
explain and calculate dividends tax.
Taxation 3B (TAX03B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to practically and theoretically apply the basic concepts of taxation to individuals, partnerships, companies, trusts and farmers, and to cover the taxation principles regarding capital gains tax (for individuals) as well as the rules and regulations regarding the administration and payment of taxation. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify fringe benefits and calculate the cash equivalent to include in the taxable income of an individual;
determine the amounts exempt from the “income” of individuals by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;
227
Identify and calculate the deductions available to individuals by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;
Identify and calculate allowances attributable to the individual in gross income and calculate the amount allowed as deduction against the allowance;
calculate the tax implications of retirement benefits for individuals;
calculate the taxable income of a partnership and apportion it to the partners.
calculate the amount payable in terms of employee's tax and, provisional tax,
calculate the amount payable in terms of donations tax and estate duty for individuals.
discuss situations applicable to an individual that will be subject to capital gains tax and calculate the taxable amount in terms of the relevant provisions;
prepare the tax calculation for a non-resident according to the relevant provisions in the Income Tax Act;
apply the basic income tax provisions regarding trusts;
analyse the rules and regulations regarding the administration and payment of taxation for individuals, partnerships, companies and trusts; and
explain situations where the anti-avoidance provisions of the Income Tax Act would be applicable for individuals, partnerships, companies and trusts.
Taxation 300 (TAX300) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 34 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The purpose of Taxation 300 is to build on the basic concepts and ground rules regarding Income Tax as well as Value-Added Tax (VAT) which were introduced in Taxation 200. It deals with more complex issues of the taxation calculation that was introduced in Taxation 200. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss and calculate the Value-Added Tax implications per the VAT Act in the case of an enterprise making taxable and exempt supplies;
identify amounts to be included in gross income by applying the definition of “gross income” in the Income Tax Act;
identify amounts exempt from income tax by applying section 10 of the Income Tax Act;
identify and calculate allowable deductions for Income Tax purposes by applying the general deduction formula as well as calculate (using the above principles) the taxable income and income tax payable by an enterprise;
calculate the basic income tax implications per the Income Tax Act for a South African resident holding shares in a controlled foreign company;
apply and evaluate the income tax principles per the Income Tax Act regarding trading stock;
identify situations subject to capital gains tax and calculate the taxable amount in terms of the relevant provision in respect of assets acquired prior to and after 1 October 2001;
calculate provisional tax as well as the penalties payable in respect of provisional tax for an enterprise per the provisions of the Income Tax Act;
fill out the documentation (tax returns, etc.) applicable to the above taxes.
identify fringe benefits and determine the cash equivalent to be included in the taxable income of an individual per the provisions of the Income Tax Act;
identify amounts exempt from tax in the hands of individuals, by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;
228
include allowances attributable to the individual in gross income and calculate the amount allowed as deduction against the allowance by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;
identify and calculate deductions available to individuals by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;
calculate taxable income and income tax payable by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;
calculate the portion of retirement benefits that will be exempt from taxation, and calculate tax payable according to the rating formula by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;
calculate the taxable income of a partnership and apportion it to the partners;
calculate the amounts payable in terms of employees’ tax, provisional tax, donations tax and estate duty;
identify situations applicable to an individual that will be subject to capital gains tax and calculate the taxable amount in terms of the relevant provisions;
prepare the tax calculation for a non-resident according to the relevant provisions in the Income Tax Act;
understand the basic income tax provisions regarding trusts;
identify situations where the anti-avoidance provisions of the Income Tax Act would be applicable; and
explain and calculate dividends tax.
EF.148 TAXATION PLANNING
Taxation Planning 2A and 2B are couplet modules The definition of couplet modules is 2 modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required 50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment on a couplet module and obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (exam mark) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit.
Taxation Planning 2A (TXP02A2) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is firstly to introduce the basic concepts and ground rules regarding Income Tax. Thereafter taxation consequences for individuals will be discussed. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain difference between different taxes;
229
explain how to use the taxation legislation and;
recognise different taxpayers;
demonstrate how the levying section (s5(1)) is applied;
analyse elements of gross income definition;
interpret definition of resident as per Income Tax Act;
discuss the “days” test in definition of a resident;
compare the concepts of source, and deemed source;
apply the concept of “world-wide”;
identify the special inclusions in income as per the definition of gross income;
illustrate that exempt income is income that was first included in gross income, and the exempted;
illustrate the taxation consequences of the income from Collective investment schemes;
use the two tests for deductibility: section 11(a); and income derived from carrying on a trade – s23;
demonstrate that certain amounts will not be allowed as deductions for tax purpose;
integrate the rules of general deductions in a tax calculation;
discuss the tax treatment of specific expenses and losses;
apply the special deductions per s11;
explain how to calculate taxable income of a company starting with the accounting net profit before tax;
compare repairs and improvements;
analyse and apply the case law on repairs;
recognise assets subjects to the basic capital allowances;
calculate the Income Tax consequences of the disposal of assets (excluding Capital Gains Tax effect);
illustrate where CGT fits on the tax framework;
examine the capital gains tax provisions in respect of an individual;
formulate the Income Tax consequences of different salary structures and fringe benefits;
calculate the Income Tax consequences of Employer/Employee insurance agreements;
apply the taxation consequences of certain types of Investment income;
predict the tax consequences of a sole-proprietor;
distinguish and apply assessed losses in terms of S20A;
list the taxation consequences of certain insurance benefits,
illustrate the principles of employees’ taxation,
argue whether transactions will be subject to donations tax,
discuss the difference in terms of taxation treatment between residents and non-residents in respect of employment income,
explain the income tax treatment of a partnership
demonstrate a basic knowledge regarding the basic taxation treatment of trusts,
discuss the tax planning opportunities in respect of trusts and estates,
use the framework to calculate estate duty, and
practise the basic concepts in respect of estate planning.
Taxation Planning 2B (TXP02B2) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expand on the basic concepts and ground rules regarding Income Tax studied during the first semester and introduce Value Added Tax. The student will be introduced to the types of business taxation rules and requirements likely to affect a company (in respect of
230
itself and its employees). The basic concepts regarding withholding tax and international tax principles will be discussed. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply the concept of ad valorem taxes;
differentiate that VAT is a tax separate from Income Tax;
describe the mechanism of value-added tax, in which businesses are liable for tax on their outputs less credits for tax on their inputs;
apply the rules regarding the payment of VAT by a vendor;
analyse the concept of supply of goods & services;
assess the different kinds of supply;
apply the provisions regarding the time and value of a supply;
choose the tax rates applicable to different kinds of companies;
discuss the basic taxation consequences of trading stock;
prepare a basic STC calculation;
sketch the tax consequences of a leasehold premium;
sketch the tax consequences of a leasehold improvement;
apply the tax consequences of various types of intellectual property;
sketch the tax consequences of finance leases;
list the tax allowance in respect of learnership agreements;
list the tax allowances in respect of Strategic Development projects and Urban development zones;
categorise Small Business Corporations (SBC);
formulate the special allowances available to a SBC;
apply the income tax principles to calculate the income tax liability of a SBC;
identify pre-trading expenditure and losses that can be claimed in terms of s11A;
identify both the Income Tax and VAT consequences of a transaction;
identify the VAT portion included in an amount when calculating the Income Tax consequences;
explain the CGT consequences on transactions typical to companies;
identify and calculate the capital gains tax implications of part disposal of assets;
select the method to value assets acquired prior to 1 October 2001;
examine assessed losses;
integrate the assessed loss in the current year Income Tax Calculation;
identify assessed losses that should be ring fenced;
calculate payments subject to withholding taxes;
argue who should withhold the tax;
discuss who is responsible for the tax liability;
formulate the basic concepts of international taxation;
apply the connected persons provisions;
illustrate the effect of connected person transactions on capital allowances and VAT;
formulate the concept of ‘group of companies;
assess whether companies will qualify for the relief of terms of s42 and s45;
predict the relief available in terms of s42 and s45;
compare tax evasion and tax avoidance;
differentiate the three provisional tax payments due by a company and individual;
classify how provisional tax payments slots into the Income Tax calculation;
argue the need for record-keeping and record retention that may be additional to that required for financial accounting purposes;
argue the need for deadlines for reporting (filling returns) and tax payments; and
arrange the types of powers of tax authorities to ensure compliance with tax rules.
231
FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN OTHER FACULTIES
EF.149 ACCOUNTING
Accounting A and B are couplet modules The definition of couplet modules is 2 modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required 50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment on a couplet module and obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (exam mark) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit.
Accounting A (ACC0AA1/REK0A01) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of accounting, the recording of various elementary transactions and the accounting cycle. This forms the basis for further modules in the analysis, interpretation and application of accounting. The only further module for which Accounting A is an acceptable credit is Accounting B. Accounting A and Accounting B are not modules sufficient to allow entry into any accounting module on a second year level. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss and apply the basic concepts in accounting;
discuss and record simple transactions with reference to the accounting equation;
account for information in the general ledger;
journalise simple transactions;
prepare a trial balance and detect and correct trial balance errors;
discuss the accounting cycle;
discuss and apply the different inventory methods to calculate profit;
identify, measure, present, disclose and record the different asset categories in the annual financial statements for basic transactions;
calculate, journalise and disclose depreciation using different methods;
calculate, journalise and disclose the amortisation of intangible assets;
identify, measure, record, present and disclose the disposal of assets;
adjust the ledger accounts according to the accrual basis;
record transactions in the relevant subsidiary journals;
apply the basic principles of value-added tax;
232
discuss and record transactions in the receivables and payables control accounts;
discuss and apply the reconciliation of receivables and payables with their respective lists;
identify, explain, calculate and record: sales or trade discount; settlement or cash discount; bad debts and provision for bad debts;
present receivables and payables in the statement of financial position;
define inventories according to IAS 2 Inventories;
name, discuss and apply the different methods to measure the cost of inventories;
define, calculate and measure net realisable value, fair value and lower of cost;
record transactions relevant to inventories;
present and disclose inventories in the financial statements;
discuss and record all cash transactions; and
reconcile the balance of the bank account per the general ledger with the balance per the bank statement.
Accounting B (ACC0BB1/REK0B01) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to further develop the basic principles of accounting taught in Accounting A with reference to specific scenarios and entities. Accounting A and Accounting B are not modules sufficient to allow entry into any accounting module on a second year level. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: Non-trading entities:
prepare a statement of receipts and payments and financial statements in respect of non-trading entities;
account for transactions in the general ledger; and
identify, explain, calculate, record, present and disclose receivables, payables, inventories, cash and property, plant and equipment.
Partnerships:
discuss and apply the principles of partnerships;
account for information in the general ledger of a partnership; and
prepare financial statements of a partnership. Company financial statements:
discuss the company as a form of entity briefly;
discuss, calculate and record share transactions of a simple nature; and
prepare the following components of the annual financial statements of a company according to the minimum requirements of the Companies Act 1973, as amended, and International Financial Reporting Standards: statement of financial position; statement of comprehensive income; statement of changes in equity and accounting policies and explanatory notes.
Close corporations:
discuss the legal aspects and the accounting and reporting requirements of a close corporation (CC) briefly;
name the qualifications for and the professional bodies whose members qualify for appointment as an accounting officer by a close corporation; and
233
prepare the following components of the annual financial statements of a close corporation according to the requirements of the Act on Close Corporations of 1984 and Statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice: statement of financial position; statement of comprehensive income; statement of changes in the net investment of members; accounting policies and explanatory notes.
Cash flow statements:
a simple cash flow statement with notes, under the following headings, is prepared in accordance with IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows: - cash flows from operating activities; - cash flow from investing activities; - cash flow from financing activities; and - net change in cash and cash equivalents.
Budgets:
calculate and prepare a cash budget, budgeted statement of comprehensive income, budgeted statement of changes in equity and budgeted statement of financial position; and
prepare cash budgets and budgeted financial statements.
EF.150 COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS Commercial Computer Systems* (CCS22B2/KRS2001) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQFLEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to teach students to explain basic computer concepts used in a business and accounting environment. Perform basic computer tasks required in a business an accounting environment. Perform advanced computer tasks required in a general accounting environment using the applications and functionalities of Microsoft Windows and Microsoft Office Professional. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
perform file maintenance using the operating system;
develop and modify electronic presentations, documents, spreadsheets and databases;
process basic transactions in an accounting information systems; and
use the Internet and electronic email. *The Faculty allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for Commercial Computer Systems (CCS22B2 (new code) or KRS2001 (old code)). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise for CCS22B2 or KRS2001 and will there for be granted a credit for the module. If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both CCS22B2 or KRS2001 (the academic module) as well as for CSS2BB2 (new code) or KRS2000 (old code) (the RPL exam) and will be debited for the relevant fees for both. On passing CSS2BB2 or KRS2000 (s)he will be granted a credit for CCS22B2 or KRS2001 and will be credited with the relevant fee for CCS22B2 or KRS2001. If a student fails the RPL exam (CSS2BB2 or KRS2000) (s)he will be remain registered for CCS22B2 or KRS2001) and will not be refunded the fee for the RPL exam (CSS2BB2 or KRS2000). Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (CSS2BB2 or KRS2000) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.
234
EF.151 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Financial Management 2C (FNM02C2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide students with the competence, on a second year level, to understand and apply the underlying concepts of financial management, which can be integrated as part of their study of marketing management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
describe the role of financial management in a business environment;
explain cost terminology, classify costs and compute total cost;
explain cost assignment, compute and apply overhead rates using appropriate bases;
evaluate information to formulate selling prices and discuss profitability analysis;
explain and apply the cost-volume-profit model;
identify the relevant costs and income for different decision-making problems and list the relevant qualitative factors which impact on decision-making;
explain and apply the components of working capital management;
evaluate the desirability of investment proposals;
formulate decisions under conditions of risk and uncertainty;
discuss the concept of budgeting and prepare budgets;
describe controls used by companies and elements of management control systems within the context of the overall control process;
explain and apply financial performance measures, and
analyse and interpret the performance of business entities by means of ratios.
235
OTHER FACULTIES’ SERVICE MODULES FOR FEFS BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND BACHELOR DEGREES
EF.152 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Business Management 1A (BMA11A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12
CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE This module will provide students with a global overview of Business Management as a science and prepare them for challenges in the South African Business environment in a multicultural context. The purpose of this module is to provide the student with knowledge and understanding of management as a science and study objective, the business environment and its interactive sub-environment. Furthermore students will be provided with a global overview of General Management as a management function and prepare them for challenges in the South African business environment in a multicultural context. The purpose of this module is to provide the student with intellectual competencies, practical skills and an understanding of General Management based on historical and modern approaches as well as the management tasks, namely planning, organizing, leading and controlling. The basic concepts of establishing a business as well as the various legal form of ownership will form part of the understanding of developing a business. Basic knowledge of Entrepreneurship will include aspects such as the role of the Entrepreneur and other key aspects needed to identify the skills required for entrepreneurship. Finally an understanding of the business strategy and decision-making will be provide where detail regarding the strategic-management process and control is included. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the role of business in society, considering the needs and resources of the community, the main economic systems and the nature of Business Management;
identify and explain the internal and external business environment and the interaction between an organisation and its environment;
define and explain the entrepreneurial process, the characteristics of an entrepreneur, the difference between an entrepreneurial venture and a small business and the phases of growth in a business;
explain the importance of Business Ethics and analyse the relevant aspects to be considered in developing ethical behaviour and a code of ethical conduct in an organisation;
identify and explain the origin of management theory and modern approaches currently at hand;
analyse the skills, roles and characteristics of managers as important role players in establishing effective and efficient business practice;
identify and explain all the relevant aspects, processes, characteristics, theories, models and techniques relevant to the four primary management tasks;
identify and explain planning as primary management task;
identify and explain organizing as primary management task;
236
identify and explain leading as primary management task;
identify and explain controlling as primary management task;
explain the strategic management process;
distinguish between external and internal environmental analysis;
identify strategic implementation; and
identify strategic control.
Business Management 1B (BMA21B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to develop the students’ fundamental theoretical academic knowledge on how to gather, integrate and disseminate information which can be used to provide them with a global overview of management functions and prepare them for challenges in the South African business environment in a multicultural context. Furthermore, this module will also develop the student with fundamental academic knowledge, intellectual competencies, and practical skills on how to apply and disseminate the functional areas of a business. Marketing Management, Logistics and Supply Management, Operational Management, Information Management, Financial Management, Human Resource Management and External Communications is covered in detail. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the role of the marketing function within the organisation;
explain the distribution and marketing communication strategies used by organisations in reaching the consumer;
explain financial management as a management function focusing on investment and financing decisions;
explain the contribution of external communications as a management function in a large organisation as an essential interaction with all the stakeholders;
describe the role of human resource management in organisations, and discuss the contribution that human resource management makes to the management of the organisation;
explain the role of logistics and supply management; and
explain the contribution made by the operations function.
Business Management 2A (BMA12A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50%
237
PURPOSE The aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the inter-relationship between the various value creating activities in an organisation through the learning, knowing, understanding and application of theory, standards and principles. The important departure point will be an Introduction to the systems approach after which a thorough identification and interpretation will follow of operations and strategy. With memorisation and explanation of the concepts relating to operations, the design activity together with the planning activities will follow. Operations improvement aiming at the review and use of various approaches together with defining and explaining Total Quality management will be introduced. Finally project management in operations will be discussed including the concepts, principals and standards. Operational challenge will conclude the module where it will be indicated, solved and challenges identified. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
key concepts relating to the systems approach to management can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to the systems approach to management can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to operations management can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to operations management can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between strategy, value creating and operations in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to operations and strategic management can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to operations and strategic management can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between operations and strategy in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to the nature of operations and management can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to operations management can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between operations and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to the design activity of operations management can be memorised and discussed.
key concepts relating to Business process design can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to business process design can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between the value creating activities of business process design in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to products and services design can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to products and services design can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between products and services design in the value creation chain in an organisation can be reviewed and compared
key concepts relating to planning activity of operations can be memorised and discussed.
key concepts to the nature of planning and control of operations in an organisation can be recalled and discussed.
238
standards and principles applicable to planning and control in management can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between planning and control and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to capacity planning and control through management can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to capacity planning and control that can be used by management be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between capacity planning and control between the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to supply chain management planning and control can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to supply chain management be reviewed and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between supply chain management and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to just-in-time planning and control can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to just-in-time management can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between just-in-time planning and control and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to operations improvement can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to operations improvement can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between operations improvement and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to quality planning and control in operations can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to operations planning and control can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between operational planning and control and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to total quality management can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to total quality management can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between total quality management and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to project management in operations can be memorised and discussed.
standards and principles applicable to project management in operations can be stated and used through applicable examples.
the relationship between project management and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.
key concepts relating to operational challenges can be memorised and discussed.
the relationship between operations and contemporary management issues can be stated and used through applicable examples.
explain the role of business in society, considering the needs and resources of the community, the main economic systems and the nature of business management,
identify and explain the internal and external business environment and the interaction between an organisation and its environment,
define and explain operational management, purchasing management, logistics management as management functions and issues considering the relevant models, processes characteristics, and the application of management tasks within each function,
239
define and explain the entrepreneurial process, the characteristics of an entrepreneur, the difference between an entrepreneurial venture and a small business and the phases of growth in a business
explain the importance of business ethics and analyse the relevant aspects to be considered in developing ethical behaviour and a code of ethical conduct in an organisation
identify and explain the origin of management theory and modern approaches currently at hand,
analyse the skills, roles and characteristics of managers as important role players in establishing effective and efficient business practice,
identify and explain all the relevant aspects, processes, characteristics, theories, models and techniques relevant to the four primary management tasks,
identify and explain planning as primary management task,
identify and explain organizing as primary management task,
identify and explain leading as primary management task,
identify and explain controlling as primary management task.
Business Management 2B (BMA22B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to develop the students’ fundamental theoretical academic knowledge on how to gather, integrate and disseminate information which can be used to provide them with an insight into Contemporary Management Aspects. This will include a thorough understanding of Change Management and the effect thereof. Creativity and Innovation will prepare the student for an entrepreneurial impact and prepare them for challenges in the South African business environment in a multicultural context. Furthermore, this module will also develop the student with fundamental academic knowledge, intellectual competencies, and practical skills on how to apply and disseminate Risk Management and introduce Globalisation and the International Markets. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define creativity and innovation and its related concepts;
understand the basic theory behind creativity and innovation;
explain the creativity process and how the creative mind can be developed;
explain the innovation process and its role in organisations;
explain the barriers to creativity and how it can be removed;
apply various creativity techniques;
distinguish between the various forms and types of innovation;
distinguish between the various forms of intellectual property;
identify and explain terms relating to risk;
identify and explain terms relating to risk management;
identify and explain terms relating to the risk management process;
identify and explain terms relating to the risk management process;
definition of global business and globalization;
trends in the internationalisation of business;
240
growth in global business and foreign investment;
emerging markets;
international trade theories;
South Africa’s road to globalisation;
the concept of economic integration;
the EU and SA trade relationship;
implications of regional trade blocs and trade agreements for South African businesses; and
general implications of the formation of regional trade blocs for South Africa.
Business Management 3A (BMA13A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE This module will provide learners with intellectual and practical competencies of Strategic Management. The purpose of this module is to provide the learner with knowledge, interpretation, analysis and an understanding of strategic management as a long-term management process focusing on the strategic management planning process considering the organisational vision and mission; all the internal and external inputs; the formulation, interpretation and application of the appropriate strategies, and the implementation and institutionalisation of the selected strategies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
appraise the term ‘strategic management’, its origin, what it encompasses and what its function is within the corporate context in a commercial or non-commercial setting;
identify and compare the different presently recognised types of philosophies concerning strategic management and motivate the main guidelines or considerations dictating its deployment;
by using authoritative sources, select an appropriate comprehensive corporate strategic management framework or model and explain the essential phases or steps involved in this process;
reflect upon the challenges globalisation has brought about when considering strategy;
reflect upon the ramifications of different strategic direction decisions that organisations have to choose between;
identify and compare the different presently recognised types of business strategies and motivate the main guidelines or considerations dictating its deployment;
explain how the strategy is implemented and evaluated in a business; and
describe and reflect upon the macro-importance of building learning organisations and world class organisations in South Africa.
241
Business Management 3B CODE: (BMA23B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to develop academic students who can demonstrate a focused knowledge base, theory, interpretation, and practical skills of international management by remembering, understanding, applying and analysing the unique concepts of international management in terms of a global business environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate the impact of globalisation on international business;
identify and analyse the determinants of economic development;
debate the implications of differences in cultures of nations and societies for international organisations;
debate the implications of international trade theories for international organisations;
describe the implications of trade barriers for international business;
explain the impact of foreign direct investment (FDI) in the world economy;
discuss the political and economic case for regional economic integration;
explain the foreign exchange market and analyse the scope of the International Monetary System;
discuss the strategy of international business;
discuss the elements of organisational architecture;
identify and discuss the various entry strategies of organisations into foreign markets.
EF.153 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS
Business Mathematics 100 (MAT100) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 14 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The course consists of a basic introduction to Mathematical topics in the fields of Algebra, Calculus, Financial Mathematics, Discrete Mathematics and Statistics. A few applications of these Mathematic topics in Accounting, Economics and Finance are covered. This will allow students to observe and practice the practical applications of Mathematics to the relevant fields.
242
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
accurately perform basic calculations in Algebra; accurately determine limits, continuity intervals, derivatives and integrals using various
techniques and rules;
accurately perform basic calculations in Financial Mathematics;
accurately perform basic calculations in Discrete Mathematics;
accurately perform basic calculations in Statistics; and
correctly apply all the skills that they have learnt in Accounting, Economics and Business.
EF.154 COMMERCE
Commerce 100 (COM100) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 24 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with intellectual competencies, practical skills and an understanding of General Management based on historical and modern approaches as well as the management tasks, namely planning, organizing, leading and controlling. Furthermore the purpose of this module is to develop the students’ fundamental theoretical academic knowledge on how to gather, integrate and disseminate information which can be used to provide them with a global overview of management functions and prepare them for challenges in the South African business environment in a multicultural context. This module will also develop the student with fundamental academic knowledge, intellectual competencies, and practical skills on how to apply and disseminate Marketing Management, Operational Management, Information Management, Financial Management, Human Resource Management and External Communications which can be used in functional management. Finally every student will be faced with the challenges associated with starting a business, choosing an organisational structure suitable to the environment, solving the various problems that a typical business will encounter as it grows and establishes itself within a South African business context, identifying the functions and tasks of management. This will be done in a case study as part of the lecturing and assessment of the subject. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the role of business in society, considering the needs and resources of the community, the main economic systems and the nature of business;
identify and explain the internal and external business environment and the interaction between an organisation and its environment;
define and explain the entrepreneurial process, the characteristics of an entrepreneur, the difference between an entrepreneurial venture and a small business and the phases of growth in a business;
explain the importance of Business Ethics and analyse the relevant aspects to be considered in developing ethical behaviour and a code of ethical conduct in an organisation;
analyse the skills, roles and characteristics of managers as important role players in establishing effective and efficient business practice;
243
identify and explain planning, organizing, leading and controlling as primary management tasks;
explain the role of the Marketing function within the organisation;
explain the term market segmentation and the bases which can be used to segment the market as well as explaining the terms positioning and targeting;
explain the product and pricing strategies that organisations can use;
explain the distribution and marketing communication strategies used by organisations in reaching the consumer;
comment on the developments within the field of marketing such as services’ marketing and relationship marketing;
explain financial management as a management function focusing on investment and financing decisions;
explain the contribution of external communications as a management function in a large organisation as an essential interaction with all the stakeholders;
describe the managerial implication and aspects relevant to e-management and managing an e-business;
describe the role of human resource management in organisations, and discuss the contribution that human resource management makes to the management of the organisation;
explain how the functions of job analysis and job design contribute to the successful recruitment of people to fill vacant positions in an organisation; and
explain how selection is done in organisations in such a manner that the requirements of relevant legislation is met, and that the right candidate is appointed to vacant positions so that the organisation can deliver products and services to its customers.
EF.155 COMMERCIAL LAW
Commercial Law 1A (COL41A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 6/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE Upon the successful completion of this module, a student will have a broad understanding of the basic components/principles of the law of contract and its requirements for validity of contracts. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
have a broad understanding of the structure of the South African legal system;
highlight and analyse the different sources of South African law;
understand, at a practical level, the broad principles relating to the interpretation of statutes;
understand the general principles of the law of obligations;
demonstrate a clear understanding of consensus as a requirement for a valid contract;
demonstrate a clear understanding of contractual capacity as a requirement for a valid contract;
demonstrate a clear understanding of legality and physical possibility as requirements for a valid contract;
demonstrate a clear understanding of formalities as a requirement for a valid contract;
illustrate a thorough knowledge of standard contractual terms and the parties involved in the conclusion of a valid contract;
illustrate a thorough knowledge of the various forms of breach of contract and matters related thereto; and
illustrate a thorough knowledge of the applicable principles relating to the law of agency.
244
Commercial Law 1B (COL41B1/CML1B01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 6/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE Upon the successful completion of this module, a student will have a broad overview of general principles relating to the law of partnership, company law, close corporations law and business trust law. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
provide basic legal advice regarding the choice of business form;
discuss the legal structure of the partnership, company, close corporation and business trust; and
explain the rights and duties of the different role players in the partnership, the company, the close corporation and the business trust.
Commercial Law 100 (CML1B01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE Upon the successful completion of this module, a student will be familiar with the statutory regulation of some specific contracts as well as the legal framework within which entities operate. A student will be able to integrate the principles learned in Introduction to Law for BAcc students and build upon this foundation. A student who has successfully completed this course should be equipped to deal with the challenges and difficulties a Chartered Accountancy student will experience during the course of his/her studies and profession. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply the relevant principles pertaining to credit agreements and consumer protection in terms of the National Credit Act 34 of 2005 as well as the Consumer Protection Act 68 of 2008;
apply the legal principles relating to the law of insurance as well as discuss the purpose and objective of the Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act 37 of 2002 (FAIS), also with reference to intermediaries and the broader regulatory framework;
apply the legal principles underpinning the law of security;
consider the role of important tax case law in the interpretation of tax principles;
critically evaluate the general principles relating to the law of insolvency, formulate and recognise the main principles in regard to the initiation process of the winding-up of a company and demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the principles relating to business rescue;
consider various pieces of legislation that regulate labour law in South Africa;
consider the importance of corporate governance especially with reference to fiduciary duties of directors and whistle-blowing; and
evaluate the supervision of banks from a legal perspective.
245
Commercial Law 2C (COL41C2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip provide the student with a very broad overview of certain specific types of contracts and certain commercial law capita selecta. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
distinguish between different types of contracts and discuss the basic principles of such respective contracts (including Purchase and Sale, Lease and Credit Agreements);
apply the legal principles relating to the law of insurance;
apply the legal principles underpinning the law of security;
discuss the basic principles of the law of negotiable instruments;
discuss the basic principles associated with the law of insolvency; and
consider various pieces of legislation that regulate labour law in South Africa.
EF.156 INFORMATICS
Informatics 100 (IFM100) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL: 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide Information Technology professionals who can analyse, design and develop algorithms into programs demonstrating correctness using a visual computer language such as Visual Basic. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
solve programming problems using a computer;
analyse, design and program algorithms;
use control structures in algorithms and computer programs;
demonstrate the use of arrays and records in computer programs; and
demonstrate computer programs.
EF.157 INTRODUCTION TO LAW
Introduction to Law 100 (INL100) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 24 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.
246
PURPOSE Upon the successful completion of this module, a student will be familiar with the structure of the legal system and legal framework within which entities operate. A student will be equipped with a general understanding of basic legal concepts relevant to his/her profession. A student who has successfully completed this course should be equipped to deal with the challenges and difficulties a Chartered Accountancy student will experience during the course of his/her studies and profession. For this reason, the course comprises three components: (1) theory (i.e. weekly lectures and written academic assignments); (2) practical exposure (e.g. guest lectures by members of the Chartered Accountancy profession; and (3) skills training (i.e. library orientation and workshops aimed at enhancing study and life skills). OUTCOMES
demonstrate that he/she is familiar with the structure of the legal system end the legal framework;
demonstrate a basic understanding of the concept of “law“; identify the various sources of the South African law; demonstrate the necessary knowledge of the history of the South African legal system; obtain a basic understanding of the classification of the law – understand the basic tenets of
the law of civil procedure, criminal law and law of evidence; understand the general principles of the law of contract; demonstrate a clear understanding of
consensus as a requirement for a valid contract; demonstrate a clear understanding of contractual capacity as a requirement for a valid contract; demonstrate a clear understanding of legality and physical possibility as requirements for a valid contract; demonstrate a clear understanding of formalities as a requirement for a valid contract and illustrate basic insight regarding the impact of contracts in everyday life;
provide basic legal advice regarding the choice of business form, discuss the legal structure of a partnership, company, close corporation and business trust and explain the rights and duties of the different role players in the partnership, the company, the close corporation and the business trust;
comprehend the importance of the Constitution of 1996 and human rights in the South African context;
have a basic understanding of legal argument and logic and know what legal language entails; understand the relevance of legal comparison; and comprehend basic philosophy.
EF.158 INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
Introductory Mathematical Analysis A (MAA00A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to give students a proper foundation in important Mathematical skills needed to pursue further studies in Accounting, Business, Finance and Economics. Students are taught various topics in fundamental Algebra, Graphs, Financial Mathematics, Statistics and Calculus with direct applications in the relevant fields.
247
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define and apply fundamental concepts of algebra;
determine and apply fundamental concepts of domains and functions;
display relevant skills in the areas of graphs and systems;
solve exponential and logarithmic equations;
solve problems around basic linear programming and linear equations geometrically;
discuss and determine various probability and statistical techniques; and
apply fundamental concepts of calculus.
EF.159 MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Marketing Management 1A (MMA11A1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LELVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE This module focuses on the development, evaluation, and implementation of marketing principles in business organisations with reference to segmentation, targeting and positioning and a basic introduction of the marketing mix. Students should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the range of decisions implicit to the above mentioned marketing decisions. Students should be able to reflect on the decisions and implementations made. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
compile a SWOT analysis based on a thorough evaluation of the marketing environment;
identify the importance of understanding consumer behaviour from a marketing perspective;
describe and apply market segmentation, targeting and positioning to a practical scenario;
discuss in detail the product decisions that a marketer face and indicate its impact on the organisation;
understand the importance of pricing as a marketing mix instrument;
explain the steps in setting a final price by following the prescribed steps;
design, select and manage a distribution channel; and
understand the importance of developing an integrated marketing communication programme as a marketing mix instrument.
248
Marketing Management 1B (MMA21B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE This module focuses on introducing the extended marketing mix as well as the development, evaluation, and implementation of marketing principles in business organisations with reference to marketing research, relationship marketing, business-to-business marketing, branding and e-marketing. Students should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the rage of decisions implicit to the above mentioned marketing decisions. Students should be able to reflect on the decisions and implementations made. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the extended marketing mix in the form of people, physical evidence and processes;
identify the difference between transactional marketing and relationship marketing;
discuss the importance of relationship marketing in today’s marketplace;
understand the complexities of business-to-business marketing;
identify how organisations can use branding, e-marketing and social media in the evolving marketing environment; and
apply the marketing concepts within various organisations and situations.
Marketing Management 2A (MMA12A2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 14 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE This module focuses on the influence of consumer and/or organisational behaviour on the development and implementation of marketing strategies. Students should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the scope and nature of consumer and/or organisational behaviour and the implications thereof. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply the principles of consumer and /or organisational behaviour to solve problems in scenarios and case studies and reflect on the applications made;
discuss the importance of consumer behaviour and explain how consumer behaviour fits into the marketing process;
explain in details the various external factors that influence consumer behaviour;
249
discuss the internal variables that affect how consumers behave;
explain how consumers make decisions in an attempt to solve problems;
compare and differentiate between consumer decision making an organisation decision making; and
explain how marketing regulations affects consumer behaviour.
Marketing Management 2B (MMA22B2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 14 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with the knowledge and understanding of services marketing as an integral part of the 21st century. Due to the immense growth of the service sector in recent years, it is imperative that students develop intellectual competencies and practical skills to be future marketers within a service environment. This module will introduce students to the basic principles underlying services marketing and will more specifically address the importance of service quality management, service development and design, the service delivery process, how organisations should manage employees’, customers’ and the environment’s role in service delivery, building customer relationships and loyalty and lastly how service recovery occurs. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the importance of service quality and how marketers should manage it;
discuss the gaps model of service quality and apply it to an example;
comment on the unique demands of service design and explain how a new service can be developed;
differentiate between the pricing strategies that are available for services;
discuss the service delivery process and the various considerations that should be kept in mind;
explain how marketers should manage employees’, customers’ and the physical environments’ roles in service delivery;
explain the unique demands of services marketing communication and discuss the various communication strategies that can be implemented when marketing services;
discuss how marketers can match service demand and capacity;
explain how organisations can build relationships with their customers; and
differentiate between the different types of service failures and explain how organisations can recover from these failures.
250
Marketing Management 3A (MMA13A3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE This module focuses on guiding the student through the marketing research process and presenting sound marketing research principles and methods to the student. Students should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the range of decisions relating to the marketing research process and be able to conduct a marketing research project. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain, illustrate and discuss the key concepts, processes and principles required in the implementation of a marketing research task;
comment on the importance of research for all organisations in their marketing activities and show how organisations use marketing research in their marketing activities;
collect, analyse, organise and critically evaluate secondary research information using the internet, academic journals and other information sources;
critically evaluate an existing questionnaire and design their own questionnaire to achieve specific research objectives;
choose an appropriate survey and sampling method for a survey;
interpret research findings; and
develop a marketing research project within a given situation.
Marketing Management 3B (MMA23B3) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 7/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50% PURPOSE Marketing 3B is the final module in marketing for marketing management students. For this reason it is important to bring the topics and themes that have been covered in previous modules and courses together to develop a holistic picture of marketing and the resultant marketing strategies that are selected by the Student. This means that all topics are integrated in order to paint a complete picture of the marketing function and task of the marketing manager. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the importance of strategic marketing;
251
conduct an organisational analysis and refer to its effect on strategic marketing;
conduct an industry analysis and place the organisation relative to the situation in the overall industry;
conduct consumer analysis and discuss the implication for strategic marketing;
indicate how organisations can obtain sustainable advantage and the various ways in which this can be done; and
comment on the latest developments in the field of marketing and strategic marketing.
EF.160 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
Mathematical Analysis B (MAA00B1) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to teach students more advanced Mathematical skills needed to pursue future studies in Economics and Econometrics. Students are taught many topics in Calculus and Matrix Algebra with direct applications in Economics and Econometrics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
calculate arithmetic and geometric sequences , convert sums into summation notation and evaluate sums;
apply symmetry to curve-sketching, be familiar with the shapes of the graphs of six basic functions and to consider translation, reflection, and vertical stretching or shrinking of the graph of a function and to discuss functions of several variables and to compute function values;
define and analyse the fundamentals of matrix algebra;
apply limits and basic continuity;
apply differentiation theoretically and practically;
graphically display knowledge of curve-sketching; and
apply integration.
252
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA MODULES
EF.161 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY
Advanced Accounting (ADC8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen the expertise and theoretical knowledge of accounting principles obtained through undergraduate studies. The focus is to develop comprehensive and systematic knowledge and intellectual independent skills to be able to prepare, present, disclose and analyse comprehensive financial statements based on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
critically analyse and interpret the accounting concepts of the framework;
demonstrate an understanding of the presentation of financial statements;
demonstrate an understanding of the concepts surrounding integrated reporting;
analyse and interpret financial statements;
identify and apply the following accounting risks: identification risk; recognition risk; measurement risk; classification risk; presentation and disclosure risk; consolidation risk and derecognition risk; and
demonstrate an understanding of the following accounting topics Associates and joint ventures; business combinations; financial instruments; leases; revenue recognition; share-based payments; statements of cash flows and other reporting that accompanies the financial statements.
Auditing and Control (AUC8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE This module builds on the audit knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies and combines all the topics previously studied to create a cohesive knowledge and insight of the Auditing discipline. Students will not only gain the cognitive knowledge on auditing concepts and principles but will develop the skills to apply these to problems in an auditing and business context. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Auditing.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
interpret correctly the fundamental principles of Governance and Control;
demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King III Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (“King”);
253
demonstrate an understanding of the legislative environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Companies Act;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the concept of business ethics; managing ethics and institutionalising ethics and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the background to internal audit, regulatory environment and the scope of internal auditors and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of business risks; the likelihood and impact of business risks; the management of risks faced by the business and the risk management process. Also, critically analyse and evaluate these concepts; and
apply a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of internal controls and critically analyse and evaluate the concept of internal controls.
Financial Accounting (FAC8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE This module builds on the Financial Accounting knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies and encompasses general purpose external financial reporting by business entities. The main aim of the module is to develop students’ competence in the preparation and presentation of high quality, useful financial information. It includes the need for students to apply lateral thinking to specific scenarios in the current business environment, to assess the reliability of the source information, and to interpret and apply the framework and appropriate standards to provide useful financial information. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the Competency Framework of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Financial Accounting.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to: demonstrate a thorough conceptual understanding of Accounting in terms of the conceptual
framework and apply the underlying principles per the framework to given scenarios to solve for the correct justification and recognition criteria;
rephrase a solid conceptual understanding of the individual Accounting Standards of International Financial Reporting Standards and apply these standards to practical scenarios; and
prepare external financial reports for different types of business entities.
Governance and Control (GOC8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen a student’s expertise and theoretical knowledge of the auditing, obtained through undergraduate studies. This module combines various topics previously studied to create a cohesive theoretical knowledge of and insight into the Governance and Control discipline. Students will engage on a high level theoretically and gain intellectual independence with the knowledge of governance and control concepts and principles. Students will develop these skills to apply the Governance and Control principles to problems in practical business.
254
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
interpret correctly the fundamental principles of Governance and Control;
demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King III Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (“King”);
demonstrate an understanding of the legislative environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Companies Act;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the concept of business ethics; managing ethics and institutionalising ethics and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the background to internal audit, regulatory environment and the scope of internal auditors and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of business risks; the likelihood and impact of business risks; the management of risks faced by the business and the risk management process. Also, critically analyse and evaluate these concepts; and
apply a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of internal controls and critically analyse and evaluate the concept of internal controls.
Internal Auditing (IAU8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen expertise and theoretical knowledge of accounting principles obtained through undergraduate studies. This module combines various topics previously studied to create a cohesive theoretical knowledge of and insight into the Internal Auditing discipline. Students will engage on a high level theoretically and gain intellectual independence with the knowledge of internal auditing concepts and principles. Students will develop the skills to apply these to problems to practical business cases. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply the fundamental principles of internal auditing;
demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment on internal auditors and have a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the principles to evaluate these principles critically;
demonstrate an understanding of the internal auditing process and the fundamental principles thereof;
display a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the concept of the internal auditing engagement process and analyse and evaluate these concepts critically;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of documentation requirements of internal auditing;
display a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the review process in internal auditing and analyse and evaluate these concepts critically; and
display a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the reporting requirements and principles of internal auditing and analyse and evaluate reports critically.
255
Managerial Accounting and Finance (MAF8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE This module builds on the financial management knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies and integrates the topics previously studied for application in practical scenarios. The module is concerned with the provision of information to management to assist them in decision- making for planning and control. Students will not only gain knowledge about the principles and techniques used but will also develop analytical and critical abilities to analyse financial information and test decision outcomes for their sensitivity to alternative possibilities and results. The purpose of the Management Accounting section of the module is for students to gain an understanding of costing concepts and their application in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems; to develop the ability to devise appropriate indicators of performance, to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control; and to develop the ability to identify relevant information and provide information for decision- making and system design. In the Financial Management section of the module students will gain an understanding of the investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to the enterprise and its activities, within the context of its environment and will develop the ability to make recommendations designed to manage the entity responsibly through effective use of financial resources and in accordance with the strategic objectives of the firm. Further the model covers markets, specifically the finance and treasury sides. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Financial Management.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate an understanding of costing systems and cost management, apply cost management techniques and advise on issues for decision-making;
apply the principles of budgeting and standard costing;
apply performance measurement and transfer pricing principles;
analyse financial statements and interpret this information for decision-making purposes;
demonstrate an understanding of risk, performance and uncertainty;
demonstrate an understanding of and perform valuations of business entities, projects and financial assets;
demonstrate an understanding of Managerial Accounting & Finance, financing and the treasury function;
demonstrate an understanding of working capital management; and
demonstrate an understanding of risk management & strategy.
256
Practical Applications in Internal Auditing (PAI8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary competence and skills to apply the principles of internal auditing in a practical scenario. Student will also be equip with the necessary competence and skills in order to perform research within the internal auditing field and how to apply internal auditing to the research process and applicable methodologies. Students should also demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
Apply the fundamental principles of internal auditing to practical scenarios and be able to critically evaluate these principles.
Practical Applications in Taxation (PAT8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary competence and skills to apply the principles of taxation in a practical scenario. Student will also be equip with the necessary competence and skills in order to perform research within the taxation field and how to apply taxation to the research process and applicable methodologies. Students should also demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
Perform taxation computations and analyse and interpret the requirements of Value-Added Tax Act, the Income Tax Act and the Estate Duty Act.
Taxation (TXT8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expand the theoretical and practical knowledge on taxation obtained through undergraduate studies. This module will prepare students to construct a comprehensive in depth knowledge of taxation principles and theories and will develop the intellectual independency to be able to interpret and apply legislation relating to Value-Added Tax, Income Tax (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations Tax and Dividends Tax on Companies) and the duties levied on the estates of deceased persons in terms of the Estate Duty Act. The module includes the discussion and/or the calculation of taxable income for residents and non-resident taxpayers (individuals, partnerships, companies, trusts, estates and a group of companies). Secondary the module focuses also on the application of the practical implementation of taxation issues such as the completion of income tax returns, VAT returns and provisional tax returns. Students will also be introduced to the basic principles of International Taxation in the module.
257
The module will be based on the current needs demanded by the market, such as the tax academies at the Big Four Auditing Firms and general tax practitioners. The module prepares students for further study in the field of Taxation, for example a Masters and Doctoral degrees.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss, interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to value added tax with reference to the Value-Added Tax (VAT) Act, important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner of SARS, where appropriate and calculated the related taxation implications;
discuss, interpret and apply the laws and procedures relating to taxes levied in terms of the Income Tax Act (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations tax and Secondary Tax on Companies) with reference to important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate and calculate the related taxation implications;
discuss, interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to the duty which is levied on the estates of deceased persons with reference to the Estate Duty Act, important decisions of the courts and Estate Planning and calculate the related taxation implications.
EF.162 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
Administration of Estates (AO38X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge and skills in the administration process of a deceased estate. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate and apply an in-depth knowledge of the administration process of a deceased estate;
analyse and evaluate the different aspects that influence the administration of a deceased estate;
compile and evaluate the various documents and liquidation and distribution accounts applicable at the death of a person; and
identify and apply the different tax aspects that influence the administration of a deceased estate.
258
Advanced Cost and Management Accounting (ACM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to apply, analyse and critically evaluate advanced cost and management accounting techniques, systems and theories. The module lays the foundation for short and long term decision making that supports strategic financial objectives. The Management Accounting section of this module is focused on costs, their drivers and how this information is used in production analysis and decision making. The focus is short term and demonstrates the role of budgeting within a strategic organisation and examines the process of making decisions about cost, volume and prices with its resulting impact on profitability. The Advanced Management Accounting section of this module is focused on expanding knowledge about costs and drivers and how it can inform and enable strategic objectives. The focus is long term and investigates the role of performance management through control and long term decision making. This section examines the role of risk and how to incorporate it into decision making. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepares students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of Financial Management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss and explain various costing methods, total quality management and the role of environmental costing in various contexts;
discuss, explain and analyse budgets and its use in performance management and management control;
explain and analyse the concept of relevancy for short term decision making, calculate break-even and product mix using linear programming and identify cost information that provides conflicting data;
analyse, discuss and apply risk assessment and decision models to deal with uncertainty in decision making;
evaluate and apply methods of identifying and managing competitive cost advantages;
discuss and evaluate decision making in responsibility centres, behavioural consequences of performance measurement and the impact of transfer pricing in the context of an organisational structure;
discuss and evaluate long term decision making processes, its consequences and pricing strategies; and
analyse and discuss sensitivity analysis methods used to manage risk.
259
Applications of Trusts (AOT8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop knowledge and skills to enable students to demonstrate their ability in applying tax law to be able to determine the income tax implications of different trust structures; evaluate trust deeds and understand and apply the implications of international trusts in estate planning. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate and apply an in-depth knowledge of the law of trust in estate planning;
critically evaluate the taxation of the different trust structures in a practical environment;
apply the different trust structures in estate planning;
evaluate existing trust deeds and advice accordingly; and
demonstrate an understanding and apply the implications of international trusts in estate planning.
Applied Financial Market Analysis (AFM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the necessary skills to analyse financial market data and use problems to create quantitative models. Students will be provided with the necessary knowledge to be able to use correct numerical methods to analyse investment options and communicate the outcomes of all of these analytical tools. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
formulate problems into quantitative models;
apply statistical methods to analyse past data and infer future trends;
derive outcomes, analyse and interpret output from mathematical and statistical models;
select appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques for application to problems in the contexts of financial markets;
implement the analysis and evaluation of numerical solutions to investment problems related to stockbroking;
demonstrate an understanding of appropriate application of quantitative techniques to a range of problems in the financial market context;
communicate the results of quantitative analyses in the contexts of finance and investment, to both specialists and non-specialists, recognising any limitations of the underlying models; and
conduct mathematical and statistical investigations within the contexts of financial markets.
260
Contemporary Management Accounting (CMA8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to structure organisations, with the view to ultimately be able to formulate and implement organisational strategy through people, projects, processes and relationships. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepares students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of Financial Management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the purpose of the finance function and its relationships with other parts of the organisation, including how the finance function supports the organisation's strategies and operations;
demonstrate the purpose of the operations function and its relationships with other parts of the organisation, as well as apply the tools and concepts of operations management to deliver sustainable performance;
demonstrate the purpose of the Human Resources (HR) function and its relationships with other parts of the organisation, as well as apply tools and techniques of Human Resources Management (HRM);
discuss the concepts associated with managing through people, including the hard and soft aspects of people and organisational performance;
discuss the effectiveness of organisational relationships, including the management tools and techniques in managing organisational relationships; and
advise on the important elements in the change process and discuss the concepts involved in managing projects.
Equity Investment Analysis (EIA8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to equip students with the knowledge of different equity investments and how to evaluate the value of these investments. This module will also assist students in describing corporate finance and its relation to capital budgeting. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
distinguish between income based, asset based and market based approaches to firm valuation;
provide an in-depth analysis of a firm’s financial statements;
outline and discuss the steps an analyst may follow in evaluating a firm’s accounting quality;
identify the primary distortions in financial statements and explains how to deal with them;
describe the process involved in and motivations for in mergers and takeovers;
describe corporate finance in relationship to capital budgeting; and
evaluate capital structure and dividends and share repurchases analysis.
261
Estate Planning (ESP8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the understanding and skills to apply the knowledge associated with estate planning, in order to demonstrate the ability to prepare an estate plan that will comply with the required legislation and provide for the necessary liquidity and minimum estate duty. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
analyse and evaluate the different components of estate planning in a practical environment;
employ the objectives of estate planning;
calculate and evaluate the estate duty payable at the death of a person and advice accordingly;
apply the different matrimonial property regimes in estate planning and at the death of a person;
apply the different tax aspects that influence estate planning;
analyse and evaluate the different aspects that influence the administration of a deceased estate for estate planning; and
demonstrate an understanding of the various aspects from an international perspective that can impact on estate planning.
Financial Engineering (FEG8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The aim of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of financial engineering. The module is comprised of a wide range of financial engineering theories. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex financial engineering principles and apply financial engineering instruments in a professional manner. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
describe financial markets, its instruments, calculation (of financial instruments) and price determination theories;
differentiate between the characteristics of the relevant financial derivative instruments;
explain the types of financial derivatives, their developments and the economic roles they play in the financial markets, as well as their risk and ethical issues;
understand derivatives pricing, payoff functions and combination of trading strategies of basic derivatives such as forwards and futures, options, swaps both financial and interest rate, and floating rate notes;
describe and understand how the different instruments can be used to implement basic market risk management strategies, appropriate for corporate and treasury application under different hedging approaches;
solve problems requiring the ability to price derivative instruments and hedge market risk based on numerical data and current market conventions;
obtain the skills required for pricing financial derivatives, including familiarity with some central techniques, namely risk-neutral valuation, no-arbitrage pricing, the binomial model, and the Black-Scholes model;
262
apply and exercise quantitative and mathematical skills in pricing derivative instruments;
recognise historical issues and practices of financial derivatives in the real world; and
demonstrate understanding and application of different types of generic skills including collaboration skills, communication skills, presentation skills, numeracy skills, critical thinking skills, problem-solving skills, self-management skills and study skills.
Financial Markets Rules and Directives (FMR8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to instruct students on the regulations and precedents used in financial market practices. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain and apply the rules prescribed by the regulators of the financial industry governing the equities markets, derivatives, interest rates and currencies and how it affects the financial market environment; and
describe and apply the directives prescribed by the regulators of the financial industry governing the equities markets, derivatives, interest rates and currencies and how it affects the financial market environment.
Financial Reporting and Taxation (FRT8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE This module supplies students with the skills and knowledge needed to read and analyse financial statements in order to accurately report on the statements as well as financially equip an organisation with tax planning and execution of payments. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
describe the key elements, roles, information sources, preparation and evaluation of financial statements reporting and analysis;
differentiate between the regulatory financial reporting authorities and reporting systems;
explain and interpret the components of financial statements;
describe and evaluate the different inventory accounting methods and the appropriateness of the method in regards to the company;
differentiate between and interpret the accounting and depreciation/impairment of tangible and intangible assets;
distinguish between and interpret accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets;
calculate, explain and interpret long-term liabilities, including: - presentation and disclosure; - current market rates and fair value; and - debt with equity features;
describe the recognition and measurement of financial instruments;
explain and evaluate the accounting and reporting of leases; and
263
describe, apply and calculate general taxation/income tax, dividends tax and securities transfer tax in the financial markets environment.
Financial Strategy (FST8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 25 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to apply, analyse and critically evaluate the formulation and implementation of financial strategy to support the overall strategy of the organisation. This module provides the competencies to evaluate the financing requirements of organisations and relative merits of alternative sources of finance to meet these requirements. It also develops the competencies required to value investment opportunities including the valuation of corporate entities for mergers, acquisitions and divestments. The module outcomes are aligned with the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepare students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of financial management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
calculate, analyse and interpret the performance, financial position and changes in financial position of different types of entities;
evaluate strategic financial and non-financial objectives of different types of entities;
evaluate strategic financial management policy decisions;
evaluate the financing requirements of an entity and recommend a strategy for meeting those requirements;
evaluate dividend policies for an incorporated entity that meet the needs and expectations of shareholders;
evaluate opportunities for acquisition, merger and divestment;
evaluate the value of entities;
evaluate pricing issues and post-transaction issues; and
demonstrate suitable research skills by completing a project within the scope of the module syllabus.
Law of Trusts (LFM8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the students with an in depth background regarding trust law in South Africa. OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
demonstrate an in-depth knowledge of the law of trust in South Africa;
analyse and evaluate the transfer of wealth to an inter vivos or discretionary trust;
distinguish between the different trust structures; and
analyse and evaluate the administration of a trust.
264
Legislation of Financial Markets (LFM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE By doing this module a student is equipped to complete the correct processes for a new listing on a stock market and fathom and interpret legislation, regulations and government processes related to financial market practices. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
conceptualise and apply the principles related to the management components within a stockbroking firm;
describe the processes involved in the listing of a firm on the exchange; and understand and apply the legislation prescribed by government that governs the financial markets.
Management Accounting Case Study (MAC8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The aim of this module is to prepare students to integrate their knowledge and learning across elements of Project and Relationship Management (i.e. Contemporary Management Accounting), Advanced Management Accounting (i.e. Advanced Cost and Management Accounting) and Advanced Financial Reporting (i.e. Accounting and Financial Strategy). Students will be required to answer case study questions that are set in a simulated business context relating to one or more fictionalised organisations linked to a real business or industry. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss developments in strategic management;
analyse the relationship between different aspects of the global business environment;
discuss the concepts associated with managing through people;
discuss the hard and soft aspects of people and organisational performance;
discuss the effectiveness or organisational relationships;
discuss management tools and techniques in managing organisational relationships;
advise on important elements in the change process;
discuss the concepts involved in managing projects;
evaluate techniques for analysing and managing costs for competitive advantage;
discuss decision making in responsibility centres;
discuss issues arising from the use of performance measures and budgets for control;
evaluate issues arising from the division of the organisation into responsibility centres;
evaluate information to support project appraisal;
discuss pricing strategies and their consequences;
analyse information to assess its impact on long-term decisions;
discuss management’s responsibilities with regard to risk;
discuss types and sources of long-term finance for an incorporated entity;
calculate a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for an incorporated entity;
265
produce consolidated primary financial statements, incorporating accounting transactions and adjustments, in accordance with relevant international accounting standards, in an ethical manner;
demonstrate the impact on the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of certain complex group scenarios;
discuss the need for and nature of disclosure of transactions between related parties;
produce the disclosures for earnings per share;
evaluate the financial performance, financial position and financial adaptability of an incorporated entity; and
discuss the limitations of ratio analysis. All of the above outcomes should be achieved through the answering of case study questions.
Management Accounting Strategy (MAS8X00) YEAR MODULE HEQSF LEVEL 8/NQF LEVEL 7 HEQSF/NQF CREDITS: 25 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the skills and abilities to understand formulate and implement successful organisational strategies. There is a focus on change and change management and how change is informed by an organisations management accounting information systems and reports. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepares students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of Financial Management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate the influence of key external factors on an organisation's strategy and the related ethical issues arising from such interaction;
evaluate the process of strategy formulation and the tools and techniques that are used to perform this function;
discuss different types of structures an organisation may adopt and the internal and external sources of governance, regulations and professional behaviour that affects it;
discuss developments in strategic management and analyse the relationship between different aspects of the global business environment;
demonstrate the purpose of the marketing function and its relationship with other parts of the organisation, including the application of tools and techniques to formulate marketing strategy;
demonstrate the purpose of the technology and information function and its relationship with other parts of the organisation, and explain how information systems support the organisations strategies and operations;
evaluate the information systems requirements for successful strategic implementation and evaluate opportunities for using IT and IS;
advise and evaluate on organisational change aspects, tools and methods used in successful implementation of change programmes and recommend suitable leadership processes to support strategy implementation;
evaluate the tools and techniques of strategy implementation; and
demonstrate suitable research skills by completing a project within the scope of the module syllabus.
266
Performance and Risk Strategy (PRS8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 25 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to analyse, evaluate and apply the techniques, processes and internal control systems to measure performance and control risks associated with different types of organisation. The module outcomes are aligned with the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and prepare students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further studies in the sub-field of Financial Management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate types of risk facing an organisation and recommend appropriate responses;
evaluate ethical, social and environmental issues arising from risk management;
evaluate control systems (tools, processes, strategies and internal controls) for managing the strategy and activities of an organisation;
advise managers on the risks in the development strategies for information systems that support the organisation's strategic requirements;
evaluate the purpose and process of audit in the context of internal control systems;
evaluate the ethical issues facing an organisation and its employees, and the risks associated with corporate governance;
evaluate financial risks facing an organisation and the methods by which they are managed;
evaluate the risks arising from changes in the environment for capital investment appraisal;
and
demonstrate suitable research skills by completing a project within the scope of the module syllabus.
Portfolio Management (PRT8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of portfolio management. The module is comprised of a wide range of portfolio management concepts, theories and traditional asset classes. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex portfolio management principles and utilise portfolio management construction and evaluation techniques in a professional manner. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
question the portfolio management process and prepare the investment policy statement;
construct and manage portfolios for both individual and institutional investors;
analyse capital markets and formulate expectations;
perform asset allocation;
manage fixed-income, equity and alternative investment portfolios;
identify, measure, and manage portfolio risk;
267
execute portfolio decisions, monitor and rebalance portfolios; and evaluate portfolio performance;
present portfolio performance compliant with Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS);
demonstrate an ability to apply theoretical principles to practical MS Excel modelling;
conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of portfolio management;
analyse capital and money-market instruments;
analyse the term structure of interest rates and interest rate risk;
apply portfolio investment strategies to a different asset class portfolios;
analyse interest rate derivative instruments;
comprehend and analyse the securitisation of assets;
model the term structure of interest rates and credit spreads;
conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of interest bearing investment; and
complete a portfolio simulation assignment, not limited to portfolio management.
Quantitative Investment Analysis (QIA8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of Quantitative Investment Analysis. The module is comprised of a curriculum related to theoretical and applied quantitative and statistical principles. Mastering of the module will provide students with sound quantitative decision-making tools within the investment arena. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
perform and interpret correlation and regression analyses;
analyse and interpret time series analysis;
apply and interpret nonparametric methods;
apply and interpret ANOVA;
demonstrate an ability to apply theoretical principles to practical MS Excel modelling; and
conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of quantitative investment analysis.
Taxation (TAX8X00) NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE This module builds on the taxation knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies. Students will gain a comprehensive knowledge of taxation and will develop the ability to interpret and apply legislation relating to Value-Added Tax, Income Tax Act (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations Tax and Dividends Tax) and the duties levied on the estates of deceased persons in terms of the Estate Duty Act. The module covers the discussion and/or the calculation of taxable income for residents and non-resident taxpayers (individuals, partnerships, companies, trusts, estates and group of companies). It also covers tax administration and tax planning.
268
The module meets the curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Taxation. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to value added tax with reference to the Value-Added Tax (VAT) Act, important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate;
interpret and apply the laws and procedures relating to taxes levied in terms of the Income Tax Act (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations tax and Dividends Tax) with reference to important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate; and
interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to the duty which is levied on the estates of deceased persons with reference to the Estate Duty Act, important decisions of the courts and estate planning.
269
POSTGRADUATE HONOURS MODULES
EF.163 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY
Accounting 4 (ACC8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen the expertise and theoretical knowledge of accounting principles obtained through undergraduate studies. The focus is to develop comprehensive and systematic knowledge and intellectual independent skills to be able to prepare, present, disclose and analyse comprehensive financial statements based on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
critically analyse and interpret the accounting concepts of the framework;
demonstrate an understanding of the presentation of financial statements;
demonstrate an understanding of the concepts surrounding integrated reporting;
analyse and interpret financial statements;
identify and apply the following accounting risks: identification risk; recognition risk; measurement risk; classification risk; presentation and disclosure risk; consolidation risk and de-recognition risk; and
demonstrate an understanding of the following accounting topics Associates and joint ventures; business combinations; financial instruments; leases; revenue recognition; share-based payments; statements of cash flows and other reporting that accompanies the financial statements.
Advanced Auditing (CA) (ADA8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE This module builds on the audit knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies and combines all the topics previously studied to create a cohesive knowledge and insight of the Auditing discipline. Students will not only gain the cognitive knowledge on auditing concepts and principles but will develop the skills to apply these to problems in an auditing and business context. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Auditing. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
interpret correctly the fundamental principles of Governance and Control;
demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King III Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (“King”);
270
demonstrate an understanding of the legislative environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Companies Act;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the concept of business ethics; managing ethics and institutionalising ethics and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the background to internal audit, regulatory environment and the scope of internal auditors and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of business risks; the likelihood and impact of business risks; the management of risks faced by the business and the risk management process. Also, critically analyse and evaluate these concepts; and
apply a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of internal controls and critically analyse and evaluate the concept of internal controls.
Advanced Financial Accounting (CA) (AFA8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE This module builds on the Financial Accounting knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies and encompasses general purpose external financial reporting by business entities. The main aim of the module is to develop students’ competence in the preparation and presentation of high quality, useful financial information. It includes the need for students to apply lateral thinking to specific scenarios in the current business environment, to assess the reliability of the source information, and to interpret and apply the framework and appropriate standards to provide useful financial information. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the Competency Framework of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Financial Accounting. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
interpret correctly the fundamental principles of Governance and Control;
demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King III Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (“King”);
demonstrate an understanding of the legislative environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Companies Act;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the concept of business ethics; managing ethics and institutionalising ethics and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the background to internal audit, regulatory environment and the scope of internal auditors and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of business risks; the likelihood and impact of business risks; the management of risks faced by the business and the risk management process. Also, critically analyse and evaluate these concepts; and
apply a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of internal controls and critically analyse and evaluate the concept of internal controls.
271
Advanced Financial Management (CA) (AFM8X00) NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE This module builds on the financial management knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies and integrates the topics previously studied for application in practical scenarios. The module is concerned with the provision of information to management to assist them in decision- making for planning and control. Students will not only gain knowledge about the principles and techniques used but will also develop analytical and critical abilities to analyse financial information and test decision outcomes for their sensitivity to alternative possibilities and results. The purpose of the Management Accounting section of the module is for students to gain an understanding of costing concepts and their application in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems; to develop the ability to devise appropriate indicators of performance, to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control; and to develop the ability to identify relevant information and provide information for decision- making and system design. In the Financial Management section of the module students will gain an understanding of the investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to the enterprise and its activities, within the context of its environment and will develop the ability to make recommendations designed to manage the entity responsibly through effective use of financial resources and in accordance with the strategic objectives of the firm. Further the model covers markets, specifically the finance and treasury sides. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Financial Management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate an understanding of costing systems and cost management, apply cost management techniques and advise on issues for decision-making;
apply the principles of budgeting and standard costing;
apply performance measurement and transfer pricing principles;
analyse financial statements and interpret this information for decision-making purposes;
demonstrate an understanding of risk, performance and uncertainty;
demonstrate an understanding of and perform valuations of business entities, projects and financial assets;
demonstrate an understanding of Managerial Accounting & Finance, financing and the treasury function;
demonstrate an understanding of working capital management; and
demonstrate an understanding of risk management & strategy.
Advanced Internal Auditing (AIA8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen expertise and theoretical knowledge of accounting principles obtained through undergraduate studies. This module combines various topics previously studied to create a cohesive theoretical knowledge of and insight into the Internal Auditing discipline.
272
Students will engage on a high level theoretically and gain intellectual independence with the knowledge of internal auditing concepts and principles. Students will develop the skills to apply these to problems to practical business cases. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply the fundamental principles of Internal Auditing;
demonstrate an understanding of the Internal Auditing audit process by applying the principles and procedures to practical situations: engagement; planning; risk assessment and internal control; obtaining audit evidence; completion; reporting of audit findings and demonstrate an understanding of auditing in a computerised environment;
demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment on Internal Auditors and have a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the principles to evaluate these principles critically;
income display a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the concept of the Internal Auditing engagement process and analyse and evaluate these concepts critically;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of documentation requirements of Internal Auditing;
display a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the review process in internal auditing and analyse and evaluate these concepts critically; and
display a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the reporting requirements and principles of Internal Auditing and analyse and evaluate reports critically.
Advanced Taxation (CA) (ATA8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE This module builds on the taxation knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies. Students will gain a comprehensive knowledge of taxation and will develop the ability to interpret and apply legislation relating to Value-Added Tax, Income Tax Act (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations Tax and Dividends Tax) and the duties levied on the estates of deceased persons in terms of the Estate Duty Act. The module covers the discussion and/or the calculation of taxable income for residents and non-resident taxpayers (individuals, partnerships, companies, trusts, estates and group of companies). It also covers tax administration and tax planning. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Taxation. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to value added tax with reference to the Value-Added Tax (VAT) Act, important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate;
interpret and apply the laws and procedures relating to taxes levied in terms of the Income Tax Act (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations tax and Dividends Tax) with reference to important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate; and
interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to the duty which is levied on the estates of deceased persons with reference to the Estate Duty Act, important decisions of the courts and estate planning.
273
Applied Research: Accounting (ARA8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary competence and skills of the research process and applicable methodologies. Students should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
exhibit mastery of the basic research process and methodology, and evidence of understanding the scholarly processes at work, as evidenced by the submission of supervised research essays. (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).
Applied Research: Chartered Accountancy (ARC8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary competence and skills of the research process and applicable methodologies. Students should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
exhibit mastery of the basic research process and methodology, and evidence of understanding the scholarly processes at work, as evidenced by the submission of supervised research essays. (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).
Applied Research: Internal Auditing (ARU8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary competence and skills of the research process and applicable methodologies. Students should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate mastery of the basic research process and methodology, and understanding of scholarly processes at work, as evidenced through three research essays. (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed.)
274
Applied Research: Taxation (ARX8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF /NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary competence and skills of the research process and applicable methodologies. Students should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
exhibit mastery of the basic research process and methodology, and evidence of understanding scholarly processes at work, as evidence through three research essays. (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).
Global Taxation Principles (GTP8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expand the theoretical and practical knowledge on taxation obtained through undergraduate studies. This module will prepare students to construct a comprehensive in-depth knowledge of taxation principles and theories and will develop the intellectual independency to be able to interpret and apply legislation relating to double tax agreements. The module will be based on the current needs demanded by the market, such as the tax academies at the Big Four Auditing Firms and general tax practitioners. The module prepares students for further study in the field of Taxation, for example Masters and Doctoral degrees. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss, interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to Double Taxation Agreements.
Governance and Control 4 (GAC8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen a student’s expertise and theoretical knowledge of the auditing, obtained through undergraduate studies. This module combines various topics previously studied to create a cohesive theoretical knowledge of and insight into the Governance and Control discipline. Students will engage on a high level theoretically and gain intellectual independence with the knowledge of governance and control concepts and principles. Students will develop these skills to apply the Governance and Control principles to problems in practical business. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
interpret correctly the fundamental principles of Governance and Control;
275
demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the:
Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King III Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (“King”);
demonstrate an understanding of the legislative environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Companies Act;
demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct and have a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the principles of governance and control and critically evaluate these principles;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the concept of business ethics; managing ethics and institutionalising ethics and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the background to internal audit; regulatory environment and the scope of internal auditors and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of business risks; the likelihood and impact of business risks; the management of risks faced by the business and the risk management process. Also, critically analyse and evaluate these concepts; and
apply a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of internal controls and critically analyse and evaluate the concept of internal controls.
Public Sector Governance (PSG8X00) YEAR MODULE (NOT PRESENTED IN 2015) NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen expertise and theoretical knowledge of the Public Sector, obtained through undergraduate studies. This module combines various topics previously studied to create a cohesive theoretical knowledge of and insight into the Public Sector discipline. Students will engage on a high level theoretically and demonstrate intellectual independence with the knowledge of Public Sector concepts and principles. Students will develop the skills to apply these to problems in a practical context. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the fundamental principles of Public Sector Governance;
explain the overall regulatory environment of the Public Sector and demonstrate an understanding of the legislation applicable to the Public Sector;
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the local government;
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the nature and dimensions of local government;
demonstrate a coherent and critical understanding of the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA);
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge base of the accounting principles applicable to the public sector including the sources of income and the nature of expenditure;
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic understanding of the public sector management process; and
demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic understanding of quality control in the Public Sector.
276
South African Taxation 4 (SAT8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expand the theoretical and practical knowledge on taxation obtained through undergraduate studies. This module will prepare students to construct a comprehensive in depth knowledge of taxation principles and theories and will develop the intellectual independency to be able to interpret and apply legislation relating to Value-Added Tax, Income Tax (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations Tax and Dividends Tax on Companies) and the duties levied on the estates of deceased persons in terms of the Estate Duty Act. The module includes the discussion and/or the calculation of taxable income for residents and non-resident taxpayers (individuals, partnerships, companies, trusts, estates and a group of companies). Secondary the module focuses also on the application of the practical implementation of taxation issues such as the completion of income tax returns, VAT returns and provisional tax returns. Students will also be introduced to the basic principles of International Taxation in the module. The module will be based on the current needs demanded by the market, such as the tax academies at the Big Four Auditing Firms and general tax practitioners. The module prepares students for further study in the field of Taxation, for example a Masters and Doctoral degrees. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss, interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to value added tax with reference to the Value-Added Tax (VAT) Act, important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate and calculated the related taxation implications;
discuss, interpret and apply the laws and procedures relating to taxes levied in terms of the Income Tax Act (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations tax and Dividends Tax on Companies) with reference to important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate;
calculate the related taxation implications;
discuss, interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to the duty which is levied on the estates of deceased persons with reference to the Estate Duty Act, important decisions of the courts and Estate Planning; and
calculate the related taxation implications.
EF.164 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS
Applied Econometrics (APM8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE This module provides a thorough introduction to econometric techniques and time series analysis required to evaluate and explain different economic situations using existing data. Students who complete this course will have adequate knowledge of regression and time-series analysis which will help them with further research.
277
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
critically analyse data with the incorporation of graphical and statistical analysis;
specify an econometrics model, estimate and draw statistical inference in the context of single and multiple regression analysis;
comprehensively distinguish between the Maximum Likelihood estimator and Ordinary Least Square estimator;
critically discuss dummy and distributed lag-models;
discuss the concept of Stationary and non-Stationary series and it implications in regression analysis;
apply cointegration technique;
understand multivariate time series analysis; and
discuss Johansen methodology and Identification in standard cointegrating systems.
Econometrics 4A (ECM8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip the postgraduate student with the necessary advanced time-series analysis concepts and techniques in order to model and forecast economic and financial time series. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
compare and contrast the concepts related to Stationary Time-Series Models such as ARMA models, Stationarity, Autocorrelation Function, Partial Autocorrelation Function, Box-Jenkins Model Selection and Seasonality;
understand the techniques appropriate for modelling volatility: ARCH and GARCH Processes, Maximum-Likelihood Estimation of GARCH Models, Multivariate GARCH;
critically analyse and apply the concepts and the techniques related to Multivariate Time-Series Models: VAR Analysis, Impulse Response Function, Structural VARs and Structural Decompositions;
understand the concepts and the techniques related to Cointegration and Error-Correction Models, Cointegration and Error Correction, Tests for Cointegration such as the Engle-Granger and the Johansen Methodologies; and
apply time series techniques to do empirical research with the practical use of computer software.
Econometrics 4B (ECM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to offer more techniques for analysing economic data and studying economic relationships. The techniques to be discussed in this module deal with econometric problems that cannot be handled within traditional econometrics. The module provides an in-depth analysis of complex econometric models for categorical and limited dependent variables. Basic panel data methods will be introduced and the module will include a treatment of panel data
278
methods for categorical dependent variables. Both methodologies provide ways to deal with problem resulting from the application of least square methods in regression analysis. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
critically distinguish between the circumstances in which classical ordinary least square (OLS) methods do not apply tin regression analysis;
understand the motivation of panel data models and the models for categorical dependent variable from the issues raised by the application OLS;
understand and explain the assumptions that underline the econometrics of panel data (strict exogeneity and sequential exogeneity);
understand and explain the assumptions that underline the econometrics of qualitative and limited dependent variables;
understand and apply the methods for panel data models: random effects methods, fixed effects methods and methods of first differences;
competently apply the Hausman test to select the appropriate model of panel data for the data at hand, especially as far as the random effects model and the fixed effects model are concerned;
competently apply the econometric models for binary dependent variables (the probit model and the logit model) and give appropriate interpretation of their estimates;
understand how the method of maximum likelihood is used to derive the estimates of the parameters of the abovementioned models;
competently apply panel data estimation techniques for qualitative dependent variables; and
critically evaluate scientific papers written using the methods for panel data and the methods for qualitative dependent variables.
Economic Issues in Developing Countries (EDC8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students to demonstrate a coherent critical understanding, analysis and interpretation of development theories and issues in emerging economies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
qualitatively explain the measuring of the performance of developing countries;
develop sufficient confidence on various issues within the subject of economic development in order to challenge theoretical and practical problems objectively that become obvious to the student as the student awareness matures;
describe and analyse critically the role of international trade and technology transfers in emerging economies;
discuss and evaluate the challenges and potential of human resources in South Africa comprehensively; and
critically analyse the role of urbanisation and the informal sector in the development process;
correctly discuss the meaning , calculations and basic indicators of economic growth and development;
correctly assess the effect of population growth on economic development by reviewing the work of classical economist Thomas Robert Malthus and Julian Simon and discuss population policy in developing countries;
279
correctly explain the model of labour migration and urban unemployment in developing countries and comparison between Lewis and the Harris –Todaro model;
correctly analyse economic and non-economic effect of human capital on economic growth and development and analyse the inequality of education in developing countries;
correctly discuss Vicious circle theory, Lewis-Fei-Ranis model, Dependency theory and counterrevolution theory;
correctly discuss the relationship between trade and economic growth, and discuss the arguments for and against tariff protection and import policies;
correctly explain the various dimensions of poverty, estimated the number of poor people in the world, discuss Sen’s headcount and income-gap approaches to poverty;
comprehensively analyse the way agriculture contributes to economic growth in the developing countries, fully analyse policies which are most effective in increasing rural income and reducing rural poverty; and
correctly evaluate the external cost of urban primacy and the impact of the urban primacy on the quality of life.
Environmental Economics (ENE8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the necessary knowledge in environmental economics. The module focuses on the application of economic concepts and methods to the analysis of current issues in environmental and resource economics, and environmental policy-making. Issues such as the sustainability of resources, global warming, land use, waste disposal, invasive species and pest control, air pollution, conservation and water pollution. Market failures form the core of the past and current environmental problems. The module also examines remedies to these problems including incentivising the sustainable use of resources, explicitly valuing environmental amenities, assessing how environmental developments affect the economic system and determining appropriate prices of resources. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
competently analyse the link between the economy and the environment;
critically estimate the various types of policy instruments that may be applied to address core environmental problems;
evaluate the main economic tools needed to value the environment and assess the challenges involved in environmental valuation;
comprehensively calculate a cost-benefit analysis to determine the net costs or benefits of different policy scenarios; and
estimate market failures and how they impact past and current environmental problems.
Financial Economics A (FNN8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive introduction to the principles of equilibrium asset pricing in financial markets under conditions of uncertainty. Upon completion of this module, students will have gained a thorough understanding of the main principles underlying valuation of risky payoff streams. Furthermore, they will be familiar with key notions in financial
280
economics, including the following: expected utility maximization; informational efficiency of asset prices; intertemporal choice; risk aversion; and, the arbitrage principle. The module serves as preparation for students who wish to pursue a Master’s degree specialising in financial economics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
motivate the existence of financial markets and the benefits of participating in these markets;
discuss various definitions of the efficient market hypothesis and the implications of market efficiency for price predictability;
explain the principles of decision-making under uncertainty from the perspective of expected utility theory;
apply expected utility theory to calculate the risk premium and certainty equivalent for a given risky payoff stream;
demonstrate competence in deriving and applying various measures of risk aversion;
summarise the main ideas that underpin modern portfolio theory and, in particular, the mean-variance model for portfolio selection;
discuss in detail equilibrium explanations of asset prices and rates of return based on the capital asset pricing model and the theory of intertemporal choice; and
discuss the implications of the arbitrage principle and the arbitrage pricing theory for asset price determination.
Financial Economics B (FNN8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the applied competence on the postgraduate level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of the functioning of the various financial markets, derivatives and their applications. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain logically the concept of arbitrage;
evaluate the basic concepts of derivatives contracts;
discuss the properties of the futures contracts, with emphasis on the difference between the functioning of the futures and the forward markets;
compute the pricing of the forward contracts;
argue the hedging techniques with the use of futures and forward contracts; and
critically understand the options market.
International Trade: Theory and Policy Issues (ITP8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students’ ability to demonstrate a well-rounded and systematic knowledge base, a coherent and critical understanding of analysis, interpretation, development and application of macroeconomic theory, covering selected international trade, investment and policy issues thereof.
281
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate critically what economists know about the process of globalisation. A variety of economic models will be developed and applied to specific issues;
analyse selected scenarios in international trade using the tools of general and partial equilibrium analysis;
examine critically the relationship between international trade and economic growth;
examine how nations restrict trade through tariffs, quotas and other measures;
analyse trade policy as a tool for economic development;
apply historical examples to illustrate how economic, social and political factors determine trade policies;
explain the determinants of foreign exchange rates and how changes affect international trade and investment; and
discuss several regional integration schemes, and their advantages and disadvantages.
Macroeconomics 4 (MAE8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students’ ability to demonstrate a well-rounded and systematic knowledge base, a coherent and critical understanding, analysis and interpretation, development and application of macroeconomic theory covering selected macroeconomic issues and policy thereof. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate specific key aspects of the Keynes-Classical Debate and the Neoclassical-Keynesian Synthesis critically, bringing into consideration selected alternative interpretations of Keynesian economics;
assess critically the core propositions of Monetarism and their implications for macroeconomic policy;
evaluate critically specific key elements and inferences of Supply-side economics and the implications for macroeconomic policy;
analyse and evaluate specific key elements and inferences of New Classical Economics (The Rational Expectations Theory and Real Business Cycle Theory) and the implications for macroeconomic policy logically;
evaluate critically specific key elements and inferences of Post Keynesian Theory and the implications for macroeconomic policy;
evaluate critically specific key elements of New Keynesian Theory and its macroeconomic conclusions and policy implications;
provide a critical assessment of specific macroeconomic issues and policy relating to growth and unemployment bringing into consideration the relevance of different macroeconomic schools;
provide a critical assessment of specifics macroeconomic issues and policy relating to savings, consumption and capital formation (investment), bringing into consideration the relevance of different macroeconomic schools; and
provide a critical assessment of specific macroeconomic issues and policy relating to inflation, bringing into consideration the relevance of different macroeconomic schools.
282
Mathematical Economics 4 (MAN8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with the fundamental mathematical models necessary to gain a proper understanding of the current economic literature. More specifically, the module aims to develop the student’s ability to understand microeconomic theory, macroeconomic theory and economic growth and development. The module will use, reinforce and build on matrix algebra and differential equations in the application of certain economic theories. In addition the students will be exposed to the applications of difference equations in economic analysis and to the elements of optimal control in solving economic problems. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand comparative statics and its application in economics analysis;
competently apply the envelop theorem to solving economic problems;
understand the marginalist paradigm and the meaning of theories and refutable propositions;
competently apply the results from the duality theory to the analysis of consumer and firm behaviour;
competently derive the cost functions and the demand functions and do the relevant static comparative analysis;
competently apply the Shephard lemma, and the Hoteling lemma to the analysis of production and cost functions;
competently apply the Roy’s identity in demand analysis;
competently use the Hamiltonian and the transversality conditions in analysing dynamic optimisation problems;
competently analyse the common functional forms of utility functions (e.g. the Cobb-Douglas and the Constant Elasticity of Substitution (CES) functions) and derive the resulting demand function using duality relationships; and
competently derive duality relationships using the direct utility function, the indirect utility function, the cost function and the distance function.
Microeconomics 4 MIE8X01 SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The aim of the module is to introduce the student to the world of Advanced Microeconomic Analyses. This module covers game theory, demand estimation and forecasting, production and cost estimation and competition policy. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply gave theory in decision making;
apply advanced principles of game theory and the relevant techniques of risk management;
correctly estimate and forecast demand functions;
explain and practically apply the direct methods of demand estimation, regression analysis, economic statistical and econometric analysis of the estimated demand functions; and elasticity analysis on the estimated demand function;
283
discuss and practically apply the trend-to-ratio method and dummy variables (in order to cater for seasonal variation), smoothing techniques (in order to cater for random variations) and the barometric method (in order to cater for cyclical variation);
practically apply input-output technique in order to illustrate the derivation of income-, employment-, and tax multipliers;
correctly estimate and evaluate production and cost functions;
correctly estimate the Cobb-Douglas and Constant Elasticity of Substitution (CES) production functions and evaluate the results and solutions for multiple plants and multiple product production problems;
correctly estimate a short-run cost function and evaluate and apply the results;
correctly evaluate and apply the estimated parameters of a long-run cost function;
comprehensively discuss and evaluate competition policy in South Africa;
fully discuss both the evolution of competition policy in South Africa and the need for competition laws;
correctly evaluate the interaction between competition policy, international trade policy and industrial strategy;
fully evaluate the impact of competition policy on public corporations, professions and empowerment;
comprehensively discuss the instruments, institutions and enforcement of competition policy; and
comprehensively evaluate the merger analytical framework utilised in South African competition law.
Monetary Theory A (MTE8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop students to demonstrate an advanced theoretical and applied knowledge and understanding of the role of money in the economy. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate theories and related models critically with regards to determination of interest rate;
understand the standard theory with regard to the determinants and the generation of interest rates given the a priories on information completeness;
critically evaluate the functioning of the related model with regards to the determination of interest rates;
apply models in the analysis of qualitative as well as quantitative information as reflected in hypothetical and/or real economic data and the finding on such data and correctly interpret; evaluate theories and related models critically with regards to the determination of exchange rates;
understand the standard theory with regards to the determinants and the generation of exchange rates given the a priories on information completeness;
critically evaluate the functioning of the related models with regards to the determinants of exchange rates; and
apply these models in the analysis of qualitative and quantitative information as reflected in hypothetical and/or real economic data and interpret the findings correctly.
284
Monetary Policy B (MTE8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students to demonstrate an advanced knowledge and understanding of the role of money and monetary policy in South Africa and the world economy. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
critically evaluate the theoretical ideas that underlie the monetary policy consensus;
comprehend the implications of the existing policy models for the execution of monetary policy; and
critically evaluate alternative views to the monetary policy consensus.
National and Local Government Finance (NLG8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students’ ability to demonstrate a well-rounded and systematic knowledge base, a coherent and critical understanding of analysis, interpretation, development and application of economic principles and methods on national, provincial and local government finance thereof. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain, and evaluate critically the role of the South African government in the economy;
demonstrate, explain, and evaluate critically the phenomenon of public expenditure in South Africa;
discuss, explain and evaluate the issues pertaining to taxation fully;
explain and evaluate the development of South Africa’s fiscal and social policy critically;
provide a critical assessment, explain and evaluate the issues pertaining to intergovernmental relations;
evaluate, discuss and explain issues pertaining to local economic development critically;
provide a critical assessment of public/ private partnerships as a tool to improve service delivery;
evaluate critically and explain the entrepreneurial role of government; and
assess critically the impact issues such as of HIV /AIDS, poverty, unemployment, and illiteracy on the South African economy and discuss the role of government in fighting these pandemics.
Quantitative Economics 4 (OTE8X01) SEMESTER MODULES NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to build on the notions already acquired by the undergraduate students in linear algebra and introduces more tools that are needed to handle econometric models. The module also introduces the concept of difference equations that is important to understanding models of time series econometrics and to the analysis of dynamic models in econometrics and
285
economics as well as financial economics. Thus, the student who will be exposed to the materials in this module will acquire the necessary tools to understand advanced models in both economics and econometrics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
competently apply the notions of c-, s- and g-inverse in the solution of systems of linear equations;
critically apply the notions of ranks of matrices, matrix factorization and partitioned matrices to econometric model analysis;
critically apply the notions of Kronecker products of matrices, characteristic roots and vectors, orthogonal matrices, symmetric matrices to the analysis of econometric models;
competently solve the first- and second-order difference equations;
critically apply the notion of difference equations to the analysis of dynamic economic models and to the analysis of time series models;
competently apply the concepts of matrix differentiation, differentiation of the trace of a matrix and differentiation of the determinant of a matrix to econometric analysis;
competently apply the notions of matrix vectorisation and linear restricted matrices to econometric analysis;
understand and explain the general linear model (GLM) and the general linear structural econometric model(GLSEM); and
competently apply the notion of the differentiation of symmetric quadratic forms to the problem of the derivation of the estimate of an econometric model, especially the method of least squares and maximum likelihood methods.
Research Project: Economics (RPN8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of the research project is to develop the skills required to devise and sustain arguments and to solve problems using the knowledge and techniques acquired through all the lectured modules. It provides students the opportunity to study a topic in depth in which they have a strong interest, under supervision of a mentor. The research project is a synoptic model, where students engage in the process of research, but in a centrally managed programme with close supervision and in a monitored time-frame and with a personal development planning and outcomes focus. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify a research area and narrow it to a specific, manageable research question;
conduct a literature review;
write a literature review in a formal academic style, organising the material logically and referencing correctly;
write a well organised research essay, presenting the research question, the area of economic theory that will be used to address the question, the methodology and the goals of the research; and
analyse some data and drawing conclusions based on the theoretical framework and/or case studies outlined in the literature review; or
extend the literature review by conducting an extensive critical analysis of the existing literature in the field of research, drawing some new conclusions.
286
EF.165 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
Advanced Cost and Management Accounting (ACM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to apply, analyse and critically evaluate advanced cost and management accounting techniques, systems and theories. The module lays the foundation for short and long term decision making that supports strategic financial objectives. The Management Accounting section of this module is focused on costs, their drivers and how this information is used in production analysis and decision making. The focus is short term and demonstrates the role of budgeting within a strategic organisation and examines the process of making decisions about cost, volume and prices with its resulting impact on profitability. The Advanced Management Accounting section of this module is focused on expanding knowledge about costs and drivers and how it can inform and enable strategic objectives. The focus is long term and investigates the role of performance management through control and long term decision making. This section examines the role of risk and how to incorporate it into decision making. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepares students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of Financial Management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss and explain various costing methods, total quality management and the role of environmental costing in various contexts;
discuss, explain and analyse budgets and its use in performance management and management control;
explain and analyse the concept of relevancy for short term decision making, calculate break-even and product mix using linear programming and identify cost information that provides conflicting data;
analyse, discuss and apply risk assessment and decision models to deal with uncertainty in decision making;
evaluate and apply methods of identifying and managing competitive cost advantages;
discuss and evaluate decision making in responsibility centres, behavioural consequences of performance measurement and the impact of transfer pricing in the context of an organisational structure;
discuss and evaluate long term decision making processes, its consequences and pricing strategies; and
analyse and discuss sensitivity analysis methods used to manage risk.
287
Advanced Property Finance and Investment (PFI8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the skills to apply, analyse, critically evaluate and manage financing and investments in property and property developments, thus contributing to the property finance and investment needs of both rural and urban societies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
make an informed property investment decision;
develop a cash flow model for use in property investment;
measure the performance of investment in property;
make risk adjustments in property finance and investments;
select property financing instruments that will optimise return on investment; and
draw up an efficient property portfolio plan and manage it.
Advanced Property Valuation and Management A (PVM8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip the student with the ability to conduct advanced property valuations under supervision of a professional (where required), thus contributing to the property valuation needs of both rural and urban societies. The qualified person will be able to register with the South African Council for the Property Valuers Profession. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
value different kinds of property with an appropriate valuation methodology;
determine the value of property that is expropriated or under servitude;
identify and determine the effect of rezoning on the value of a property;
determine the value of different types of farms;
value usually non-negotiable properties;
value different kinds of shopping centres;
perform a valuation of air space; and
determine the value of an interest in time share.
Advanced Property Valuation and Management B (PVM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip a student with the ability to conduct advanced property valuations under supervision of a professional (where required), thus contributing to the property valuation needs of both rural and urban societies. The qualified person will be able to register with the South African Council for the Property Valuers Profession.
288
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
perform a valuation of a leasehold interest;
perform a valuation of retirement villages;
value mining rights;
perform a feasibility study for residential, commercial and industrial properties and viability studies for township, sectional title, retirement village, office, shopping centre and industrial developments;
make a whole-life appraisal of a property;
apply geographic information systems (GIS) to property valuation;
explain how to use computer-aided valuation systems (CAVS); and
explain the process of setting up a professional valuation practice.
Alternative Asset Investment Analysis (AAI8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of alternative investments. The module is comprised of a range of alternative investment concepts, principles, theories and calculations. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex alternative investment assets and apply alternative investment concepts in a professional manner. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: explain alternative investments in portfolio management (introduction); discuss and calculate alpha and beta drivers; describe the impact of immovable property as an alternative investment; evaluate hedge funds; explain the main trading strategy and major factors behind the hedge fund collapses using
hedge fund case studies; discuss and calculate commodities, managed futures, investment vehicles, and private equity
in a portfolio management and asset allocation context; describe taxes and private wealth management in a global context; and perform Excel modelling related to the analysis and structuring of alternative investments and
its products.
Applied Investment Analysis (AIA8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to apply the student’s knowledge in the field of Applied Investment Analysis. The module is comprised of a curriculum related to the application of quantitative, hedging and risk, portfolio management as well as equity valuation principles. Mastering of the module will provide students with a comprehensive skillset enabling and supporting sound investment decision-making.
289
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
formulate problems into quantitative models;
demonstrate competency in numeric skills;
apply statistical methods to analyse past data and infer future trends;
derive outcomes, analyse and interpret output from mathematical and statistical models;
select appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques for application to problems in the contexts of finance and investment;
implement the analysis and evaluation of numerical solutions to investment problems;
demonstrate an understanding of appropriate application of quantitative techniques to a range of problems in the finance and investment contexts;
communicate the results of quantitative analyses in the contexts of finance and investment, to both specialists and non-specialists, recognising any limitations of the underlying models; and
conduct mathematical and statistical investigations within the contexts of finance and investment.
Applied Property Law A (APL8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to equip a student with the knowledge and tools necessary to apply legal and statutory provisions regarding immovable property as these apply to property valuation in both rural and urban societies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
interpret immovable property and the interest in immovable property;
specify the capacity to acquire rights over land in South Africa;
analyse and comprehend the forms of land tenure in South Africa;
evaluate joint ownership as a form of land tenure;
apply the concepts of possession and occupation of immovable property;
discuss and apply the nature and content of servitudes;
analyse the relationship between mineral rights and land; and
analyse security in respect of movable and immovable property.
Applied Property Law B (APL8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to equip a student with the knowledge and tools necessary apply legal and statutory provisions regarding immovable property as it applies to property valuation in both rural and urban societies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the registration of rights in terms of the deeds Registries Act 47 of 1937;
analyse the legal aspects of property development schemes;
290
determine statutory control over the use of fixed property;
analyse the expropriation of immovable property;
apply the general principles of contracts;
identify and explain various types of commercial associations;
identify the appropriate forum for dispute-solving;
collect, analyse and evaluate information to ensure statutory compliance;
communicate effectively in defending a valuation report in court or any other forum; and
apply common law and statutory provisions for compliance with constitutional provisions and national, provincial and local legislation relating to property valuation.
Contemporary Management Accounting (CMA8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to structure organisations, with the view to ultimately be able to formulate and implement organisational strategy through people, projects, processes and relationships. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepares students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of Financial Management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the purpose of the finance function and its relationships with other parts of the organisation, including how the finance function supports the organisation's strategies and operations;
demonstrate the purpose of the operations function and its relationships with other parts of the organisation, as well as apply the tools and concepts of operations management to deliver sustainable performance;
demonstrate the purpose of the Human Resources (HR) function and its relationships with other parts of the organisation, as well as apply tools and techniques of Human Resources Management (HRM);
discuss the concepts associated with managing through people, including the hard and soft aspects of people and organisational performance;
discuss the effectiveness of organisational relationships, including the management tools and techniques in managing organisational relationships; and
advise on the important elements in the change process and discuss the concepts involved in managing projects.
Equity Investment Analysis (EIA8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the knowledge of different equity investments and how to evaluate the value of these investments. This module will also assist students in describing corporate finance and its relation to capital budgeting.
291
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
distinguish between income based, asset based and market based approaches to firm valuation;
provide an in-depth analysis of a firm’s financial statements;
outline and discuss the steps an analyst may follow in evaluating a firm’s accounting quality;
identify the primary distortions in financial statements and explains how to deal with them;
describe the process involved in and motivations for in mergers and takeovers;
describe corporate finance in relationship to capital budgeting; and
evaluate capital structure and dividends and share repurchases analysis.
Estate Planning (EST8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the understanding of and skills to apply the principles and legislation associated with estate planning, in order to demonstrate the ability to prepare and evaluate an estate plan that will address the areas of concern and the objectives of the client, while providing for the necessary liquidity and minimising estate duty. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
• illustrate the importance of estate planning; • apply the principles of law of succession and calculate the distribution of assets; • apply the principles of matrimonial property law; • apply the principles of law of trust and demonstrate an understanding of the importance of
trust in estate planning • compile an estate planning report; • apply the different income tax aspects that have an impact on estate planning; • demonstrate an ability to value assets and deemed property in the estate administration
process; • calculate estate duty, the liquidity and distribution of the estate and determine the impact
thereof; • demonstrate an understanding of the estate administration process. • evaluate an estate plan, discuss the impact of the estate plan and apply strategies to address
areas of concern; • demonstrate a basic understanding of the various aspects from an international perspective
that can impact on estate planning.
Financial Engineering (FEN8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The aim of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of financial engineering. The module is comprised of a wide range of financial engineering theories. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex financial engineering principles and apply financial engineering instruments in a professional manner.
292
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of a SAFE (Notional forward – forward FX swap);
demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of financial futures;
demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of short-term interest rate futures;
demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of bond and stock index futures;
demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of interest rate and cross currency swaps
identify measure and apply option valuation and pricing theory;
application of financial engineering;
analyse and comprehend foreign exchange risk;
analyse and comprehend interest rate risk management principles and practices;
analyse and comprehend interest rate risk management using options and option based instruments; and
analyse, comprehend and apply equity risk management principles;
demonstrate an ability to apply theoretical principles to practical MS Excel modelling; and conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of financial engineering; and
complete a research project in the field of financial engineering.
Financial Risk Management (FRM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of Financial Risk Management. The module is comprised of a curriculum related to theoretical and applied risk management principles. Mastering of the module will provide students with sound risk management decision-making tools within the investment arena. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
analyse and categorise the risks faced by financial organisations;
quantify and formulate a practical approach to assessing, monitoring and managing an organisation's financial risk;
formulate and discuss strategic importance and use of different financial instruments that could be used to best manage an organisation's financial risk;
discuss, analyse and present the procurement and management of funding and the allocation to competing long-term investments;
integrate the practical elements of accounting for derivatives, for both embedded derivatives and derivatives used for hedging purposes; and
formulate and produce a practical risk management approach and control framework to manage financial risks.
293
Financial Strategy (FIS8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 25 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to apply, analyse and critically evaluate the formulation and implementation of financial strategy to support the overall strategy of the organisation. This module provides the competencies to evaluate the financing requirements of organisations and relative merits of alternative sources of finance to meet these requirements. It also develops the competencies required to value investment opportunities including the valuation of corporate entities for mergers, acquisitions and divestments. The module outcomes are aligned with the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepare students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of financial management. OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
calculate, analyse and interpret the performance, financial position and changes in financial position of different types of entities;
evaluate strategic financial and non-financial objectives of different types of entities;
evaluate strategic financial management policy decisions;
evaluate the financing requirements of an entity and recommend a strategy for meeting those requirements;
evaluate dividend policies for an incorporated entity that meet the needs and expectations of shareholders;
evaluate opportunities for acquisition, merger and divestment;
evaluate the value of entities;
evaluate pricing issues and post-transaction issues; and
demonstrate suitable research skills by completing a project within the scope of the module syllabus.
Hedging and Risk Management HAR8X02 SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to the hedging and risk management process which consist of theoretical concepts pertaining to hedging and risk management, the principles of risk management and risk needs analysis for clients. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: • analyse and categorise the risks faced by financial organisations; • quantify and formulate a practical approach to assessing, monitoring and managing an
organisation's financial risk; • formulate and discuss strategic importance and use of different financial instruments that could
be used to best manage an organisation's financial risk;
294
• discuss, analyse and present the procurement and management of funding and the allocation to competing long-term investments;
• integrate the practical elements of accounting for derivatives, for both embedded derivatives and derivatives used for hedging purposes; and
• formulate and produce a practical risk management approach and control framework to manage financial risks.
Income Tax Planning (ITN8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip a student, especially working in the financial planning field, to be able to identify taxation issues especially pertaining to individuals, in order to advise prospective clients accordingly as taxation is likely to play a significant role and have a significant impact on any financial planning structures and/or advise. The purpose is, however, not to make the student a tax expert. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
• General - identify the principal types of taxes in South Africa, including direct tax, capital gains
tax, indirect taxes, employee’s tax, and withholding tax on investments;
• Income tax for individuals - calculate a client’s normal tax liabilities; - calculate a client’s ‘taxable income’, ensuring that all amounts have been properly
included or deducted, taking into account the deemed income provisions (e.g. income received by a trust, can be deemed to be that of the donor);
- explain the difference in principle between tax avoidance and tax evasion;
• Income tax for companies - describe the types of vehicles available to conduct business, including company, close
corporation, partnership, and a trust and advise a suitable vehicle to your client; - calculate the normal tax payable by a company or a close corporation;
• Capital gains tax
- calculate a client’s capital gains tax liability, ensuring that all exemptions and rollovers have been taken into account;
• Taxation of foreign income
- advise a client on the meaning of “tax resident” and the implications thereof; - explain and calculate the tax implications of foreign income (including foreign dividends)
received both by individuals and other legal entities (e.g. companies); - explain and calculate foreign tax rebates where applicable;
• Value-Added Tax
- understand the basic concepts and principles of Value-Added Tax, including the implications of making taxable supplies (standard and zero rated supplies) as well as exempt supplies;
- calculate the VAT payable by or refundable to a vendor; - be aware of the administrative requirements, i.e. filing requirements, and
recordkeeping;
295
• Other taxes - determine a person’s liability for donations’ tax; - advise what transfer duties become payable on the transfer of property and what
exemptions are available;
• Taxation of trusts - discuss and understand the workings of the different types of trusts (special trust and
normal trust); - explain the conduit pipe principle; and - discuss and calculate the tax implications for the trust, donor and the respective trust
beneficiaries
Insurance and Risk Management (IRM8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to the insurance and risk management process which consist of the following:
• theoretical concepts pertaining to insurance and risk management; • the principles of risk management; and • risk needs analysis for a client.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss the life insurance principles, concepts and products;
discuss capital and income disability insurance principles, concepts and products;
discuss the serious illness/dread disease insurance principles, concepts and products;
discuss medical aid and medical insurance principles;
do a detailed risk analysis for a client;
discuss short-term insurance and
discuss the latest developments in the life insurance and risk management industry.
Integrated Financial Planning (IFP8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE This module aims to give the student the ability to merge all the different areas of the financial planning process into an integrated strategic financial plan which can be applied in practice. It will include the following aspects of financial planning: gathering of client information; setting financial goals and objectives with the client; analysing and interpreting data; addressing problem areas and devising solutions and presenting findings and recommendations to the client.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply his/her knowledge to real life case studies in order to produce a comprehensive financial plan.
296
Interest Rate Modelling (IRM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with the necessary framework and apply in practical environment methods to model interest rates. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
analyse interest rate concepts and calculate the modelling methods of interest rate theory.
Introduction to Derivative Securities (IDS8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a strong background of derivative securities and their implications on the financial market. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
construct and compare various option pricing models in various scenarios as well as describe the risks inherent in the option positions.
Investment Planning (INP8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to enable students to prepare an investment plan for a client in terms of needs, risk profile and expectations; evaluate the performance of the investment portfolio; suggest changes in the portfolio in terms of performance, changing needs and new products that become available or changes in taxation; and present findings and recommendations to the client. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
distinguish between the major asset classes;
analyse the impact of currency fluctuation on determining investment returns;
determine the risk profile and investment needs of the client;
design a structured investment plan for the client;
manage the performance of the investment portfolio; and
complete a research project in investment planning.
297
Liquidity Management (LMG8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary skills and knowledge to evaluate and compose financing and funding for a corporate setting. This will involve them having knowledge about economic theories and practices, international money disbursement, capital management and organisational financial structures. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
construct and analyse financing and funding in a corporate environment
discuss the main economic theories related to the price of money:
evaluate liquidity management mismatches and optimising funding structures;
discuss worldwide money transfers and payment systems;
describe and implement cash pooling in a global treasury management context;
analyse companies financial structure to enable effective funding
discuss and calculate special trade finance methods; and
implement and evaluate working capital management in a treasury environment.
Management Accounting Case Study (MAC8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The aim of this module is to prepare students to integrate their knowledge and learning across elements of Project and Relationship Management (i.e. Contemporary Management Accounting), Advanced Management Accounting (i.e. Advanced Cost and Management Accounting) and Advanced Financial Reporting (i.e. Accounting and Financial Strategy). Students will be required to answer case study questions that are set in a simulated business context relating to one or more fictionalised organisations linked to a real business or industry. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss developments in strategic management;
analyse the relationship between different aspects of the global business environment;
discuss the concepts associated with managing through people;
discuss the hard and soft aspects of people and organisational performance;
discuss the effectiveness or organisational relationships;
discuss management tools and techniques in managing organisational relationships;
advise on important elements in the change process;
discuss the concepts involved in managing projects;
evaluate techniques for analysing and managing costs for competitive advantage;
discuss decision making in responsibility centres;
discuss issues arising from the use of performance measures and budgets for control;
evaluate issues arising from the division of the organisation into responsibility centres;
evaluate information to support project appraisal;
discuss pricing strategies and their consequences;
analyse information to assess its impact on long-term decisions;
298
discuss management’s responsibilities with regard to risk;
discuss types and sources of long-term finance for an incorporated entity;
calculate a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for an incorporated entity;
produce consolidated primary financial statements, incorporating accounting transactions and adjustments, in accordance with relevant international accounting standards, in an ethical manner;
demonstrate the impact on the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of certain complex group scenarios;
discuss the need for and nature of disclosure of transactions between related parties;
produce the disclosures for earnings per share;
evaluate the financial performance, financial position and financial adaptability of an incorporated entity; and
discuss the limitations of ratio analysis. All of the above outcomes should be achieved through the answering of case study questions.
Management Accounting Strategy (MAS8X00) YEAR MODULE HEQSF LEVEL 8/NQF LEVEL 7 HEQSF/NQF CREDITS: 25 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the skills and abilities to understand formulate and implement successful organisational strategies. There is a focus on change and change management and how change is informed by an organisations management accounting information systems and reports. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepares students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of Financial Management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate the influence of key external factors on an organisation's strategy and the related ethical issues arising from such interaction;
evaluate the process of strategy formulation and the tools and techniques that are used to perform this function;
discuss different types of structures an organisation may adopt and the internal and external sources of governance, regulations and professional behaviour that affects it;
discuss developments in strategic management and analyse the relationship between different aspects of the global business environment;
demonstrate the purpose of the marketing function and its relationship with other parts of the organisation, including the application of tools and techniques to formulate marketing strategy;
demonstrate the purpose of the technology and information function and its relationship with other parts of the organisation, and explain how information systems support the organisations strategies and operations;
evaluate the information systems requirements for successful strategic implementation and evaluate opportunities for using IT and IS;
advise and evaluate on organisational change aspects, tools and methods used in successful implementation of change programmes and recommend suitable leadership processes to support strategy implementation;
evaluate the tools and techniques of strategy implementation; and
demonstrate suitable research skills by completing a project within the scope of the module syllabus.
299
Numerical Methods in Finance (NMF8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to the numerical techniques used in the financial market environment required to solve quantitative finance problems. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
produce and interpret various financial instruments modelling techniques.
Performance and Risk Strategy (PRS8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 25 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to analyse, evaluate and apply the techniques, processes and internal control systems to measure performance and control risks associated with different types of organisation. The module outcomes are aligned with the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepare students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further studies in the sub-field of Financial Management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate types of risk facing an organisation and recommend appropriate responses;
evaluate ethical, social and environmental issues arising from risk management;
evaluate control systems (tools, processes, strategies and internal controls) for managing the strategy and activities of an organisation;
advise managers on the risks in the development strategies for information systems that support the organisation's strategic requirements;
evaluate the purpose and process of audit in the context of internal control systems;
evaluate the ethical issues facing an organisation and its employees, and the risks associated with corporate governance;
evaluate financial risks facing an organisation and the methods by which they are managed;
evaluate the risks arising from changes in the environment for capital investment appraisal; and
demonstrate suitable research skills by completing a project within the scope of the module syllabus.
Portfolio Management (POM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of portfolio management. The module is comprised of a wide range of portfolio management concepts, theories and traditional asset classes. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to
300
synthesise complex portfolio management principles and utilise portfolio management construction and evaluation techniques in a professional manner. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
question the portfolio management process and prepare the investment policy statement;
construct and manage portfolios for both individual and institutional investors;
analyse capital markets and formulate expectations;
perform asset allocation;
manage fixed-income portfolios;
manage equity portfolios;
manage alternative investment portfolios;
identify, measure, and manage portfolio risk;
execute portfolio decisions;
monitor and rebalance portfolios;
evaluate portfolio performance;
present portfolio performance compliant with Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS);
demonstrate an ability to apply theoretical principles to practical MS Excel modelling;
conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of portfolio management;
complete a portfolio simulation assignment; and
complete a research project in the field of portfolio management.
Property Portfolio Management (PPM8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to equip a student with the knowledge and tools necessary to manage a property portfolio, thus contributing to the property management needs of both rural and urban societies. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
consider diversification in a property portfolio;
develop a property portfolio strategy;
describe the property portfolio management process;
describe the importance of leases as a key to performance and value;
discuss the elements of investing in international real estate;
oversee a property management office and generate different reports;
manage different types of properties;
identify, measure and control risk and health and safety issues in property.
301
Quantitative Investment Analysis (QIA8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of Quantitative Investment Analysis. The module is comprised of a curriculum related to theoretical and applied quantitative and statistical principles. Mastering of the module will provide students with sound quantitative decision-making tools within the investment arena. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
perform and interpret correlation and regression analyses;
analyse and interpret time series analysis;
apply and interpret nonparametric methods
apply and interpret analysis of Variances (ANOVA) to investment decision;
demonstrate an ability to apply theoretical principles to practical MS Excel modelling;
conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of quantitative investment analysis.
Research Project: Financial Management (RPM8X00) YEAR MODULE NQF LEVEL 8 NQF CREDIT: 30 PURPOSE The aim of this module is to equip the student with the ability to evaluate, analyse, interpret and write up research by completing a research project (individual or group work) of limited scope such as, but not limited to an academic article or a research essay on a relevant topic relating to financial strategy or risk and performance management. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the purposes of research inquiry in the field of financial management, availing themselves of current research ethics;
understand and apply the use of scales, sampling and surveys in the field of financial management;
discuss and support various forms of unobtrusive and evaluative research in the field of financial management;
conceptualise, investigate and analyse issues the field of financial management and problems using appropriate research approaches;
design a small research project of limited scope in the field of financial management after being equipped with the knowledge, skills and techniques needed to conduct research; and
demonstrate an ability to write up a minor dissertation of limited scope under supervision in the field of financial management, meeting the criteria stated above.
302
Research Project: Financial Planning (RFP8X00) YEAR MODULE NQF LEVEL 8 NQF CREDIT: 30 PURPOSE The aim of this module is to equip the student with the ability to evaluate, analyse, interpret and write up research by completing a research project (individual or group work) of limited scope such as, but not limited to an academic article or a research essay on a relevant topic relating to the financial planning environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
Demonstrate an ability to conduct research and write up a minor dissertation of limited scope such as, but not limited to an academic article or a research essay on a relevant topic under supervision, relating to the field of financial planning.
Research Project: Investment Management (RPI8X00) YEAR MODULE NQF LEVEL 8 NQF CREDIT: 30 PURPOSE The aim of this module is to equip the student with the ability to evaluate, analyse, interpret and write up research by completing a research project (individual or group work) of limited scope such as, but not limited to an academic article or a research essay on a relevant topic relating to the investment management environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
Demonstrate an ability to conduct research and write up a minor dissertation of limited scope such as, but not limited to an academic article or a research essay on a relevant topic under supervision, relating to the field of investment management.
Research Project: Property Valuation and Management (RPP8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30
PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip the student with the ability to evaluate, analyse, interpret and write up research by completing a research project (individual or group work) of limited scope such as, but not limited to an academic article or a research essay on a relevant topic within the field of property valuation and management.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain the purposes of research inquiry in the field of property valuation and management, availing themselves of current research ethics;
understand and apply the use of scales, sampling and surveys in the field of property valuation and management;
303
discuss and support various forms of unobtrusive and evaluative research in the field of property valuation and management;
conceptualise, investigate and analyse issues and problems in the field of property valuation and management using appropriate research approaches;
design a small research project of limited scope in the field of property valuation and management after being equipped with the knowledge, skills and techniques needed to conduct research; and
demonstrate an ability to write up research under supervision in the field of property valuation and management, meeting the criteria stated above, by submitting an academic article (based on academic research of a chosen topic) or research essay as an independent research output.
Research Project: Quantitative Finance (RPQ8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of the research project is to develop the skills required to devise and sustain arguments and to solve problems using the knowledge and techniques acquired through all the lectured modules. It provides students the opportunity to study a topic in depth in which they have a strong interest, under supervision of a mentor. The research project is a synoptic model, where students engage in the process of research, but in a centrally managed programme with close supervision and in a monitored time-frame and with a personal development planning and outcomes focus. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
Research and develop a research proposal and essay under supervision.
Research Project: Treasury Management (RPT8X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce a student to the research process and how to apply it to the treasury management practice. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: • Research and develop a research proposal and essay under supervision.
Retirement Planning (RPL8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to the retirement planning process which consists of the following: the capital amount required by an individual at retirement to provide an adequate pension; risk profile for a client; the effect of tax on retirement planning in the different stages; the different vehicles available for retirement planning and applicable legislation.
304
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
distinguish between pension, provident and retirement annuity funds;
calculate the tax benefits of contributions to retirement funds;
calculate the taxation of benefits from retirement funds;
recommend appropriate retirement solutions to clients, ;
understand preservation funds and make an appropriate recommendation in the case of a client resigning from his/her employment;
demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the current situation in South Africa with regards to the number of people who are able to retire comfortably and analyse the reasons for this;
compute tine value of Money values in different scenarios;
explain the benefits of transferring from a retirement fund to a preservation fund;
explain the different vehicles available to provide income after retirement;
discuss voluntary annuities;
discuss the withdrawal benefit from a pension fund and retirement fund;
discuss estate duty implications of the benefit paid by a retirement fund on the death of a member and
discuss capital gains implications on benefits received from pension funds.
Risk Measurement 1 (RMO8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with the required framework and understanding of the core components of risk management and its measurement in the quantitative finance environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
compose and evaluate various quantitative finance modelling techniques.
Risk Measurement 2 (RMT8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply the techniques and notions within risk management and its measurement, and to relate this to relevant regulations in the financial market industry. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
compose and evaluate the various risks and regulations present in the financial market industry.
305
South African Financial Instruments and Markets (SAF8X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate the characteristics and market related effects of the financial instruments utilised in the South African financial markets. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
analyse the various markets and calculate the instruments in the South African content.
Stochastic Process for Finance - Continuous (SPC8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate the fundamental notions of continuous stochastic processes to model continuous financial problems. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
calculate and discuss continuous time stochastic calculus and its application to problems in finance.
Stochastic Process for Finance - Discrete (SPD8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate the fundamental notions of discrete stochastic processes to model discrete financial problems. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
calculate and discuss discrete time stochastic calculus and its application to problems in finance.
Treasury Case Studies (TCS8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to evaluate the knowledge of the student about the treasury management practice and if the student will be able to apply such knowledge to real-world examples.
306
OUTCOMES Students should be able to: • analyse and apply theoretical principles to real world corporate treasury management
examples; and • discuss the implications of various solutions to the real world example.
Treasury Organisation (TOR8X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the skill set to evaluate, illustrate and analyse all variables related to treasury management in an organisation. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: • discuss and evaluate all treasury organisation and control systems; • evaluate the financial markets and instruments utilised in the treasury management; • explain and evaluate the legal, tax and accounting principles related to institutional Treasury
Management and calculate the effect these principles have on treasury accounts; • discuss and interpret the impact and responsibility of treasury accounting practices; and • evaluate the impact of external relations on treasury management.
POSTGRADUATE MASTER’S MODULES FOR COMMERCE AND PHILISOPHY
EF.166 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS)
Accounting Theory (ACT9X03) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 35 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through a critical assessment of Accounting Theory. The aim of the module is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of accounting theory and to conduct research in this field. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: critically assess different in accounting theories (comparison skills);
interpreting and commenting on accounting theory (interpretation skills);
demonstrating competence in applying the advanced theoretical principles of problem identification and solving (problem solving skills);
communicating effectively orally and in writing (communication skills);
307
accepting responsibilities for their own activities (self-responsibility skills);
working effectively in a team; and
show evidence of research competence (research skills).
Audit and IT Compliance (AIT9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 35 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is two-fold: to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on various aspects of compliance. Research abilities are developed through research essays. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of advanced compliance principles in the context of the international and national regulatory environment, and be able to reflect on the associated managerial decisions;
critically assess the new concepts of system acquisitions, implementation and maintenance as well as new developments in the field of compliance (Interpretation, communication, self-responsibility, team work and explorational learning skills are developed);
conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of compliance; and
complete two research assignments in the form of research essays.
Companies, Trust and Capital Gains Tax (CTG9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 35 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to develop technical knowledge relating to the mastering and interpretation of financial and tax consequences of Capital Gains Tax; trusts; and companies.
OUTCOMES
Students should be able to: critically assess the basic elements of capital gains tax and to evaluate the tax
consequence flowing from the different financing methods (interpretation skills);
evaluate the complex tax structures and case law in a corporate environment (interpretation skills);
evaluate when a payment constitutes a dividend and determine the tax consequences for both the company and the shareholders (interpretation skills);
determine the existence of a valid trust and evaluate the complex tax issues surrounding the trust (interpretation skills);
demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship;
demonstrate competence in applying the advanced theoretical principles of problem identification and solving (problem solving skills);
communicate effectively orally and in writing (communication skills);
accept responsibilities for their own activities (self-responsibility skills); and
work effectively in a team.
308
Developments in Accounting (DEA9X04) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 35 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through a critical assessment of Developments in Accounting. The aim of the module is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of new developments in accounting and to conduct research in this field. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
critically assess new developments in the accounting field (comparison research);
interpreting and commenting on new developments in accounting (interpretation skills);
demonstrating competence in applying the advanced theoretical principles of problem identification and solving (problem solving skills);
communicating effectively orally and in writing (communication skills);
accepting responsibilities for their own activities (self-responsibility skills);
working effectively in a team; and
show evidence of research competence.
Dissertation: Accounting (DAC9X01/DAC9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of accounting principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own accounting related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Accounting as social science. A qualifying student should show an appropriate level of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for the study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting;
construct and write a scientific dissertation; and
show evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship.
309
Dissertation: Auditing (DAU9X01/DAU9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of auditing principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own auditing related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Auditing as social science. A qualifying student should show an appropriate level of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for the study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting;
construct and write a scientific dissertation; and
show evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship.
Dissertation: South African and International Taxation (DSIT9X1/DSIT9X2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of taxation principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own taxation applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Taxation as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting; and
construct and write a scientific dissertation.
International Taxation (INT9X03) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 35 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on:
• controlled foreign companies;
310
• dividends;
• transfer pricing;
• thin capitalisation;
• unilateral relief;
• tax havens;
• intermediate companies;
• international tax avoidance; and
• withholding taxes.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to: • assess critically the basic principles relating to international tax. In-depth knowledge on the
following topics should be obtained: - controlled foreign companies; - dividends; - transfer pricing; - thin capitalisation; - unilateral relief; - tax havens; - intermediate companies; - international tax avoidance; and - withholding taxes. (Communication, self-responsibility and learning skills are developed.)
IT Risk and Risk Management (IRM9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 35 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is two-fold: to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on IT Risk, Computer Crime, IT Governance, IT Security policies and procedures, and risk and control models and Enterprise Risk Management. Research abilities are developed through the output of research essays. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: assess critically the concepts of audit and IT risk for the auditor (Interpretation,
communication, self-responsibility, teamwork and explorational learning skills are developed); and
develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of advanced risk management principles in the context of the South African IT environment, and be able to reflect on the associated managerial decisions;
assess critically the concepts of enterprise risk management as well as new developments in the field (Interpretation, teamwork and exploration learning skills are developed); and
demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship by complete two research assignments in the form of research essays.
311
Limited Scope Dissertation: Computer Auditing (LSC9X01/LSC9X02) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 60 PURPOSE To equip students with specialised research knowledge through the supervision process. Candidates are not generally expected to make an original theoretical or fundamental contribution to the field of knowledge, but through the provision of information they should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
write an acceptable research proposal; and
exhibit mastery of research methodology and evidence of understanding scholarly processes at work, as evidenced through a limited -scope dissertation (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).
Limited Scope Dissertation: International Auditing (LSA9X01/LSA9X02) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 60 PURPOSE To equip students with specialised research knowledge through the supervision process. Candidates are not generally expected to make an original theoretical or fundamental contribution to the field of knowledge, but through the provision of information they should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
write an acceptable research proposal; and
exhibit mastery of research methodology and evidence of understanding scholarly processes at work, as evidenced through a limited-scope dissertation (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).
Limited Scope Dissertation: South African and International Taxation
(LST9X01/LST9X02) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 60 PURPOSE To equip students with specialised research knowledge through the supervision process. Candidates are not generally expected to make an original theoretical or fundamental contribution to the field of knowledge, but through the provision of information they should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
write an acceptable research proposal; and
312
exhibit mastery of research methodology and evidence of understanding scholarly processes at work, as evidenced through a limited-scope dissertation (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).
Research Methodology: Computer Auditing (RMC9X04) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to developed research skills through research training. The research process is the focus area. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand and apply the steps in the research process;
select and apply research methodologies and paradigms;
find and evaluate information sources;
apply the correct referencing techniques; and
understand the process of writing research essays and research proposals.
Research Methodology: International Accounting (RMA9X04) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to develop research skills through research training. The research process is the focus area. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand and apply the steps in the research process;
select and apply research methodologies and paradigms;
find and evaluate information sources;
apply the correct referencing techniques; and
understand the process of writing research essays and research proposals.
Research Methodology: South African and International Taxation (RMT9X04) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to developed research skills through research training. The research process is the focus area. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand and apply the steps in the research process;
313
select and apply research methodologies and paradigms;
find and evaluate information sources;
apply the correct referencing techniques; and
understand the process of writing research essays and research proposals.
Risk Management (RSM9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 18 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is two-fold: to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on Enterprise Risk Management. Research abilities are developed through the output of research essays. OUTCOMES Students should be able to: • develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the mastering, analysis, interpretation
and application of advanced risk management principles in the context of the South African IT environment, and be able to reflect on the associated managerial decisions;
• assess critically the concepts of enterprise risk management as well as new developments in the field (Interpretation, teamwork and exploration learning skills are developed); and
• demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship by complete two research assignments in the form of research essays.
South African Tax Principles (STP9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 35 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on: Interpretation of statutes;
Tax Policy and Tax Administration;
The different elements of the gross income definition in s 1 of the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962;
The general deduction formula and other deductions; and
Tax avoidance.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to: Interpret tax statutes (interpretation skills);
critically assess tax policy and tax administration (interpretation skills);
critically assess the basic elements of the gross income definition and the general deduction formula (interpretation skills);
critically assess tax avoidance transactions (interpretation skills);
demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship;
demonstrate competence in applying the advanced theoretical principles of problems; and
work effectively in a team.
314
Specialised Industries and Practice (SIP9X03) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 35 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject-related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on the accounting of specialised industries: banking, mining and insurance. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
assess critically accounting developments and issues relating to specialised industries (comparison, interpretation, communication, self-responsibility, team work and explorational learning skills are developed).
Systems Development, Computer Security and Business Continuity (SCB9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 35 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is two-fold: to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on system development, operating system security, IT governance, business continuity management as well as application security and databases. Research abilities are developed through the output of research essays. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of system development, advanced computer security and business continuity principles in the context of the South African IT environment, and be able to reflect on the associated managerial decisions;
assess critically the concepts of computer security and new developments in the field (Interpretation, communication, self-responsibility, team work and explorational learning skills are developed); and
demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship by completing two research assignments in the form of research essays.
315
EF.167 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS) FOR MASTER OF COMMERCE OR PHILOSOPHY
Advanced Economics of Competition and Regulation (AEC9X01) code) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with specialist knowledge to critically evaluate the need for competition policy and effective economic regulation, particularly in developing countries. The module will provide a sound understanding of core competition economic and regulatory concepts, as well as an understanding of key provisions of the South African Competition Act and mandates of economic regulators. Students will be able to evaluate firm behaviour and critically assess market outcomes. Students will also be able to understand principles and applications of different forms of tariff determination in regulated industries. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate the different forms of market structures: perfect competition, monopolistic competition, oligopoly/cartels/non-cooperative oligopoly, duopoly, monopoly and monopsony;
critically analyse the purpose of competition policy;
evaluate the extent of the need for competition policy, particularly in developing countries;
contextualise competition and regulatory theory relative to the South African competition and regulatory institutions and legislation;
have knowledge literacy of key provisions of the South African Competition Act;
understand principles and application of different forms of tariff determination in energy, banking, telecommunications, transport and network industries;
apply advanced concepts of market definition, market concentration and market power;
apply complex techniques used to define anti-trust markets and calculate measures of market concentration;
critically assess barriers to entry and assess the contestability of markets;
apply economic tools and evidence to evaluate horizontal and vertical mergers;
review historical and recent economic theories of unilateral conduct;
understand and evaluate various forms of abuse of dominance, through price and non-price exclusionary and exploitative conduct;
identify and utilise tests for effects-based approaches in the assessment of unilateral conduct;
review key economic considerations in landmark competition cases on abuse of dominance in South Africa, the Southern African Development Community (SADC) region and internationally;
critically evaluate cartel and collusion conduct; and assess fact patterns and data provided in hypothetical scenarios to evaluate the various forms of mergers and conduct above and present mock cases as though before the Competition Tribunal; and
review and scrutinize key regulatory decisions.
316
Advanced Practice of Industrial Policy (API9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with knowledge of specialised topics in the understanding, design, and implementation of industrial policy. The module will also familiarise students with issues surrounding the interface between industrial policy and other areas of economic and social policy. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate advanced knowledge of specialised topics in the design and implementation of industrial policy.
develop knowledge of issues involved in the identification, preparation, appraisal, management and evaluation of industrial projects and products;
apply a range of decision-making instruments and techniques required for an efficient analysis for the identification, preparation, appraisal, and evaluation of industrial projects; and
analyse and monitor industrial policies.
Applied Econometric Techniques (AET9X01/AMT9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE To provide tools to students to enable them to conduct an empirical analysis of economic relationships. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
conduct a descriptive and graphical analysis of economic phenomenon based on data; transform series into logarithms and percentages;
build comprehensive econometric models based on given economic relationships and evaluate the model economically, statistically and econometrically;
conduct empirical analysis of economic phenomenon leading to an assessment different economic variables within or between different firms or countries;
construct an econometric model for policy analysis purposes based on panel data, cross-section, and time series analysis; and
write an empirical research assay.
317
Applied Macroeconomic Issues (MND9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with knowledge of the implications of a country’s macroeconomics for industrial development and knowledge of the relationships between macroeconomic policy and industrial policy. The module will also provide knowledge of the political economy dimensions of macroeconomic policy making. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify alternative approaches to growth theory;
understand the implications of a country’s macroeconomics for industrial development;
understand the relationships between macroeconomic policy and industrial policy;
explain the linkages between financial sector development, international capital flows and overall economic development;
analyse the interactions and linkages amongst macroeconomic accounts for a developing economy;
explain the importance of exchange rate management for industrial policy;
describe the nature and causes of macroeconomic instability and the processes of stabilisation in developing countries, via the interaction of fiscal, monetary, financial, exchange rate and balance of payments policies; and
evaluate the political economy dimension of macroeconomic policy-making.
Applied Microeconomic Issues (MCD9X02) SEMESTER MODULES NEW NQF LEVEL 9 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with knowledge of the implications of a country’s microeconomics for industrial development and knowledge of the relationships between microeconomic policy and industrial policy. The module will provide in depth knowledge of selected topics in the microeconomics of development. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain and evaluate the microeconomic issues pertinent to industrial policy;
show knowledge of the basics of industrial organisation;
demonstrate familiarity with competition economics and competition policy;
show an understanding of trade economics and trade policy;
evaluate alternative perspectives on the role of the manufacturing sector in the growth process;
demonstrate their understanding of selected topics in the microeconomics of development; and
analyse and explain important issues related to poverty and inequality.
318
Dissertation: Econometrics (DEM9X01/DEM9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of econometric principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own econometric applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Econometrics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting; and
construct and write a scientific dissertation.
Dissertation: Economics (DEN9X01/DEN9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of economic principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own economical applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal and
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting; and
construct and write a scientific dissertation.
Financial Analysis for Competition and Economic Regulation (FCE9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with specialist knowledge to apply core concepts in economics and finance to regulated industries, in order to determine appropriate administrative prices and tariff structures and calculate measures of costs. The students should be able to apply theories and techniques of finance and industrial economics relevant to the analysis of problems in competition and regulation.
319
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
apply core concepts in economics and finance to regulated industries;
apply and calculate measures of costs and other financial accounting information related to competition and regulation;
critically analyse different methods of regulation of public utilities;
utilise optimal approaches to the evaluation of the regulatory asset base;
apply advanced principles in financial theory (including the cost of capital);
apply theories and techniques of industrial economics relevant to the economic analysis of problems in regulation;
demonstrate specialist knowledge of the different incentives in economic regulation and dynamic issues in economic regulation;
apply advanced economic research skills required for formulating, analysing, evaluating and presenting decisions in regulation; and
critically analyse key regulatory decisions in South Africa and how economic analysis underpinned these decisions in various sectors in the economy.
Financial Economics (FEN9X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop students able to demonstrate a well-founded and systematic knowledge base on decision-making under uncertainty as reflected in the mastering, coherent critical understanding, analysis and interpretation of financial markets and price behaviour. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
evaluate critically basic principles and selected approaches to economic/financial decision-making in an environment of risk and uncertainty;
demonstrate a clear comprehension of the structure of the field of decision analysis and the role that it plays within financial economics;
evaluate comprehensively the principles of the models of decision-making under risk and the models of decision-making under uncertainty that are presented;
evaluate critically the implications of Efficient Market Hypothesis for the determination of asset price;
evaluate critically the principles behind the pricing of derivatives instruments;
apply, logically and consistently, the concept of options, futures and forwards and their differences in pricing derivatives;
understand the way in which the derivative instruments can be used to hedge various types of financial risks;
explain the unique nature and importance of banks and the need for supervising and regulating them;
justify the development of risk-based capital standards for banks;
explain the rationale for stabilising the financial system;
evaluate the stability of the South African financial system by applying appropriate financial soundness indicators and comparing it to internationally accepted benchmarks;
explain how the financial system, specifically the banking sector can be influenced by a systemic event; and
understand the importance of identifying early warning indictors which can contribute to a more stable and efficient financial system.
320
Globalisation and Local Regional Development (GLR9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to analyse theories of globalisation and evaluate the principle effects of globalisation on South Africa and critically evaluate current policies for addressing the impact of the globalisation, with specific reference to the efficacy of the policies for local and regional development. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
critically analyse theories of globalisation with reference to the impact of globalisation on the economics of local and regional development;
critically analyse current national and/or provincial policies relating to globalisation to identify policy provisions relevant to a specific town/city/region;
reflect upon the challenges of globalisation for the specific context of the selected town/city/region; and
develop a strategy for mitigating the impact of globalisation in line with relevant national and/or provincial policies.
Industrial Policy: Comparative Historical Experiences and Conceptual Frameworks (CHE9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with knowledge of different historical experiences of industrialization. The module purposes also to provide an overview of competing paradigms for understanding processes of industrialization and industrial policy. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand and critique alternative theories and conceptual frameworks of industrial policy;
argue the theoretical rationale for industrial policy;
demonstrate knowledge of the theory of industrialisation;
understand the historical context for industrialisation and the particular challenges in Africa;
demonstrate knowledge of comparative historical experiences of industrialisation, in particular the lessons learnt from other developing regions such as the high performance economies of South-East Asia, Japan, China and the developed countries of Europe and the United States; and
show familiarity with alternative perspectives on industrial policy in Africa as well as the regional initiatives on industrial development and the principal industrialisation strategies adopted in Africa.
321
Industrial Policy: Instruments, Design and Implementation (IDI9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to familiarize students with the major instruments of industrial policy as well as the policy formation and implementation process. The module examines the institutional dimensions of policy making and develops and understanding of development planning. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
develop knowledge of the operational aspects of the industrial policy formulation process, the role of different actors involved and lesson’s learned from different industrial policies;
develop knowledge of issues such as gender, SMIs, local employment creation, the environment and inter-sectoral linkages in relation to industrial policy;
prepare policy briefs/papers and produce preparatory project assistance documents with a view to enhancing their skills in industrial development policy formulation, project design and management to benefit their respective countries; and
evaluate and audit industrial policies to ensure sustainable and development oriented socio-economic objectives are achieved.
Labour Market Issues (LMI9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE This module covers the different issues in the labour market. Different competing schools of thought and their implication for the South African labour market will be discussed. Topical issues pertaining to the labour market in South Africa and internationally will be studied to align economic theories and country-specific labour market issues. OUTCOMES Students should be able to
demonstrate analytical and critical thinking skills in order to identify competing schools of thought, analyse their respective views and develop insight on the South African labour market and labour market-related issues;
improve their research abilities in terms of the South African labour market and labour market-related issues; and
interpret practical issues in the South African labour market.
Leadership and Sustainable Local and Regional Economic Development (LSL9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct a contextual analysis of global and national challenges and opportunities relevant to sustainable development and formulate policy guidelines on the role
322
of leadership in promoting sustainable local and regional economic development within the context of the green economy. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify and analyse the global and national challenges and opportunities to effectively promote sustainable LED in South Africa;
appraise international green economy trends and the potential for a green economy in South Africa to promote sustainable local and regional development;
describe and motivate the role of national, provincial and local policy makers in integrating the objectives of sustainable local and regional development into policies, mandates and legislation; and
motivate changes to the current role of LED professionals in order to enhance their role in promoting sustainable local and regional economic development within the context of the green economy.
Local Economic Development (LED) (LED9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The aim of this module is to enable students to:
demonstrate knowledge of contemporary LED theories as well as demonstrate knowledge of methods and techniques used in the understanding, evaluation and treatment of key phenomena and key areas of concern to LED policy makers;
apply understanding of decision making by local authorities to issues of financing used when formulating investment strategies. Develop a strategy using modern economic techniques to motivate financing of LED on a microeconomic and macroeconomic level. Have an understanding of behavioural economics so as to facilitate improved decision making used in the process of strategic development and financing of LED projects; and
present an assignment to their peers in their learning environment using their knowledge and training in Research Methodology to show their competence in the field of LED and also demonstrate their ability to present economic knowledge and ideas.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
Research, write and to make presentations on different local economic development issues;
master the LED theories;
analyse international LED financing and its application in the South African context;
investigate strategies that has been adopted by local governments when investing and financing LED projects;
understand the decision making process of foreign investors when investing in LED projects; and
develop a model that local authorities can use to analyse, explore and improve the financing of LED.
323
Macroeconomic Issues in Development (MAD9X02/MAL9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE This module is concerned with macroeconomics and growth in the specific context of developing countries, which implies important distinctions compared with theories developed for industrialised country conditions. In particular, developing country governments need to finance expenditure and service public debt via financial system which are undeveloped and poorly integrated with international capital markets, resulting in distinctive demands on fiscal and monetary policies. In addition, international trade conditions are often unfavourable and complicate exchange rate management. Thus macroeconomic instability and crises are regular occurrences in developing countries, posing policy challenges for both short-run stabilisation and longer-run growth. OUTCOMES Students should be able to
distinguish clearly between alternative theories and models of economic growth, including classical, neo-classical, endogenous growth and increasing returns, and their relevance to poor countries today;
use graphical and mathematical techniques to analyse instability and macroeconomic adjustment in small policy models of poor countries; and
critically analyse macroeconomic policy approaches of developing country governments and multilateral institutions.
Microeconomic Issues in Development (MID9X02/MCD9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE This module deals with applied microeconomic issues of particular relevance to developing economies, with a policy orientation. It focuses on the following broad areas: (i) trade and industrial policy, (ii) poverty, and (iii) inequality. The module will provide students with the necessary theoretical background, and will empirically analyse issues in the South African context and provide familiarity with relevant policy debates. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate familiarity with relevant features of the South African economy, including its industrial structure, level and patterns of poverty, and distributional structure;
demonstrate knowledge of the basics of industrial organisation, including the economic implications of patterns of industrial organisation;
understand key measures of concentration;
demonstrate familiarity with current competition policy in South Africa;
assess comparative international experiences of industrialisation;
explain alternative perspectives on industrial policy and on trade policy, in both the international literature and in South African policy debates; and
show familiarity with South Africa’s current industrial policy.
324
Minor Dissertation: Competition and Economic Regulation (MDR9X01/MDR9X02)
SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 90 PURPOSE The purpose of this minor dissertation is to allow learners to apply the competition economics and regulatory theoretical and practical concepts learned as part of the programme in an in-depth research project. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify a research topic in competition economics or economic regulation;
develop a research design and appropriate methodology for the research topic;
undertake the relevant research utilizing theory and application covered in the programme;
write a coherent and scientific minor dissertation; and
verbally present research to the academic community and relevant other fora.
Minor Dissertation: Economics (MDN9X01/MDN9X02) (MDI9X01/MDI9X02)
YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 90 PURPOSE The primary purpose of the module is to develop a student to undertake independent and individual advanced research in the field of Development and Policy Issues as reflected in the gathering, analysing, synthesising and interpretation of information on Development and Policy Issues and efficiently communicate and present these findings and results. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write a proposal;
choose the appropriate research design and execute it with the proper methodology; and
construct and write a scientific Minor dissertation.
325
Minor Dissertation: Financial Economics (MDFN9X1/MDFN9X2) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 90 PURPOSE To equip students with specialised research knowledge through the supervision process. Candidates are not generally expected to make an original theoretical or fundamental contribution to the field of knowledge, but through the provision of information they should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
Complete a final acceptable minor dissertation.
Minor Dissertation: Industrial Policy (MDI9X01/MDI9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: MDI9X01 = 15
CREDITS /MDI9X0260 = 45 CREDITS PURPOSE The primary purpose of the module is to develop a student to undertake independent and individual advanced research in the field of Industrial Policy within Development Economics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
write a research proposal;
formulate a suitable research question;
select and develop a research design and methodology appropriate for a research project;
undertake research at an appropriate level of scholarship; and
write a coherent and scientific minor dissertation.
Poverty and Inequality (PAI9X01) NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 SEMESTER MODULE PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to critically analyse, evaluate and to reflect on topics in poverty and inequality and the principle effects for local and regional development in South Africa. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
use household survey data and appropriate software to quantify and empirically analyse poverty and inequality in South Africa;
explain and empirically analyse the growth elasticity of poverty;
decompose inequality along various dimensions, using South African data;
critically discuss theoretical channels and evidence concerning the (economic and broader) causes of poverty and determinants of inequality; and
discuss alternative perspectives, with supporting evidence, concerning the relationship between globalisation and inequality.
326
Quantitative Analysis (QTA9X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The student will be exposed to a variety of topics pertinent to the field of Financial Economics to acquire analysis techniques for application in Financial Economics; identify the characteristics of a wide variety of problems and correctly apply the appropriate statistical techniques; and derive relevant statistical (and economic) inferences from the results. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
set up an experiment to analyse longitudinal and cross-sectional data;
perform the analysis;
derive the relevant statistical and economic inferences from the results,
report on this in a practical manner;
in addition, the student will acquire the necessary skills to exploit the versatility and power of E-Views and Matlab; and
build financial econometric models of financial returns and volatility.
Quantitative Methods and Econometrics for application in Competition and Economic Regulation (QEC9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with specialist knowledge in conducting widely used and up-to-date methodologies of applied econometric data analysis, aimed at giving an understanding of the different techniques and enabling students to conduct empirical research in competition and economic regulation. Students will be able to use different quantitative tests and models to evaluate competition and regulatory matters, as well as understand the limitations of these in practice. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
conduct advanced descriptive and graphical analyses of economic data (panel data, cross-section, and time series data);
undertake analysis relevant to competition cases by evaluating data through tests such as price correlation tests, critical loss analysis, diversion ratios and understand the limitations of these tests in competition analyses;
apply instrumental variables for solving sample selection and endogeneity problems;
conduct simple and multiple regression analysis for cross-sectional and panel data;
engage in merger simulation; and
perform impact assessments and damage estimations of competition contraventions using simple quantitative tools such as cross-sectional comparisons, time-series comparisons and ‘difference-in-differences’ models.
327
Research Design: Financial Economics (DEN9X00) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop students able to demonstrate by writing and presenting a Working Paper that the student has a firm scientific research basis for carrying on with the Research Article. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define a research problem and derive research objectives from it;
define and state the rationale for a study;
do a coherent and relevant literature review;
choose the appropriate research design and execute it with the proper methodology;
write and present a convincing research proposal; and
write and present a Working Paper.
Research Methodology: Economics (RMI9X01/RMI9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 5 PURPOSE The purpose of this course is to introduce postgraduate students to how economic policy researchers approach economic problems and issues. The course does not emphasise any particular set of economic problems, but will rather address economic problems in general and how researchers should approach them. At the end of this module, students will be able to convert an economic problem into a written, feasible, comprehensive and focused research proposal. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
start research on a chosen academic topic;
convert a research idea into a research problem, research objectives and a research plan;
analyse economic problems so that the historical and theoretical context of the chosen research problem becomes clear;
conduct a preliminary literature review;
express ideas and arguments logically and coherently in a language appropriate to research of an academic nature;
plan the generation of results to ensure that the results are acceptable to the academic community;
employ a range of writing strategies and revise and edit own writing;
verbally present research to both the academic community and relevant interest groups in clear and convincing manner; and
determine what creative role economic researchers can play in the improvement of society and appraise the value of their own research within this context.
328
Research Methodology: Economics (RMN9X01/RML9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this course is to introduce postgraduate students to how economic policy researchers approach economic problems and issues. The course does not emphasise any particular set of economic problems, but will rather address economic problems in general and how researchers should approach them. At the end of this module, students will be able to convert an economic problem into a written, feasible, comprehensive and focused research proposal. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
start research on a chosen academic topic;
convert a research idea into a research problem, research objectives and a research plan;
analyse economic problems so that the historical and theoretical context of the chosen research problem becomes clear;
conduct a preliminary literature review;
express ideas and arguments logically and coherently in a language appropriate to research of an academic nature;
plan the generation of results to ensure that the results are acceptable to the academic community;
employ a range of writing strategies and revise and edit own writing;
verbally present research to both the academic community and relevant interest groups in clear and convincing manner; and
determine what creative role economic researchers can play in the improvement of society and appraise the value of their own research within this context.
Research Methods for analysis of Competition and Economic Regulation (RMR9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to enable students to understand different quantitative and qualitative research methodologies specific to the assessment of competition and economic regulatory matters. The student will then be able to select a methodology suitable for the chosen research question and in line with the relevant theory of harm; convert a research idea into a research problem, research objectives and a research plan; as well as conduct literature reviews. OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
demonstrate an understanding of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies specific to the assessment of competition and economic regulatory matters;
select a methodology suitable for the chosen research question and in line with the relevant theory of harm;
convert a research idea into a research problem, research objectives and a research plan;
conduct a preliminary literature review;
express ideas and arguments logically and coherently in a language appropriate to research of an academic nature;
329
employ a range of writing strategies and revise and edit own writing; and
verbally present research to the academic community and relevant other fora in a clear and convincing manner.
Strategic Planning for Local and Regional Economic Development (SPL9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to apply theoretical frameworks to analyse the economic profile, environmental factors, socio-economic needs and potential growth sectors in the economy, and develop a strategic plan that is aligned to national, provincial, regional and local economic objectives. OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
identify relevant stakeholders in a specific town/city/region and analyse their needs, interests and roles in relation to local and regional economic development;
conduct an environmental analysis of the financial, human and other resources required to implement strategic local and regional development plans in in a specific town/city/region;
develop the mission, vision and objectives, strategies, options and action plans for strategic planning to promote local and regional development in a town/city/region, in alignment to national, provincial, regional and local economic strategies/objectives;
measure and evaluate the impact and performance of an local and regional development strategic plan in a town/city/region in order to determine the impact on the community; and
motivate alternative strategies and/or options to achieve the desired impact for the development of the area.
Systems Thinking in Local and Regional Economic Development (STL9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE
The purpose of this module is to apply the theories of systems thinking to develop/adapt a model for analysing a local economy to determine opportunities/potential for LED. OUTCOMES
Students should be able to:
analyse theories of systems thinking from a local and regional development perspective;
analyse and compare systems thinking models to identify a model most appropriate for evaluating conditions and factors for successful local and regional development;
critically evaluate the most important components and indicators in a selected systems model for analysing the critical success factors for local and regional development;
apply the model/simulation to a local economy in a town/city/region to determine the prevailing state of LED; and
evaluate the model/simulation and use the findings from the application of the model/simulation to improve/adapt/redesign the model/simulation to incorporate recommended improvements.
330
Technical Research Project: Local Economic Development (RPL9X01/RPL9X02) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 60 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to construct a research proposal and conduct practitioner research in local economic development and write a limited-scope dissertation that will contribute to the professional practice of LED professionals. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
formulate a research problem, research objectives and a research plan for a selected LED project;
develop a research proposal;
conduct research and analyse research findings;
construct and write a Technical Research Project: LED in accordance with academic writing requirements;
express findings and arguments logically and coherently in a language appropriate to research of an academic nature; and
verbally present the findings from the research and motivate the recommendations to both the academic community and relevant interest groups in clear and convincing manner during the defence of the Technical Research Project.
Topics in Political Economy of Development (PED9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE This module builds on EKN 05X8 (Macroeconomic Issues in Development) and is concerned with the interaction between political power and interests, on the one hand, and economic policy-making, on the other. The module will focus on issues including:
the constitution of interests and their interaction, and on distribution of power between them within the economy;
alternate approaches to explicit and implicit institutions in economics;
the impact of formal and informal political processes on the policy-making process and policy choices;
the nature of state power and the constitution of the state; and
supranational institutions and processes and the impact upon supranational outcomes of interactions amongst states and between state and non-state actors.
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
identify conflicting and co-operating interests in the context of specific policies and institutions, and analyse how their interaction influences alternative outcomes;
evaluate the relations between the state and different interest groups, and interest groups’ incentives to support or oppose specific state policies and interventions; and
evaluate international economic policy processes in their institutional context.
331
Topics in Poverty and Inequality (POI9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE This is an advanced elective module, which builds on the module ‘Microeconomic Issues in Development’. The aim of this module is to extend students’ theoretical and applied knowledge of the issues of poverty and inequality. The main emphasis of the module will be on quantitative techniques for analysing poverty and inequality, with a focus on South Africa. Teaching will be through both classroom lectures and lab-based practical sessions. Topics include: basic techniques and software for analysing survey data; practical quantitative analysis of poverty and inequality using South African household survey data; the capabilities approach to poverty; determinants of poverty; causes of inequality; the growth elasticity of poverty; intra-household distributional issues; techniques for the decomposition of inequality; and globalisation and inequality. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
use household survey data and appropriate software to quantify and empirically analyse poverty and inequality in South Africa;
explain and empirically analyse the growth elasticity of poverty.;
decompose inequality along various dimensions, using South African data;
critically discuss theoretical channels and evidence concerning the (economic and broader) causes of poverty and determinants of inequality;
discuss alternative perspectives, with supporting evidence, concerning the relationship between globalisation and inequality; and
use the knowledge and skills obtained through the module as a basis for the master’s mini-dissertation, in doctoral research, or in employment related to the economics of poverty and inequality.
Topics in Trade, Industrial and Competition Policy (TIP9X01) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE This is an advanced elective module, which builds on the module ‘Microeconomic Issues in Development’. The aim of this module is to extend students’ specialised theoretical and applied knowledge of competition and industrial development, beyond what is covered in that module. Topics to be covered include: the relationship between competition and industrial development; competition and regional trade; market power; concentration, and profitability; merger review; introduction to game theory and its application in industrial economics; coordinated conduct and collusion; dominant firms and exclusionary conduct; and links between competition and economic regulation. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
demonstrate familiarity with current competition and industrial policies and debates around these policies in South Africa;
332
demonstrate understanding of industrial organisation and game theories and their application to analyse the conduct of firms with market power, including exclusionary and exploitative abuse of dominance;
apply economic theory to analyse horizontal and vertical mergers, and the likelihood of collusion;
discuss the relationship between competition and trade;
assess the application of economic regulation and competition policy in sectors such as telecommunications and energy; and
use the knowledge and skills obtained through the module as a basis for the master’s mini-dissertation, in doctoral research, or in employment related to competition, industrial development and trade.
EF.168 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS)
Applied Research Methodology in Finance (ARF9X04) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 18 PURPOSE Demonstrate the ability to identify a researchable research problem, methodology and analysis procedure by completing a research proposal and successfully defending it in preparation for the minor dissertation to be completed in the student’s second year of study OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define a researchable research problem based on finance and/or investment management related theory;
define and state the rational for the study;
apply scientific research methodologies to analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data;
write an acceptable proposal; and
present and defend the proposal to a panel convened for this purpose.
Competitive Strategy (CPS9X04) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 18 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to reflect critically on the nature and processes of strategic management in the context of development, formulation and implementation of an appropriate financial strategy. The module will further consider the developments in strategic management accounting and its role in achieving an organisations’ strategic objectives. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss, describe, analyse, advise and provide recommendations of the various concepts of competitive strategy by relating them to an applicable scenario or case study.
advise on the methods organisations could use to ensure superior strategy execution;
333
advise on the role leadership plays in executing successful strategy;
explain the concepts of corporate social responsibility, corporate citizenship and advise organisations on how organisations should balance these duties with economic responsibilities to shareholders;
critically evaluate the developments in strategic management accounting; and
evaluate the role of strategic management accounting in achieving an organisations’ objectives.
Corporate Finance (CRF9X04) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 18 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to advance the student’s ability in understanding the theory and practice of the inter- and intra-relationship of corporate finance issues in an organisation. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
discuss, describe, analyse, advise, apply and provide recommendations on the following issues of corporate finance by relating the subject matter to an applicable scenario or case study:
cost of capital;
capital budgeting;
dividend policy and repurchases;
capital structure; and
mergers and acquisitions.
Developments in Finance (DEF9X03) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 18 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to advance the student’s ability in understanding the various inter- and intra-relationships of the issues and decisions that are part of the developments in finance. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
provide an explanation of the developments in finance over time and across countries;
critically assess the effect of globalisation on finance;
provide a scholarly critique of financial crises through history; and
evaluate the relative virtues of the pioneers in finance.
Dissertation: Financial Management (DFM9X01/DFM0X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to demonstrate the applied competence at an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of financial principles and methods. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original research.
334
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define a researchable research problem based on financially related theory;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal to a panel convened for this purpose;
construct and write a scientific dissertation; and
successfully write an academic article based on the research conducted.
Dissertation: Investment Management (DIM9X01/DIM9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to demonstrate the applied competence at an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of investment management principles and methods. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original research. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define a researchable research problem based on investment management theory;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal to a panel convened for this purpose;
construct and write a scientific dissertation; and
successfully write an academic article based on the research conducted.
Dissertation: Quantitative Finance (DQF9X01/DQF9X02) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to demonstrate the applied competence at an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of investment management principles and methods. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original research. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define a researchable research problem based on investment management theory;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal to a panel convened for this purpose;
construct and write a scientific dissertation; and
successfully write an academic article based on the research conducted.
335
Empirical Finance (EMF9X03) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 18 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to advance student’s ability to model real-world financial problems using appropriate software in order to practically model and simulate these problems to bridge the gap between theory and application. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
understand and apply various quantitative methods to conduct an analysis;
interpret results and evaluate appropriateness of various models;
demonstrate, in a practical manner, that he/she has obtained a solid grounding in empirical modelling and analysis using applicable computer software.
Financial Engineering (FEN9X04) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 18 PURPOSE This module is designed to assist students in understanding how financial engineering, especially derivatives and risk management techniques, can be used to advance the strategic goals of firms. Students will become familiar with the efficient use and implementation of pricing and risk management methods on financial derivative and security markets. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
explain and calculate currency exchange rates;
discuss and analyse derivative markets and instruments, namely: - forward markets and contracts; - futures markets and contracts; - option markets and contracts; and - swap markets and contracts.
structure better solutions to long-standing financial problems in order to achieve a particular financial goal; and
develop and creatively apply financial theory and financial instruments to structured solutions for complex financial problems in order to eliminate financial risk.
Minor Dissertation: Finance (MDF9X01/MDF9X02) YEAR MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 90 PURPOSE Demonstrate the ability to conduct research independently using scientific research methodologies, and to analyse, interpret and write up research of a quantitative and/or qualitative nature.
336
OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define a researchable research problem based on financially related theory;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal to a panel convened for this purpose;
construct and write a minor dissertation; and
successfully write an academic article based on the research conducted.
337
POSTGRADUATE DOCTORAL MODULES
EF.169 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY
Thesis: Accounting (TAC10X1/TAC10X2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of accounting principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own accounting related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Accounting as social science. A qualifying student should show an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of accounting. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for the study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting;
construct and write a scientific thesis; and
show evidence of an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of accounting.
Thesis: Auditing (TAU10X1/TAU10X2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of auditing principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own auditing related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Auditing as social science. A qualifying student should show an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of auditing. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for the study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting;
construct and write a scientific thesis; and
show evidence of an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of auditing.
338
Thesis: Taxation (TTA10X1/TTA10X2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of taxation principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own taxation related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Taxation as social science. A qualifying student should show an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of taxation. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for the study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting;
construct and write a scientific thesis; and
show evidence of an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of taxation.
EF.170 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS
Thesis: Econometrics (TEM10X1/TEM10X2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of the principles of econometrics. This programme prepares students to be able to present original and relevant topics that bring distinctive contribution to the field of econometrics. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work and a unique contribution to the broader field of economics and econometrics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting;
construct and write a scientific thesis; and
show evidence of the unique contribution of the study.
339
Thesis: Economics (TEN10X1/TEN10X2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of economic principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own economic related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of economics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work and a unique contribution to the broader field of economics. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting;
construct and write a scientific thesis; and
show evidence of the unique contribution of the study.
EF.171 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
Thesis: Finance (TFI10X1/TFI10X2) SEMESTER MODULE NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of financial principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own finance related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Finance as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work and a unique contribution to the broader field of finance. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:
define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;
define and state the rationale for a study;
write an acceptable proposal;
present and defend the proposal to a panel convened for this purpose;
construct and write a scientific thesis
show evidence of the unique contribution of the study; and
successfully write an academic article based on the research conducted.
